2019 Significant Changes CA Building Code

100822524
100822524
SIGNIFICANT CHANGES TO THE
CALIFORNIA
BUILDING CODE
2019 EDITION
Copyright © 2019 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by (), (-) Order Number #100822524 on Jan 21, 2020 06:23 PM (PST) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no further
reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE
FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
Sig Changes_2019_CBC-07_24_2019.indd 1 7/24/2019 1:23:51 PM

100822524
SIGNIFICANT CHANGES TO ISBN: 978-1-60983-885-0

THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE Cover Design: Julia Lange
2019 EDITION Manager of Development: Hamid Naderi
Publications Manager: Anne Kerr
Project Editor: Sharon Gordy
International Code Council
COPYRIGHT © 2019
Douglas W. Thornburg, AIA;
by International Code Council, Inc.
Sandra Hyde, P.E. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
Paul D. Armstrong, P.E., C.B.O.
ICC Staff :
Executive Vice President and Director of Business
Development: Mark A. Johnson
Senior Vice President, Business and Product
Development: Hamid Naderi
Vice President and Technical Director of Products
and Services: Doug Thornburg
Vice President, Publishing and Multimedia:
This publication is a copyrighted work owned by the International Code Council, Inc. (“ICC”).
Margaret Leddin
Without advance written permission from the copyright owner, no part of this book may be
Senior Marketing Specialist: Dianna Hallmark reproduced, distributed or transmitted in any form or by any means, including, without
limitation, electronic, optical or mechanical means (by way of example, and not limitation,
photocopying or recording by or in an information storage retrieval system). For information on
use rights and permissions, please contact: ICC Publications, 4051 Flossmoor Road, Country
Club Hills, IL 60478. Phone 1-888-ICC-SAFE (422-7233).
The information contained in this document is believed to be accurate; however, it is being
provided for informational purposes only and is intended for use only as a guide. Publication of
this document by the ICC should not be construed as the ICC engaging in or rendering
engineering, legal or other professional services. Use of the information contained in this book
should not be considered by the user to be a substitute for the advice of a registered
professional engineer, attorney or other professional. If such advice is required, it should be
sought through the services of a registered professional engineer, licensed attorney or other
professional.
Trademarks: “International Code Council,” the “International Code Council” logo, “ICC”, the
“ICC” logo and other names and trademarks appearing in this book are registered trademarks of
International Code Council, Inc., and/or its licensors (as applicable), and may not be used
without permission.
Errata on various ICC publications may be available at www.iccsafe.org/errata.
First Printing: August 2019
PRINTED IN THE USA
T024119

100822524
Contents
PART 1 ■ 309.1
Administration Mercantile Use of Greenhouses
Chapters 1 and 2 1 Classification 19
■ 1.2.2 ■ 310.4
BSC-CG 2 Residential Group R-3 21
■ 202 ■ 310.4.2
Definition of Community Care Facility 3 Owner-Occupied Lodging Houses 23
■ 202 ■ 310.5
Definition of Greenhouse 4 Residential Group R-4 25
■ 202 ■ 311.1.1
Definition of Repair Garage 6 Classification of Accessory Storage Spaces 27
■ 202 ■ 311.2
Definition of Sleeping Unit 7 Classification of Self-Service
Storage Facilities 29
■ Chapter 2
Removal of Definition References 9 ■ 312.1
Classification of Communication
Equipment Structures 31
PART 2 ■ 312.1.1
Building Planning Classification of Agricultural Greenhouses 32
Chapters 3 through 6 11
■ 403
■ 302.1 High-Rise Buildings 34
Classification of Outdoor Areas 13
■ 403.2.1.1
■ 303.4 Type of Construction in High-Rise
Assembly Use of Greenhouses Buildings 36
Classification 15
■ 404.6
■ 308.3 Enclosure of Atriums 38
Institutional Group I-2 17
iii

100822524
iv CONTENTS
■ 406.1 ■ 508.4.1, Table 508.4

Motor Vehicle-Related Occupancies 40 Separated Occupancies vs.
Fire Area Separations 71
■ 406.3
Regulation of Private Garages 42 ■ Table 509
Incidental Uses 73
■ 406.6.2
Ventilation of Enclosed Parking Garages 43 ■ 510.2
■ 407.2.6
Horizontal Building Separation 75
Nursing Home Cooking Facilities 44 ■ Table 601, Note b
■ 407.5.1
Fire Protection of Structural Roof Members 77
Smoke Compartment Size 45 ■ Table 602, Note i
■ 407.5.4 Group R-3 Fire Separation Distance 79
Required Egress from Smoke Compartments 46 ■ 602.3, 602.4.1
■ 420.10 FRT Wood Sheathing in Exterior Wall
Dormitory Cooking Facilities 47 Assemblies 81
■ 422.6
Electrical Systems in Ambulatory PART 3
Care Facilities 49 Fire Protection
■ 424.1 Chapters 7 through 9 83
Children’s Play Structures 51 ■ 704.2, 704.4.1
■ 427
Column Protection
Medical Gas Systems 53 in Light-Frame Construction 85
■ Table 705.2
■ 453.4.4
Extent of Projections 87
Emergency Response Equipment Area 56
■ 705.2.3, 705.2.3.1
■ 453.4.5
Combustible Balconies, Projections
Liquid Tight Floor 57
and Bay Windows 89
■ 453.4.6.1
■ 705.2.3.2
Required Systems 58
Vents 91
■ 503.1, 706.1 ■ 705.8.1
Scope of Fire Wall Use 59 Measurement of Fire Separation Distance
■ 503.1.4 for Opening Protection 92
Allowable Height and Area ■ 706.1.1
of Occupied Roofs 61 Party Walls Not Constructed as Fire Walls 94
■ 505.2.1.1 ■ 706.2
Mezzanine and Equipment Platform Structural Continuity of Double Fire Walls 96
Area Limitations 63
■ 708.4
■ Table 506.2, Note i Continuity of Fire Partitions 98
Allowable Area of Type VB Greenhouses 65
■ 708.4.2
■ 507.4 Fireblocking and Draftstopping
Sprinklers in Unlimited Area at Fire Partitions 102
Group A-4 Buildings 67
■ 708A.4
■ 508.3.1.2 Garage Door Perimeter Gap 106
Group I-2, Condition 2 Nonseparated
Occupancies 69

100822524
CONTENTS v
■ 713.8.1 ■ 905.4
Membrane Penetrations of Shaft Enclosures 108 Class I Standpipe Connection Locations 142
■ 716.2.6.5 ■ 907.2.1
Delayed-Action Self-Closing Doors 109 Fire Alarms in Group A Occupancies 144

■ 803.1.1, 803.1.2 ■ 907.2.10
Interior Wall and Ceiling Finish Testing 111 Group R-4 Fire Alarm Systems 146
■ 803.3 ■ 907.5.2.2
Interior Finish Requirements Emergency Voice/Alarm Communication

for Heavy Timber Construction 114 Systems 148
■ ■ 907.6.1.1
803.11, 803.12
Flame Spread Testing of Laminates High-Rise Buildings 150
and Veneers 115 ■ 915.2.3
■ 804.4.3 Group E Occupancies 151

Group I-2 and Group I-3 Floor Surfaces 117
■ 901.6.2
PART 4
Integrated Fire Protection System Testing 119 Means of Egress
■ 902 Chapter 10 153
Fire Pump and Fire Sprinkler Riser Rooms 121 ■ Table 1004.5, 1004.8
■ 903.2.1 Occupant Load Calculation
Sprinklers Required in Group A in Business Use Areas 155
Occupancies 122 ■ 1006.2.1, Table 1006.2.1
■ 903.2.3 Group R Spaces with One Exit
Sprinklers in Group E Occupancies 125 or Exit Access Doorway 157
■ 903.2.16 ■ 1006.3, 1006.3.1

Group L Occupancies 127 Egress through Adjacent Stories 160
■ 1008.2.3
■ 903.3.1.1.2
Omission of Sprinklers in Group R-4 Illumination of the Exit Discharge 162
Bathrooms 128 ■ 1008.3.2
■ 903.3.1.2.1 Buildings 164

Sprinkler Protection at Balconies ■ 1008.3.5, 1008.2.2
and Decks 129 Emergency Illumination in Group I-2 165
■ 903.3.1.2.3 ■ 1009.7.2
Protection of Attics in Group R Protection of Exterior Areas
Occupancies 131 of Assisted Rescue 167
■ 904.12 ■ 1010.1.4.4
Commercial Cooking Operations 134 Locking Arrangements in Educational
■ 904.13 Occupancies 169
Domestic Cooking Protection in Institutional ■ 1010.1.9.8
and Residential Occupancies 136 Use of Delayed Egress Locking Systems
■ 904.14 in Group E Classrooms 171
Aerosol Fire Extinguishing Systems 138 ■ 1010.1.9.12
■ 905.3.1 Locks on Stairway Doors 174

Class III Standpipes 139 ■ 1010.3.2
Security Access Turnstiles 176

100822524
vi CONTENTS
■ 1015.6, 1015.7 ■ 1507.1

Fall Arrest for Rooftop Equipment 179 Underlayment 209
■ 1017.3, 202 ■ 1507.18
Measurement of Egress Travel 181 Building-Integrated Photovoltaic Panels 215
■ 1023.3.1 ■ 1603.1
Stairway Extensions 183 Construction Documents 218
■ 1023.5, 1024.6 ■ 1604.3.7
Exit Stairway and Exit Passageway Deflection of Glass Framing 221
Penetrations 185
■ 1604.5.1
■ 1025.1 Multiple Occupancies 222
Luminous Egress Path Marking
■ 1604.10
in Group I Occupancies 187
Storm Shelters 224
■ 1026.4, 1026.4.1
■ Table 1607.1
Refuge Areas for Horizontal Exits 188
Deck Live Load 226
■ 1029.6, 1029.6.3, 202
■ Table 1607.1
Open-Air Assembly Seating 190
Live Load Reduction 227
■ 1030.1
■ 1607.15.2
Group R-2.1 Emergency Escape and Rescue
Openings 192 Minimum Live Load for Fire Walls 230
■ 1609
Wind Loads 231
PART 5
■ 1613
Accessibility
Chapters 11A and 11B 195 Earthquake Loads 236
■ 1613.2.1
■ 11B-608
Transfer Type Shower Compartments 196 Seismic Maps 239
■ 1615, 1604.5
■ 11B-813
Adult Changing Facilities 198 Tsunami Loads 245
■ 1704.6
Structural Observations 247
PART 6
■ 1705.5.2
Building Envelope, Structural Systems
and Construction Materials Metal-Plate-Connected Wood Trusses 249
Chapters 12 through 26 201 ■ 1705.12.1, 1705.13.1
■
Seismic Force-Resisting Systems 250
1206.2, 1206.3
Engineering Analysis of Sound ■ 1705.12.6
Transmission 203 Fire Sprinkler Clearance 252
■ Table 1404.2 ■ 1804.4
Weather Covering Minimum Thickness 205 Site Grading 254
■ 1404.18 ■ 1807.2
Polypropylene Siding 207 Retaining Walls 256
■ 1504.3.3 ■ 1810.3.8.3
Metal Roof Shingles 208 Precast Prestressed Piles 257

100822524
CONTENTS vii
■ 1901.2 PART 7
Seismic Loads for Precast Concrete Building Services, Special Devices
Diaphragms 260 and Special Conditions
■ 2207.1
Chapters 27 through 33 297
SJI Standard 262 ■ 3001.2
■ 2209.2
Emergency Elevator Communication
Cantilevered Steel Storage Racks 264 Systems 298
■ 3006.2.1
■ 2211
Corridors Adjacent to Elevator Hoistway
Cold-Formed Steel Light-Frame
Openings 300
Construction 265
■ 3007.1
■ 2303.2.2
Extent of Fire Service Access
Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood 269
Elevator Travel 302
■ 2303.6
■ 3008.1.1
Nails and Staples 271 Required Number of Occupant Evacuation
■ Table 2304.9.3.2 Elevators 304
Mechanically Laminated Decking 273 ■ 3109.2
■ Table 2304.10.1 California Swimming Pool Safety Act 306

Ring Shank Nails 275 ■ 3310.1
■ 2304.10.5
Stairways in Buildings under Construction 312
Fasteners in Treated Wood 277 ■ 3314
■ 2304.11
Fire Watch During Construction 314
Heavy Timber Construction 278
■ 2304.12.2.5, 2304.12.2.6 PART 8
Supporting Members for Permeable Appendices
Floors and Roofs 283 Appendices A through N 317
■ Table 2308.4.1.1(1) ■ G103.6
Header and Girder Spans—Exterior Walls 285 Watercourse Alteration 318
■ 2308.4.1.1(2)
Header and Girder Spans—Interior Walls 287
PART 9
■ 2308.5.5.1
2019 California Existing Building Code (CEBC)
Openings in Exterior Bearing Walls 289 Chapter 3 and Appendix A 319
■ 2407.1
■ CEBC 303.1
Structural Glass Baluster Panels 291 Live Loads 320
■ 2603.2.1
■ CEBC 303.3.2, CEBC Appendix A5
Labeling of Polystyrene Foam Insulation Earthquake Hazard Reduction in Existing
without Flame Retardants 292 Concrete Buildings 322
■ 2603.13
Cladding Attachment over Foam
Sheathing to Wood Framing 293 Index325

100822524

100822524
Preface
T
he purpose of Significant Changes to the California Building Code
2019 Edition is to familiarize building officials, fire officials, plans
examiners, inspectors, design professionals, contractors and oth-
ers in the construction industry with many of the important changes in
the 2019 California Building Code (CBC). This publication is designed
to assist those code users in identifying the specific code changes that
have occurred and, more important, understanding the reasons behind
the changes. It is also a valuable resource for jurisdictions in their code-
adoption process.
Only a portion of the total number of code changes to the CBC are
discussed in this book. The changes selected were identified for a num-
ber of reasons, including their frequency of application, special sig-
nificance, or change in application. However, the importance of those
changes not included is not to be diminished. Further information on all
code changes can be found in the Complete Revision History to the 2018
I-Codes, available from the International Code Council® (ICC®) online store
at http://shop.iccsafe.org. The revision history provides the published docu-
mentation for each successful code change contained in the 2018 IBC since
the 2015 edition.
The CBC discussion in this book is organized into nine general catego-
ries, each representing a distinct grouping of code topics. It is arranged to
follow the general layout of the CBC, including code sections and section
number format. The table of contents, in addition to providing guidance
in use of this publication, allows for quick identification of those signifi-
cant code changes that occur in the 2019 CBC.
This edition of Significant Changes to the California Building Code
includes a ninth Part that addresses a limited number of selected code
changes that occurred in the 2019 edition of the California Existing
Building Code (CEBC). Applicable to all existing buildings, the CEBC is
intended to provide flexibility to permit the use of alternative approaches
to achieve compliance with minimum requirements to safeguard the pub-
lic health, safety and welfare. Both structural and nonstructural changes
are addressed in this publication.
ix

100822524
x PREFACE
Throughout the book, changes are accompanied by a photograph, an

application example, or an illustration to assist and enhance the reader’s
understanding of the specific change. A summary and a discussion of the
significance of the changes are also provided. Each code change is identi-
fied by type, be it an addition, modification, clarification or deletion.
The code change itself is presented in a format similar to the style
utilized for code-change proposals. Deleted code language is shown with
a strike-through, whereas new code text is indicated by underlining. As a
result, the actual 2019 code language is provided, as well as a comparison
with the 2016 language, so the user can easily determine changes to the
specific code text.
As with any code-change text, Significant Changes to the California
Building Code 2019 Edition is best used as a study companion to the 2019
CBC. Because only a limited discussion of each change is provided, the
code itself should always be referenced in order to gain a more compre-
hensive understanding of the code change and its application.
The commentary and opinions set forth in this text are those of the
authors and do not necessarily represent the official position of the ICC.
In addition, they may not represent the views of any enforcing agency, as
such agencies have the sole authority to render interpretations of the CBC.
In many cases, the explanatory material is derived from the reasoning
expressed by the code-change proponent.
Comments concerning this publication are encouraged and may be
directed to the ICC at [email protected].
About the International

Building Code®
Building officials, design professionals and others involved in the build-
ing construction industry recognize the need for a modern, up-to-date
building code addressing the design and installation of building systems
through requirements emphasizing performance. The International Build-
ing Code (IBC), in the 2018 edition, is intended to meet these needs through
model code regulations that safeguard the public health and safety in all
communities, large and small. The IBC is kept up to date through the open
code-development process of the International Code Council (ICC). The
provisions of the 2015 edition, along with those code changes approved
through 2016, make up the 2018 edition.
The ICC, publisher of the IBC, was established in 1994 as a nonprofit
organization dedicated to developing, maintaining and supporting a single
set of comprehensive and coordinated national model building construc-
tion codes. Its mission is to provide the highest-quality codes, standards,
products and services for all concerned with the safety and performance
of the built environment.
The IBC is 1 of 15 International Codes® published by the ICC. This
comprehensive building code establishes minimum regulations for build-
ing systems by means of prescriptive and performance-related provisions.
It is founded on broad-based principles that make possible the use of new
materials and new building designs. The IBC is available for adoption and
use by jurisdictions internationally. Its use within a governmental juris-
diction is intended to be accomplished through adoption by reference, in
accordance with proceedings establishing the jurisdiction’s laws.

100822524
PREFACE xi
About the California Building Code

Building Officials, design professionals, contractors and others involved
in the field of building construction recognize the need for a modern, up-
to-date building code addressing the design and installation of building
systems through both prescriptive and performance requirements. The
California Building Code (CBC), 2019 Edition, is intended to meet these
needs through the use of the model code regulations that safegaurd the
public health and safety in all communities, large and small. The 2019
CBC utilizes the 2018 IBC as its basis and is kept up to date through Cali-
fornia’s code adoption process. The effective date of the 2019 CBC is Janu-
ary 2020.
The California Building Code is Part 2 of thirteen parts of the offi-
cial triennial compilation and publication of the adoptions, amendments
and repeal of administrative regulations to California Code of Regula-
tions, Title 24, also referred to as the California Building Standards Code.
This comprehensive building code establishes minimum regulations that
is founded on broad-based principles that make possible the use of new
building materials and new building designs. The California Building
Standards Code is published in its entirety every three years by order of
the California legislature. The California Building Standards Commission
is responsible for the administration of each code adoption cycle. Supple-
ments and errata are issued throughout the three-year cycle.
The CBC is applicable throughout the state. However, a city, county,
or city and county may establish more restrictive building standards rea-
sonably necessary because of local climatic, geological or topographi-
cal conditions. Findings of the local condition(s) and the adopted local
building standard(s) must generally be filed with the California Building
Standards Commission (or other filing, if required) to become effective.
Only the state’s significant change amendments are included as part of this
publication.
About the Authors

Paul D. Armstrong, P.E., C.B.O.
Director of Code Compliance
TRB & Associates, Inc.
Paul Armstrong is the Director of Code Compliance for TRB & Associates,
Inc. He has worked for a number of private municipal consulting firms
and in that capacity as the Building Official for the City of El Monte, Sig-
nal Hill and Palos Verdes Estates. Prior to working for private firms, he
worked for 14 years for the International Code Council and the Interna-
tional Conference of Building Officials, ending his time as the initial ICC
Vice President of Architectural and Engineering Services. He also served
as the drafting secretary for the 2000 International Residential Code for
One- and Two-family Dwellings. Paul represented the model code orga-
nizations to many federal, state and local agencies and is a recognized
lecturer on many code-related topics. He graduated from California State
University at Long Beach. Paul is a Professional Engineer in the State of
California and is a Certified Building Official.
Sig Changes_2019_CBC-07_24_2019.indd xi 7/31/2019 12:25:47 PM

100822524
xii PREFACE
Douglas W. Thornburg, AIA, CBO

Vice-President and Technical Director of Products and Services
Douglas W. Thornburg, AIA, CBO, is currently Vice President and Techni-

cal Director of Products and Services for the International Code Council
(ICC) where he provides administrative and technical leadership for the ICC
product development activities. Prior to employment with ICC in 2004, he
was in private practice as a code consultant and educator on building codes
for nine years. Doug also spent ten years with the International Conference
of Building Officials (ICBO) where he served as Vice President/Education.
In his current role, Doug also continues to create and present building
code seminars nationally and has developed numerous educational texts
and resource materials. He was presented with ICC’s inaugural Educator
of the Year Award in 2008, recognizing his outstanding contributions in
education and training.
A graduate of Kansas State University and a registered architect, Doug
has over 37 years of experience in building code training and adminis-
tration. He has authored a variety of code-related support publications,
including the IBC Illustrated Handbook and the Significant Changes to
the International Building Code.
Sandra Hyde, P.E.

Senior Staff Engineer
Sandra Hyde is a Senior Staff Engineer with the ICC’s Product Develop-
ment Department. She develops technical resources in support of the
structural provisions of the International Building, Existing Building and
Residential Codes. Sandra reviews publications authored by ICC and engi-
neering groups, while also developing publications and technical semi-
nars on the structural provisions of the I-Codes for building departments,
design engineers, and special inspectors.
Prior to ICC, Sandra worked for Weyerhaeuser/Trus Joist in research
and development of engineered lumber products. She has a Master’s
Degree in Structural Engineering from Portland State University and is a
Registered Civil Engineer in Idaho and California. She has authored and
reviewed support publications including Significant Changes to the Cali-
fornia Residential Code, Special Inspection Manual and, in conjunction
with APA, Guide to the IRC Wall Bracing Provisions.

100822524
PREFACE xiii
About the Contributors

Kevin H. Scott
KH Scott and Associates
President
Kevin H. Scott, President of KH Scott and Associates, LLC, has extensive

experience in the development of fire safety, building safety and hazard-
ous materials regulations. With over 30 years in the development of fire
code, building code and fire safety regulations at the local, state, national
and international levels, Kevin develops and presents a variety of code-
based seminars and is the author of ICC’s publication Significant Changes
to the California Fire Code 2018 Edition.
About the International Code

Council®
The International Code Council is a member-focused association. It is
dedicated to developing model codes and standards used in the design,
build and compliance process to construct safe, sustainable, affordable
and resilient structures. Most US communities and many global markets
choose the International Codes. ICC Evaluation Service (ICC-ES) is the
industry leader in performing technical evaluations for code compliance
fostering safe and sustainable design and construction.
Governmental Affairs Office:

500 New Jersey Avenue, NW, 6th Floor
Washington, DC 20001-2070
Regional Offices:
Eastern Regional Office (BIR), Central Regional Office (CH),
Western Regional Office (LA)
888-ICC-SAFE (888-422-7233)
www.iccsafe.org

100822524

100822524
PART
1
Administration
Chapters 1 and 2
■ Chapter 1 Scope and Administration 1.2.2

No changes addressed BSC-CG
■ Chapter 2 Definitions
202
Definition of Community Care Facility
T
he provisions of Chapter 1 address the appli-
cation, enforcement and administration of 202
subsequent requirements of the code. In addi- Definition of Greenhouse
tion to establishing the scope of the California Build-
ing Code (CBC), the chapter identifies which buildings 202
and structures come under its purview. A building Definition of Repair Garage
code, as with any other code, is intended to be adopted
as a legally enforceable document to safeguard health, 202
safety, property and public welfare. A building code Definition of Sleeping Unit
cannot be effective without adequate provisions for its
administration and enforcement. Chapter 2 provides CHAPTER 2
definitions for terms used throughout the CBC. Codes, Removal of Definition References
by their very nature, are technical documents, and as
such, literally every word, term and punctuation mark
can add to or change the meaning of the intended
result. ■
1

100822524
2 PART 1 ■ Administration
1.2.2 CHANGE TYPE: Modification
CHANGE SUMMARY: Identifies that the California Building Standards

BSC-CG Commission is the responsible agency for Green Building criteria for non-
residential occupancies and graywater systems.
2019 CODE: 1.2.2 BSC-CG

Courtesy of Jeff & Anya Armstrong
1. Green buildings standards for nonresidential occupancies.

Application – All occupancies where no state agency has the authority to
adopt green building standards applicable to those occupancies.
Enforcing agency – State or local agency specified by the applicable pro-
visions of law.
Authority cited – Health and Safety Code Sections 18930.5(a), 18938 and
18940.5.
Reference – Health and Safety Code, Division 13, Part 2.5, commencing
with Section 18901.
2. Graywater systems for nonresidential occupancies.

Application – The construction, installation, and alteration of graywater
systems for indoor and outdoor uses in nonresidential occupancies.
Enforcing agency – State or local agency specified by the applicable pro-
visions of law.
Authority cited – Health & Safety Code Section 18941.8.
Reference – Health & Safety Code Section 18941.8.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: This amendment is intended to identify the

California Building Standards Commission (BSC) authority for nonresi-
dential graywater systems. These changes were originally part of the Cali-
fornia Plumbing Code and the California Green Building Code in the 2016
Intervening Code Cycle. These changes are intended to match the lan-
guage regarding the authority of the BSC with the language in other parts
of Title 24. This will add BSC graywater systems to the 2019 California
Building Code that were left out in the 2016 California Building Code.
This will clear up the building standards that BSC uses in terms of gray-
water systems in Title 24, as well as match the information with other
sections of Title 24 that already have this information.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 202 ■ Definition of Community Care Facility 3
CHANGE TYPE: Modification
202
CHANGE SUMMARY: This change eliminates duplicative text with the
California Health and Safety Code from the definition.
Definition of
Community Care
2019 CODE: COMMUNITY CARE FACILITY. Any facility, place or Facility
building that is maintained and operated to provide nonmedical residen-
tial care, day treatment, adult day care or foster family agency services for
children, adults, or children and adults, including, but not limited to, the
physically handicapped, mentally impaired, incompetent persons, and
abused or neglected children, and includes but is not limited to the fol-
lowing as defined in Health and Safety Code Section 1502:
1. Residential facility
2. Adult day program
3. Therapeutic day services facility

Foster family agency

Foster family home

Small family home
4. Social rehabilitation facility
5. Community treatment facility
6. Full-service adoption agency

Noncustodial adoption agency
7. Transitional shelter care facility
8. Transitional housing placement facility
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: This amendment was intended to provide for

a shorter list and not duplicate the statute in the 2019 CBC. Including lan-
guage for foster homes was thought to be duplicative because the Office of
the State Fire Marshal (OSFM) already has statutory authority to develop
regulations for these uses and felt it did not need to be restated in the
code. In addition, the list is only a small example of what may be consid-
ered a Community Care Facility. The SFM also indicated this deletion did
not result in a change in regulatory effect.

100822524
202 CHANGE TYPE: Addition
CHANGE SUMMARY: A definition of greenhouse has been added to the

Definition of code in order to recognize that the primary characteristic of such a struc-
Greenhouse ture is its unique environment for growing plants, and not the structure
itself or merely the presence of plants.
2019 CODE: GREENHOUSE. A structure or thermally isolated area of

a building that maintains a specialized sunlit environment used for and
essential to the cultivation, protection or maintenance of plants.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: A greenhouse has historically been recognized

as a structure intended for the growing of plants. The primary difference
between a greenhouse and other structures is that the environment in a
greenhouse is specific to this intended use. Although a variety of other
activities can occur within a greenhouse, the key issue is the maintenance
of a controlled environment within the facility necessary for proper plant
growth. A definition of greenhouse has been added to the code in order to
recognize that the primary characteristic of such a structure is its unique
environment, not the structure itself or merely the presence of plants.
Buildings intended for human habitation are required to provide min-
imum features such as lighting, ventilation, heating and cooling that are
suitable for the health and welfare of the occupants, and oftentimes plants
can coexist in such environments. In a greenhouse, the environment is
such that it is maintained exclusively for, and essential to, the aggressive
propagation of plants used by commercial growers for plant production. It
is acceptable for other activities to be conducted in a greenhouse, such as
retail sales, educational research, conservation, education and assembly
use. The occupancy classification of a greenhouse will be determined
accordingly. However, in all cases, the environment of the greenhouse
must be such that the plants will thrive.
iStock.com/36clicks
Greenhouse

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 202 ■ Definition of Greenhouse 5
The extent of the definition is limited to those structures designed

and used specifically for the growing, care and maintenance of plants. As
such, sunrooms, solariums, glass-enclosed walkways, atria and other
types of spaces that permit ample sunlight and prominently feature plants
for aesthetic purposes are not considered as greenhouses under the new
definition.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: The CFC definition of repair garage is now intro-

Definition of Repair duced to the CBC in order to provide clarity and consistency in the
Garage application of provisions related to the repair and maintenance of motor
vehicles.
2019 CODE: REPAIR GARAGE. A building, structure or portion

thereof used for servicing or repairing motor vehicles.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The term “repair garage” is used throughout

the code, including in key provisions such as Section 311.2 (occupancy
classification), Section 406.8 (special detailed requirements) and Section
903.2.9.1 (automatic sprinkler systems). However there has been no defi-
nition of a repair garage in the CBC. Without the definition, guidance in
applying code requirements has typically been provided through the use
of the repair garage definition found in the California Fire Code (CFC).
The CFC definition is now replicated in the CBC in order to provide clar-
ity and consistency in the application of provisions related to the repair
and maintenance of motor vehicles.
Pavel L Photo and Video/Shutterstock.com
Repair garage

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 202 ■ Definition of Sleeping Unit 7
CHANGE TYPE: Clarification
202
CHANGE SUMMARY: The revised definition of dwelling unit clarifies
that each individual bedroom within a residential suite is not to be con-
Definition of
sidered as a sleeping unit, but rather the entire suite is to be deemed as Sleeping Unit
one sleeping unit.
2019 CODE: SLEEPING UNIT. A room or space in which people sleep,

which can also include single unit that provides rooms or spaces for one
or more persons, includes permanent provisions for sleeping and can
include provisions for living, eating, and either sanitation or kitchen facil-
ities but not both. Such rooms and spaces that are also part of a dwelling
unit are not sleeping units.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The single required characteristic of a sleep-

ing unit is that it is used as the primary location for sleeping purposes.
Guestrooms of Group R-1 hotels and motels are typically considered
sleeping units. Sleeping units are also commonly found in congregate liv-
ing facilities, such as dormitories, sorority houses and fraternity houses,
and are regulated as Group R-2 occupancies. Several of the varied Group
I occupancies also contain resident or patient sleeping units. Of major
importance, sleeping units are required by Section 420 to be separated from
202 continues
Sleeping unit
Bedroom
Living/
Bath Bath Kitchen
Bedroom
Bedroom
© International Code Council
Living/
Kitchen Bath Bath
Bedroom
Sleeping unit
Dormitory suites

100822524
202 continued each other, as well as other contiguous occupancies, through the use of
fire partitions, horizontal assemblies, or both. Therefore, it is critical that
the extent of each sleeping unit be clearly identified in order to properly
determine where the fire-resistance-rated separations are required. The
definition of sleeping unit has been revised in order to clarify the varied
configurations of rooms and spaces intended to be considered as sleep-
ing units.
Traditionally, dormitories and similar congregate living facilities have
consisted of multiple bedrooms, with common living, dining, cooking
and sanitation facilities. In such cases, the bedrooms are individually reg-
ulated as sleeping units. However, current residential environments often
include “suites” where two or more bedrooms share their own living
space and bathroom facilities. These rooms and spaces within the suite
act as a group, similar to an apartment unit, and as such the entire suite
should be evaluated as a single sleeping unit. The revised definition clari-
fies that each individual bedroom within a suite is not to be considered as
a sleeping unit. Where the bedrooms are considered as a portion of the
suite, the entire suite is to be deemed as one sleeping unit.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition Chapter 2 ■ Removal of Definition References 9
CHANGE TYPE: Deletion
Chapter 2
CHANGE SUMMARY: All definition lists located throughout the code
have now been removed based on the general recognition of the format of
Removal of
the CBC. Definition
References
2019 CODE: 304.2 Definitions. The following terms are defined in
Chapter 2.
AMBULATORY CARE FACILITY.

CLINIC, OUTPATIENT.
(The lists of terms in this and subsequent sections throughout the code have
been deleted.)
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Throughout the CBC, specific terms are used

in a manner that differs from their ordinarily accepted meaning. Such
terms are necessarily defined in order to clarify their meaning within the
context of the code. In the first four editions of the IBC, general terms
applying throughout the code were defined in Chapter 2, while those
terms more specific to an individual subject area in the code, such as
means of egress or fire protection systems, were defined at the beginning
of the appropriate chapter. In some cases, the definitions were also scat-
tered throughout the chapter. In the 2013 edition of the CBC, all defini-
tions were relocated to Chapter 2 for consistency and usability purposes.
However, the individual defined terms remained throughout the various
chapters of the code. All definition lists scattered about the code have
now been removed based on the general recognition of the format of the
CBC.
There are more than 700 definitions in the CBC. Historically, approxi-
mately 10 percent of these terms were defined in Chapter 2, with the
remaining 90 percent scattered in more than 40 locations throughout the
Chapter 2 continues
502.1 Definitions. The following terms are

defined in Chapter 2:
AREA, BUILDING.
BASEMENT.
EQUIPMENT PLATFORM.
HEIGHT, BUILDING.
MEZZANINE.
Definition references removed

100822524
Chapter 2 continued other chapters in the code. This approach changed with the introduc-
tion of the 2013 CBC, where all definitions were relocated to Chapter 2.
However, the specifically defined terms remained listed in their previous
locations throughout the CBC to remind the code user that a definition of
the term can be found in Chapter 2. This formatting approach was elimi-
nated in the 2019 edition so that there are no direct references to
Chapter 2.

100822524
PART
2
Building Planning
Chapters 3 through 6
■ Chapter 3 Occupancy Classification and 302.1

Use Classification of Outdoor Areas
■ Chapter 4 Special Detailed Requirements
Based on Occupancy and Use 303.4
■ Chapter 5 General Building Heights and Assembly Use of Greenhouses Classification
Areas
■ Chapter 6 Types of Construction 308.3
Institutional Group I-2
T
309.1
he application of the California Building Code
to a structure is typically initiated through Mercantile Use of Greenhouses Classification
the provisions of Chapters 3, 5 and 6. Chapter
310.4
3 establishes one or more occupancy classifications
based upon the anticipated uses of a building. The Residential Group R-3
appropriate classifications are necessary to properly
310.4.2
apply many of the code’s non-structural provisions.
The requirements of Chapter 6 deal with classifica- Owner-Occupied Lodging Houses
tion as to construction type, based on a building’s
310.5
materials of construction and the level of fire resis-
tance provided by such materials. Limitations on a Residential Group R-4
building’s height and area, set forth in Chapter 5, are 311.1.1
directly related to the occupancies it houses and its
type of construction. Chapter 5 also provides the var- Classification of Accessory Storage Spaces
ious methods available to address conditions in 311.2
which multiple uses or occupancies occur within the
same building. Chapter 4 contains special detailed Classification of Self-Service Storage Facilities
requirements based on unique conditions or uses 312.1
that are found in some buildings. ■
Classification of Communication Equipment
Structures
312.1.1
Classification of Agricultural Greenhouses
11

100822524
403 453.4.6.1
High-Rise Buildings Required Systems
403.2.1.1 503.1, 706.1
Type of Construction in High-Rise Buildings Scope of Fire Wall Use
404.6 503.1.4
Enclosure of Atriums Allowable Height and Area of Occupied Roofs
406.1 505.2.1.1
Motor Vehicle-Related Occupancies Mezzanine and Equipment Platform Area
Limitations
406.3
TA B L E 5 0 6 . 2 , N O T E I
Regulation of Private Garages
Allowable Area of Type VB Greenhouses
406.6.2
507.4
Ventilation of Enclosed Parking Garages
Sprinklers in Unlimited Area Group A-4 Buildings
407.2.6
508.3.1.2
Nursing Home Cooking Facilities
Group I-2, Condition 2 Nonseparated Occupancies
407.5.1
5 0 8 . 4 . 1 , TA B L E 5 0 8 . 4
Smoke Compartment Size
Separated Occupancies vs. Fire Area Separations
407.5.4
TA B L E 5 0 9
Required Egress from Smoke Compartments
Incidental Uses
420.10
510.2
Dormitory Cooking Facilities
Horizontal Building Separation
422.6
TA B L E 6 0 1 , N O T E B
Electrical Systems in Ambulatory Care Facilities
Fire Protection of Structural Roof Members
424.1
TA B L E 6 0 2 , N O T E I
Children’s Play Structures
Group R-3 Fire Separation Distance
427
602.3, 602.4.1
Medical Gas Systems
FRT Wood Sheathing in Exterior Wall Assemblies
453.4.4
Emergency Response Equipment Area
453.4.5
Liquid Tight Floor
12

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 302.1 ■ Classification of Outdoor Areas 13
302.1
CHANGE SUMMARY: It has been clarified that occupied roofs are to be
assigned one or more occupancy classifications in a manner consistent
Classification
with the classification of uses inside the building, based upon the fire and of Outdoor Areas
life safety hazards posed by the rooftop activities.
2019 CODE: 302.1 General. Occupancy classification. Occupancy

classification is the formal designation of the primary purpose of the
building, structure or portion thereof. Structures or portions of structures
shall be classified with respect to occupancy in into one or more of the
occupancy groups listed in this section based on the nature of the hazards
and risks to building occupants generally associated with the intended
purpose of the building or structure. A An area, room or space that is
intended to be occupied at different times for different purposes shall
comply with all of the applicable requirements that are applicable to each
of the purposes for which the room or space will be occupied associated
with such potential multipurpose. Structures with multiple occupancies
or uses containing multiple occupancy groups shall comply with Sec-
tion 508. Where a structure is proposed for a purpose that is not specifi-
cally provided for in this code listed in this section, such structure shall
be classified in the group that the occupancy it most nearly resembles
according to based on the fire safety and relative hazard involved. Occu-
pied roofs shall be classified in the group that the occupancy most nearly
resembles, according to the fire safety and relative hazard, and shall com-
ply with Section 503.1.4.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The initial step in analyzing a building for

compliance with the CBC is to determine the appropriate occupancy clas-
sification for each area of the building based upon its use. Such determi-
nation can be done on a room-by-room basis or, in a more global sense,
302.1 continues
iStock.com/bennymarty
Rooftop restaurant

100822524
14 PART 2 ■ Building Planning
302.1 continued by reviewing multiple spaces as a single use. However, the code has his-
torically been silent in regard to the occupancy classification of occupied
roofs. Chapter 10 regulating the means of egress, along with Chapter 11
addressing accessibility, contains references to the application of its pro-
visions to occupied roofs. However, there has been no specific mention as
to the proper means to classify such spaces based upon their use. It has
been clarified that occupied roofs are to be assigned one or more occu-
pancy classifications in a manner consistent with the classification of
uses inside the building, based upon the fire and life safety hazards posed
by the rooftop activities.
The CBC is considered as an “occupancy-based” code, where the pri-
mary difference in requirements between buildings is due to the varying
uses that are anticipated. As such, it is critical that an occupancy classifi-
cation be assigned to any occupied portion of a building in order that the
appropriate fire and life safety criteria are applied. For example, where a
rooftop contains a restaurant having dining seating for 50 or more per-
sons, the occupied roof would be classified as a Group A-2 occupancy in
order to address those hazards associated with such an assembly use. The
determination of the occupancy classification, or classifications, of an
occupied roof would be performed in a manner consistent with the clas-
sification of uses inside the building.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 303.4 ■ Assembly Use of Greenhouses Classification 15
303.4
CHANGE SUMMARY: Where the use of a greenhouse is assembly in
nature due to public access for the viewing of plants, classification as a
Assembly Use
Group A-3 occupancy is appropriate. of Greenhouses
Classification
2019 CODE: 303.4 Assembly Group A-3. Group A-3 occupancy
includes assembly uses intended for worship, recreation or amusement
and other assembly uses not classified elsewhere in Group A including,
but not limited to:
Greenhouses for the conservation and exhibition of plants that

provide public access
(No changes to other listed items.)
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: By definition, a greenhouse is now defined

as “a structure or thermally isolated area of a building that maintains a
specialized sunlit environment used for and essential to the cultivation,
protection or maintenance of plants.” Although a number of varied uses
can occur within a greenhouse, the key issue is the maintenance of a con-
trolled environment within the facility necessary for proper plant growth.
The primary characteristic of such a structure is its unique environment,
not the structure itself or merely the presence of plants. Therefore, when
reviewing a greenhouse for occupancy classification purposes, the focus
should be on the fire and life safety characteristics of activities expected
to occur within the structure. Where the use of the space or building is
assembly in nature, classification as a Group A occupancy is typically
appropriate.
In a greenhouse, the environment is such that it is maintained exclu-
sively for, and essential to, the aggressive propagation of plants used by
commercial growers for plant production. However, this activity does not
303.4 continues
iStock.com/Jorgefontestad
Crystal Palace arboretum

100822524
303.4 continued preclude that a more occupant-intensive use be considered as the major
function of the space. It is acceptable for other activities to be conducted
in a greenhouse, including assembly uses such as botanical gardens,
municipal parks, and public conservatories. The potential hazards in
these types of structures are primarily occupant-based and consistent
with other assembly uses. Therefore, the occupancy classification of such
a greenhouse will be determined based on the expected occupant load,
with a Group A-3 classification typically assigned where the established
occupant load is 50 or more. Consistent with other assembly uses, a Group
B classification is appropriate where the occupant load is less than 50.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 308.3 ■ Institutional Group I-2 17
308.3
CHANGE SUMMARY: In California, small foster care facilities for six or
fewer are considered private residences.
Institutional
Group I-2
2019 CODE: 308.3 Institutional Group I-2. Institutional Group I-2
occupancy shall include buildings and structures used for medical care
on a 24-hour basis for more than five persons who are incapable of self-
preservation or classified as nonambulatory or bedridden. This group
shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Foster care facilities

Detoxification facilities
Hospitals
Nursing homes
Psychiatric hospitals
308.3.1 Occupancy conditions. Buildings of Group I-2 shall

be classified as one of the occupancy conditions specified in Sec-
tion 308.3.1.1 or 308.3.1.2.
308.3.1.1 Condition 1. This occupancy condition shall

include facilities that provide nursing and medical care but do
not provide emergency care, surgery, obstetrics or in-patient
stabilization units for psychiatric or detoxification, including
but not limited to nursing homes and foster care facilities.
308.3.1.2 Condition 2. This occupancy condition shall

include facilities that provide nursing and medical care and
could provide emergency care, surgery, obstetrics or in-patient
stabilization units for psychiatric or detoxification, including
but not limited to hospitals.
308.3.21 Five or fewer persons receiving medical care. A

facility with five or fewer persons receiving medical care shall be
classified as Group R-3.1 or shall comply with the International
California Residential Code provided an automatic sprinkler sys-
tem is installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.3 or Section
P2904 R313 of the International California Residential Code.
308.4.2 308.3.3 Institutional Group I-2.1 Ambulatory health care

facility. A healthcare facility that receives persons for outpatient medi-
cal care that may render the patient incapable of unassisted self-preser-
vation and where each tenant space accommodates more than five such
patients.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Foster care facilities have been removed to

ensure compliance with California Health and Safety Code, Sections 1502
and 1530.5. These sections of California law specify foster family homes
308.3 continues

100822524
308.3 continued for six or fewer children shall be considered as private residences. The
California Building Code classifies private residences as R-3 occupancies.
Therefore, regulations applicable to foster care facilities for six or fewer
children are as specified for R-3 occupancies. The Office of the State Fire
Marshal (SFM) also removed Sections 308.3.1, 308.3.1.1 and 308.1.2. The
SFM identified this action as having no regulatory effect, leading the code
user to assume there is no change from the 2016 CBC based on this action.
More information may be available in previous code cycle documents
specific to SFM rulemakings.

Foster residence in California

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 309.1 ■ Mercantile Use of Greenhouses Classification 19
309.1
CHANGE SUMMARY: Where a greenhouse is provided with public
access for the purpose of the display and sale of plants, a Group M occu-
Mercantile Use
pancy shall be assigned. of Greenhouses
Classification
2019 CODE: 309.1 Mercantile Group M. Mercantile Group M occu-
pancy includes, among others, the use of a building or structure or a por-
tion thereof for the display and sale of merchandise, and involves stocks
of good, wares or merchandise incidental to such purposes and accessible
to the public. Mercantile occupancies shall include, but not be limited to,
the following:
Greenhouses for display and sale of plants that provide public

access
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Although a number of varied uses can occur

within a greenhouse, a controlled environment within the facility neces-
sary for proper plant growth is consistently present. The primary char-
acteristic of such a structure is its unique environment, not the type of
structure or merely the presence of plants. Therefore, when analyzing a
greenhouse for occupancy classification purposes, the focus should be
on the fire and life safety characteristics of activities expected to occur
within the structure. Where the use of the space or building is retail sales,
classification as a Group M occupancy is appropriate.
Although the environment in a greenhouse is such that it is main-
tained for the aggressive propagation of plants used by commercial
growers for plant production, it does not preclude that a more
309.1 continues
iStock.com/xavierarnau
Retail sales of plants

100822524
309.1 continued occupant-intensive use be considered as the major function of the space.
It is acceptable for other activities to be conducted in a greenhouse,
including mercantile uses such as retail stores and home improvement
centers. The potential hazards in these types of structures are primarily
occupant-based and consistent with other mercantile uses. Therefore, the
occupancy classification of such a greenhouse is to be Group M.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 310.4 ■ Residential Group R-3 21
310.4
CHANGE SUMMARY: In California, small foster care facilities for six or
fewer are considered private residences.
Residential
Group R-3
2019 CODE: 310.4 Residential Group R-3. Residential Group R-3
occupancies where the occupants are primarily permanent in nature and
not classified as Group R-1, R-2, R-2.1, R-2.2, R-3.1, R4 or I, including:
Buildings that do not contain more than two dwelling units.

Care Facilities that provide accommodations for five or fewer per-
sons receiving care
Congregate living facilities Congregate residences (nontransient) with
16 or fewer occupants.
Boarding houses (nontransient)
Convents
Dormitories
Fraternities and sororities
Monasteries
Congregate living facilities Congregate residences (transient) with 10
or fewer occupants.
Efficiency dwelling units
Boarding houses (transient)
Adult care facilities that provide accommodations for six or fewer
clients of any age for less than 24 hours. Licensing categories that
may use this classification include Adult Day Programs.
Alcoholism or drug abuse recovery homes (ambulatory only)
Child care facilities that provide accommodations for six or fewer
clients of any age for less than 24 hours. Licensing categories that
may use this classification include, but are not limited to:
Day-Care Center for Mildly Ill Children,
Infant Care Center,
School Age Child Day-Care Center.
Family Day-Care Homes that provide accommodations for 14 or
fewer children, in the provider’s own home for less than 24-hours.
Foster family homes (ambulatory only)
Adult care and child care facilities that are within a single-family
home are permitted to comply with the California Residential Code.
Lodging houses (transient) with five or fewer guest rooms and 10 or
fewer occupants
310.4.1 Care facilities within a dwelling. Care facilities for five or

fewer persons receiving care that are within a single-family dwelling are
permitted to comply with the International Residential Code provided
an automatic sprinkler system is installed in accordance with Section
903.3.1.3 or Section P2904 of the International Residential Code
310.4 continues

100822524
310.4 continued CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: This California amendment maintains exist-

ing Office of the State Fire Marshal (SFM) regulations by deleting and
amending the model code language for care facilities and congregate liv-
ing facilities. The SFM is also amending the model code reference for
foster care facilities because under California Health and Safety Code,
Sections 1502 and 1530 foster family homes shall be constructed under
the same requirements as private residences.

Foster residence in California

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 310.4.2 ■ Owner-Occupied Lodging Houses 23
310.4.2
CHANGE SUMMARY: The criteria permitting compliance with the CRC
for the design and construction of owner-occupied lodging houses has
Owner-Occupied
been expanded by now also requiring that the total number of lodging Lodging Houses
house occupants be limited to 10.
2019 CODE: 310.5.2 310.4.2 Lodging houses. Owner-occupied

lodging houses with five or fewer guest rooms and 10 or fewer total occu-
pants shall be permitted to be constructed in accordance with the Califor-
nia Residential Code.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: A lodging house is defined as “a one-family

dwelling where one or more occupants are primarily permanent in nature
and rent is paid for guest rooms.” The most common example of a lodg-
ing house is a bed-and-breakfast facility that serves as a single-family
dwelling while also providing sleeping rooms for guests. A provision was
added to the 2016 California Building Code allowing owner-occupied
lodging houses to be designed and constructed in accordance with the
International Residential Code provided the lodging house has no more
than five guest rooms. The criteria permitting compliance with the CRC
has been expanded by now also requiring that the total number of lodging
house occupants be limited to 10.
The CBC has historically limited the number of occupants in tran-
sient-oriented congregate living facilities and boarding houses to 10 in
order to be classified as a Group R-3 occupancy. Higher occupant loads
will cause the occupancy to be classified as Group R-2. In order to be con-
sistent with the occupant load limit for Group R-3 transient occupancies,
the additional limit of 10 persons was placed on lodging houses permit-
ted to be regulated under the CRC.
310.4.2 continues
Bed-and-breakfast lodging

100822524
310.4.2 continued It is important to note that when determining the occupant load to be
applied, the intent of the code change is that the total number of occu-
pants assigned to the lodging house be applied, which would include the
owner and other family members who reside there. This approach is con-
sistent with most other evaluations of occupant load insomuch that the
entire occupant load of the building or space be considered.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 310.5 ■ Residential Group R-4 25
310.5
CHANGE SUMMARY: A reorganization and cleanup of the previous
CBC criteria by the California State Fire Marshal’s office.
Residential
Group R-4
2019 CODE: 310.5 Residential Group R-4. Residential Group R-4
occupancy shall include buildings, structures or portions thereof for more
than six ambulatory clients, but not more than 16 persons, excluding staff,
who reside on a 24-hour basis in a supervised residential environment
and receive custodial care. Buildings of Group R-4 shall be classified as
one of the occupancy conditions specified in Section 310.5.1 or 310.5.2.
This group shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
This occupancy classification may include a maximum six non-

ambulatory or bedridden clients (see Section 435 Special Provisions
for Licensed 24-Hour Care Facilities in a Group R-2.1, R-3.1 or R-4
Occupancy). Group R-4 occupancies shall include the following:
Alcohol and drug centers
Assisted living facilities
Congregate care facilities
Group homes
Halfway houses
Residential board and care facilities
Social rehabilitation facilities
Assisted living facilities such as:
Residential care facilities,
Residential care facilities for the elderly (RCFE),
Adult residential facilities,
Congregate living health facilities,
Group homes.
310.5 continues

100822524
310.5 continued Social rehabilitation facilities such as:

Halfway houses,
Community correctional centers,
Community correction reentry centers,
Community treatment programs,
Work furlough programs,
Alcoholism or drug abuse recovery or treatment facilities.
Group R-4 occupancies shall meet the requirements for construction

as defined for Group R-3, except as otherwise provided for in this code.
This occupancy classification may include a maximum six non-ambula-
tory or bedridden clients (see Section 435 Special Provisions for Licensed
24-Hour Care Facilities in a Group R-2.1, R-3.1 or R-4 Occupancy). Group
R-4 occupancies shall meet the requirements in Section 420.
310.5.1 Condition 1. This occupancy condition shall include build-

ings in which all persons receiving custodial care, without any assistance,
are capable of responding to an emergency situation to complete building
evacuation.
310.5.2 Condition 2. This occupancy condition shall include build-

ings in which there are any persons receiving custodial care who require
limited verbal or physical assistance while responding to an emergency
situation to complete building evacuation.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: This is an existing amendment brought for-

ward from the 2016 CBC with minimal editorial and non-regulatory revi-
sions. The references to Sections 310.5.1 and 310.5.2 have been deleted
from the 2018 IBC as they were in the 2016 CBC. The Office of the State
Fire Marshal (SFM) also reorganized the amended language and used
descriptions more typical to what is and has been used in California. In
addition, the SFM believes it will be easier for the code user to determine
where the special requirements of Group R-4 occupancies can be found.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 311.1.1 ■ Classification of Accessory Storage Spaces 27
311.1.1
CHANGE SUMMARY: Regardless of size, storage rooms and storage
spaces that are accessory to other uses are to be classified as part of the
Classification of
occupancy to which they are accessory. Accessory Storage
Spaces
2019 CODE: 311.1.1 Accessory storage spaces. A room or space
used for storage purposes that is less than 100 square feet (9.3 m2) in area
and accessory to another occupancy shall be classified as part of that
occupancy. The aggregate area of such rooms or spaces shall not exceed
the allowable area limits of Section 508.2.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The proper occupancy classification of stor-

age rooms has historically been one of the most elusive issues in the CBC.
Although Group S occupancies are recognized in Section 311.1 as build-
ings, or portions thereof, used for storage purposes, there has always been
some disagreement as to the classification of smaller storage areas, closets
and similar spaces that are accessory to one or more other uses in the
building. Assigning a Group S occupancy classification to a warehouse,
or other significant storage area, has never been questioned. However,
where the room or space poses little, if any, hazard above that created
by the occupancy to which the storage use is accessory, there was some
consensus that a unique Group S classification need not be applied. This
approach to classifying a storage area is now formally addressed such that
storage rooms or spaces that are accessory to other uses are to be classified
as part of the occupancy to which they are accessory, regardless of the
size of the storage area.
Storage rooms were specifically regulated in the initial edition of the
CBC as incidental use areas where they exceeded 100 square feet. As
such, they were not considered as distinct Group S occupancies.
311.1.1 continues
Tyler Olson/Shutterstock.com
Hospital storage room

100822524
311.1.1 continued However, they were required to be separated from the remainder of the
building by minimum 1-hour fire barriers. Due to the contradictions that
occurred due to the potential for storage rooms to be classified as Group S
occupancies eligible to be regulated under the nonseparated occupancy
provisions, storage rooms were no longer considered as incidental use
areas in the 2010 CBC. At that point, they were simply regulated under
the general occupancy provisions of Chapter 3. The 2016 CBC introduced
Section 311.1.1 recognizing that accessory storage spaces less than 100
square feet in area were to be classified as a part of the occupancy to
which they are accessory. However, it has been typically viewed that the
new provision implied that those storage spaces of 100 square feet or
more should be classified as Group S. The 2016 provision has been
revised to reflect that the Group S classification should not apply to acces-
sory storage spaces.
The new approach to classifying storage spaces does not vary based
upon the size of the storage space. There is no square footage or percent-
age threshold, such as 100 square feet or 10%, over which the Group S
classification will be applied. Where the storage use is considered as
accessory to the other uses in building, it shall be classified in accordance
with those other uses. The key point is the hazard level that storage brings
to the building. It is assumed that accessory storage uses pose little addi-
tional hazard above the occupancies which they serve. Where storage
activities pose a significantly higher hazard than the other uses in the
building, they would typically not be considered accessory and therefore
classified as a Group S occupancy.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 311.2 ■ Classification of Self‑Service Storage Facilities 29

311.2
CHANGE SUMMARY: Due to the reasonable expectation that self-stor-
age facilities will contain a considerable amount of combustible materials,
Classification
such facilities are now specifically identified as Group S-1 occupancies. of Self‑Service
Storage Facilities
2019 CODE: 311.2 Moderate-hazard storage, Group S-1. Storage
Group S-1 occupancies are buildings occupied for storage uses that are
not classified as Group S-2, including, but not limited to, storage of the
following:
Aerosols products, Levels 2 and 3

Self-service storage facility (mini-storage)
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Hazards created by storage uses are primar-

ily contents-related as opposed to occupant-related. The general public is
seldom exposed to the risks imposed by storage activities, as the occupants
are typically employees who are familiar with their surroundings. How-
ever, the presence of significant fire loads and hazardous materials can
make storage uses a significant concern. Where a storage use is not consid-
ered as a Group H high-hazard occupancy, it shall be classified as Group
S, either a Group S-1 moderate-hazard occupancy or a Group S-2 low-
hazard occupancy. Due to the reasonable expectation that self-service stor-
age facilities will contain a considerable amount of combustible materials,
such facilities are now specifically identified as Group S-1 occupancies.
Self-service storage facilities, sometimes referred to as mini-storage
units, typically consist of multiple buildings housing numerous small
garage-type storage spaces. In some cases, they can be multistory build-
ings with hundreds of individual storage rooms. Regardless of their
311.2 continues
Vizual Studio/Shutterstock.com
Self-storage units

100822524
311.2 continued configuration, such facilities are used by individuals and businesses to
store a wide variety of goods and materials. As would be expected, the
fire load created by the stored items could be just as varied. Because the
specific items being stored are typically unknown, it is necessary to make
an educated guess at the potential hazard created within these facilities.
The classification as Group S-2 would be inappropriate due to the
reasonable expectation that a considerable fire load is probable due to
the items in storage. A Group S-2 occupancy anticipates the exclusive
storage of noncombustible items. In contrast, classification as a Group H-3
storage facility is considered unreasonable due to the historical use
of such facilities. Although it is certainly possible that some hazardous
materials will be stored, classifying all self-storage facilities as high-
hazard occupancies would seem to be an overreach. Therefore, the
Group S-1 classification is deemed the most appropriate decision in order
to address the anticipated hazards.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 312.1 ■ Classification of Communication Equipment 31

312.1
CHANGE SUMMARY: Classification as a Group U occupancy is now
appropriate for those communication equipment structures that are less
Classification
than 1,500 square feet in floor area. of Communication
Equipment
2019 CODE: 312.1 General. Buildings and structures of an acces- Structures
sory character and miscellaneous structures not classified in any specific
occupancy shall be constructed, equipped and maintained to conform to
the requirements of this code commensurate with the fire and life hazard
incidental to their occupancy. Group U shall include, but not be limited
to, the following:
Communication equipment structures with a gross floor area of less

than 1,500 square feet (139 m2)
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The classification of Group U is to be applied

to those buildings and structures that pose a limited hazard. Such occu-
pancies have no public occupancy and are generally regarded to be acces-
sory or miscellaneous in nature. In those uses where occupancy does
pal1983/Shutterstock.com
occur, the occupants are typically employees and their time spent in the
building is limited. Examples of Group U occupancies include agricul-
tural buildings, barns, livestock shelters, sheds, stables, fences, tanks,
and towers. Communications equipment structures have traditionally
met the conditions of a Group U occupancy, particularly those of limited
size, but without clarification in the code they have often been classified
as Group S or F as well. Classification as a Group U occupancy is now
appropriate for those communication equipment structures that are less
than 1,500 square feet in floor area. Communications structures
The size limitation established for such equipment structures is unique
to the Group U category as the other structures classified as Group U are
only regulated for size based upon the provisions of Chapter 5 addressing
allowable building area. The 1,500-square-foot limit should be inclusive of
the typical equipment structures that are visited infrequently by only
authorized and knowledgeable personnel.

100822524
312.1.1 CHANGE TYPE: Clarification
CHANGE SUMMARY: Because a Group U occupancy includes those

Classification low-hazard structures that do not conform to any other specific occu-
of Agricultural pancy classification, it has been clarified that greenhouses are only to be
Greenhouses considered as Group U where they are not more appropriately classified
as one of the other occupancies established in the CBC.
2019 CODE: 312.1 General. Buildings and structures of an acces-

sory character and miscellaneous structures not classified in any specific
occupancy shall be constructed, equipped and maintained to conform to
the requirements of this code commensurate with the fire and life hazard
incidental to their occupancy. Group U shall include, but not be limited
to, the following:
Greenhouses
312.1.1 Greenhouses. Greenhouses not classified as another occu-

pancy shall be classified as Group U.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The classification of Group U is to be applied

to those buildings and structures that pose a limited hazard. Such occu-
pancies have no public occupancy and are generally regarded to be acces-
sory or miscellaneous in nature. In those uses where occupancy does
occur, the occupants are typically employees and their time spent in the
building is limited. Examples of Group U occupancies include agricul-
tural buildings, barns, livestock shelters, sheds, stables, fences, tanks, and
towers. Of significant importance is the recognition that a Group U occu-
pancy also includes those low-hazard structures that do not conform to
Zick Svift/Shutterstock.com
Commercial greenhouse

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 312.1.1 ■ Classification of Agricultural Greenhouses 33
any other specific occupancy classification. As such, it has been clarified

that greenhouses are only to be considered as Group U where they are not
more appropriately classified as one of the other occupancies established
in the CBC.
A greenhouse has historically been recognized as a structure intended
for the growing of plants. The primary difference between a greenhouse
and other structures is that the environment in a greenhouse is specific to
this intended use. Although a variety of other activities can occur within
a greenhouse, the key issue is the maintenance of a controlled environ-
ment within the facility necessary for proper plant growth. A definition of
greenhouse has been added to the code in order to recognize that the pri-
mary characteristic of such a structure is its unique environment, not the
structure itself or merely the presence of plants.
Buildings intended for human habitation are required to provide min-
imum features such as lighting, ventilation, heating, and cooling that are
suitable for the health and welfare of the occupants, and oftentimes plants
can co-exist in such environments. In a greenhouse, the environment is
such that it is maintained exclusively for, and essential to, the aggressive
propagation of plants used by commercial growers for plant production. It
is acceptable for other activities to be conducted in a greenhouse, such as
retail sales, educational research, conservation, education, and assembly
use. The occupancy classification of a greenhouse will be determined
accordingly. However, in all cases, the environment of the greenhouse
must be such that the plants will thrive.
The extent of the definition is limited to those structures designed
and used specifically for the growing, care and maintenance of plants. As
such, sunrooms, solariums, glass-enclosed walkways, atria and other
types of spaces that permit ample sunlight and prominently feature plants
for aesthetic purposes are not considered as greenhouses under the new
definition.
Where greenhouses are used for assembly, sales or other activities that
are more extensive in scope than addressed in the definition, their classi-
fication as Group U is not appropriate. In such cases, a Group A or M clas-
sification is warranted. Therefore, the term “greenhouses” was deleted
from the list of Group U occupancies. Section 312.1.1 was added to recog-
nize that greenhouses that do not conform to another occupancy classifi-
cation will continue to retain the Group U listing.

100822524
403 CHANGE TYPE: Modification
CHANGE SUMMARY: The California State Fire Marshal’s office amend-

High-Rise Buildings ment to help eliminate confusion and potential conflict with California
state law.
2019 CODE:
SECTION 403
HIGH-RISE BUILDINGS AND GROUP I-2 OCCUPANCIES HAVING
OCCUPIED FLOORS LOCATED MORE THAN 75 FEET ABOVE THE LOWEST
LEVEL OF FIRE DEPARTMENT VEHICLE ACCESS
403.1 Applicability. New high-rise buildings and new Group I-2 occu-
pancies having occupied floors located more than 75 feet above the low-
est level of fire department vehicle access shall comply with Sections
403.2 through 403.7.
Exception: The provisions of Sections 403.2 through 403.67 shall

not apply to the following buildings and structures:
1. Airport traffic control towers in accordance with Section
412.2.
2.
Open parking garages in accordance with Section 406.5.
3.
The portion of a building containing a Group A-5 occupancy
in accordance with Section 303.6.
4.
Special industrial occupancies in accordance with Section
503.1.1.
5.
Buildings containing any one of the following:
5.1. A Group H-1 occupancy.
5.2. A Group H-2 occupancy in accordance with Section
415.8, 415.9.2, 415.9.3 or 426.1.
5.3. A Group H-3 occupancy in accordance with Section
415.8.
6. Buildings such as power plants, lookout towers, steeples,
grain houses and similar structures with noncontinuous
human occupancy, when so determined by the enforcing
agency.
For existing high-rise buildings and for existing Group R occupancies,

see California Fire Code Chapter 11 and California Existing Building
Code.
For the purposes of this section, in determining the level from which
the highest occupied floor is to be measured, the enforcing agency should
exercise reasonable judgment, including consideration of overall accessi-
bility to the building by fire department personnel and vehicular equip-
ment. When a building is located on sloping terrain and there is building
access on more than one level, the enforcing agency may select the level
that provides the most logical and adequate fire department access.
[Definition moved to Chapter 2]

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 403 ■ High-Rise Buildings 35
403.1.1 Definitions. The following terms are defined in Chapter 2.
HIGH-RISE BUILDING.
HIGH-RISE BUILDING ACCESS.
NEW HIGH-RISE BUILDING.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: During the rulemaking process, it was deter-

mined that language in the 2016 CBC conflicted with the California
Health and Safety Code and was not clearly understood. The Office of
the State Fire Marshal (SFM) further determined that the language in the
2016 CBC may have caused confusion and questions regarding how to
correctly measure the 75-foot height requirement for high-rise buildings.
The amended language for the 2019 CBC provides clarity for the code
user and ensures compliance with the California Health and Safety Code
definition for high-rise buildings. In addition and in compliance with the
format of the 2018 IBC, all definitions are contained in Chapter 2 so the
reference to definitions has been removed.
California high-rise building

100822524
403.2.1.1 CHANGE TYPE: Modification
CHANGE SUMMARY: The reduction in the minimum required fire-

Type of Construction resistance ratings for certain building elements of high-rise buildings is
in High-Rise no longer applicable to Group H-2, H-3, and H-5 occupancies due to the
Buildings high physical hazard level such uses pose.
2019 CODE: 403.2.1.1 Type of construction. The following reduc-

tions in the minimum fire-resistance rating of the building elements in
Table 601 shall be permitted as follows:
2. In other than Group F-1, H-2, H-3, H-5, M and S-1 occupancies,
the fire-resistance rating of the building elements in Type IB con-
struction shall be permitted to be reduced to the fire-resistance
ratings in Type IIA.
(No changes to other listed reductions.)
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Primarily because a sprinklered high-rise

building is provided with an increased level of fire protection supervi-
sion and control, the CBC permits a reduction in the minimum required
fire-resistance ratings for various building elements. The requirement for
supervisory initiating devices and water-flow initiating devices on each
floor, in addition to the secondary on-site supply of water mandated in
high-rise buildings subject to a moderate to high level of seismic risk,
justifies the modification established in Item 2 of Section 403.2.1.1. The
allowance for Type IB buildings has previously been applied to all occu-
pancies except those with the potential for significant fire loads, Groups
Juan Fuertes/Shutterstock.com
R and D business park

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 403.2.1.1 ■ Type of Construction in High-Rise Buildings 37
F-1, M, and S-1. Consistent with these three occupancy classifications,
the reduction is also no longer applicable to Groups H-2, H-3 and H-5
occupancies due to the high physical hazard level such uses pose.
Although Groups F-1, M and S-1 occupancies are considered as mod-
erate-hazard occupancies, they can pose a sizable fire hazard where large
quantities of combustible materials are present. For this reason, high-rise
buildings that house such occupancies have not been granted a reduction
in fire-resistance ratings as established in Table 601. Because Group H
occupancies are viewed as a higher hazard than these manufacturing,
sales, and storage uses, it is appropriate that they also be excluded from
applying the reduction. Group H-1 occupancies are not listed because
they are exempted from the high-rise provisions by Section 403.1, Excep-
tion 5, and Group H-5 occupancies are not included because they pose
health hazards rather than physical hazards.

100822524
404.6 CHANGE TYPE: Modification
CHANGE SUMMARY: The requirement that those spaces not separated

Enclosure of Atriums from an atrium be accounted for in the design of the smoke control sys-
tem now applies only in those cases where the atrium is required to be
provided with a smoke control system.
2019 CODE: 404.6 Enclosure of atriums. Atrium spaces shall be

separated from adjacent spaces by a 1-hour fire barrier constructed in
accordance with Section 707 or a horizontal assembly constructed in
accordance with Section 711, or both.
Exceptions:
3. In other than Group I and R-2.1 occupancies, a fire barrier is
not required between the atrium and the adjoining spaces of
any up to three floors of the atrium provided such spaces are
accounted for in the design of the smoke control system.
4. A fire barrier is not required between the atrium and the
adjoining spaces where the atrium is not required to be pro-
vided with a smoke control system.
(No changes to other exceptions.)
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: As a general rule, an enclosure separation

is required between an atrium and the remainder of the building. The
basic requirement of a minimum 1-hour fire-resistance-rated fire barrier
with protected openings provides protection somewhat equivalent to the
otherwise mandated shaft protection. The separation between adjacent
spaces and the atrium may be omitted on a maximum of up to three floor
levels, provided the volume of the spaces open to the atrium is included
in computations for the design of the smoke control system. It has been
Sean Pavone/Shutterstock.com
Atrium in airport terminal

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 404.6 ■ Enclosure of Atriums 39
questioned as to the application of this requirement for those atriums

where smoke control is not required. A fourth exception has been pro-
vided to clearly indicate that the requirement that those spaces not sepa-
rated from the atrium be accounted for in the design of the smoke control
system applies only in those cases where the atrium is required to be
provided with smoke control.
In other than Group I-2 and Group I-1, Condition 2 occupancies,
smoke control is not required in atriums that connect only two stories.
Exception 3 of Section 404.6 allows for adjoining spaces to be open to the
atrium provided their volume is taken into account in the design of a
smoke control system. At question has been how to address an atrium
that does not require smoke control where such atrium is not separated
from the adjoining spaces. The new exception recognizes that under such
conditions there is no mandate to provide complying separation or to
install a smoke control system.

100822524
406.1 CHANGE TYPE: Clarification
CHANGE SUMMARY: Provisions specific to motor-vehicle-related uses

Motor Vehicle- have been reformatted in a manner such that those requirements that
Related Occupancies apply to all such uses have been relocated in a single Section 406.1.
2019 CODE: 406.1 General. All motor-vehicle-related occupancies

shall comply with Sections 406.1 through 406.8 Section 406.2. Private
garages and carports shall also comply with Section 406.3. Open pub-
lic parking garages shall also comply with Sections 406.4 and 406.5.
Enclosed public parking garages shall also comply with Sections 406.4
and 406.6. Motor fuel-dispensing facilities shall also comply with Section
406.7. Repair garages shall also comply with Section 406.8.
Format revisions to Sections 406.2.1 through 406.2.9.3, as well as Sections

406.3 through 406.8.3, are too extensive to be included here. Refer to Code
Change G95-15 for the entire text of the code modifications.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Although uncommon, fire hazards related to

motor vehicles are a concern. Therefore, specific requirements are estab-
lished in Section 406 to regulate occupancies containing motor vehicles,
whether they are parked, under repair or being fueled. Provisions specific
to motor-vehicle-related uses have been reformatted in a manner such
that those requirements that apply to all such uses have been relocated in
a single Section 406.2.
Special regulations applicable to motor-vehicle-related uses are
varied due to the differing activities that occur. Facilities addressed include
repair garages, motor fuel-dispensing operations and three types of
Open parking garage

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 406.1 ■ Motor Vehicle-Related Occupancies 41
Nils Versemann/Shutterstock.com
Service station canopy
parking garages. The provisions have previously been inconsistently for-

matted throughout Section 406. They have now been reorganized in the
following manner to allow for better consistency in application, particu-
larly in those areas where a requirement applies to all types of motor-
vehicle-related uses. Section 406.2, applicable to all motor-vehicle-related
occupancies, now establishes requirements for the following conditions:
• Automatic garage door openers and vehicular gates

• Clear height of vehicle and pedestrian traffic areas
• Accessible parking spaces
• Floor surfaces
• Sleeping rooms
• Fuel dispensing
• Electric vehicle charging stations
• Mixed occupancies and separation
• Equipment and appliances
• Elevation of ignition sources

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: Parking structures that meet the definition of pri-

Regulation of vate garages are now permitted to comply with the provisions for public
Private Garages parking garages as an alternative approach.
2019 CODE: 406.3 Private garages and carports. Private garages

and carports shall comply with Sections 406.3.1 through 406.3.6 406.2
and 406.3, or they shall comply with Sections 406.2 and 406.4.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: A private garage has historically been limited

by the size of the garage facility, with an absolute limit of 3,000 square
feet. In the 2016 CBC, a new definition was introduced describing a pri-
vate garage as a building or portion of a building where motor vehicles
used by the tenants of the building or buildings on the premises are stored
or kept, without any limitation on floor area. As a result, large parking
structures used exclusively for use of the tenants would qualify as private
parking garages and be subject to the fire separation and Group U clas-
sification criteria of Section 406.3. An allowance has now been provided
such that private garages are permitted to comply with the provisions for
public parking garages as an alternative approach.
Private garages, as regulated by Section 406.3, are required to be clas-
sified as Group U occupancies and are limited to 1,000 square feet of floor
area. Multiple garages are permitted in the same building, but only where
separated by minimum 1-hour fire barriers and/or horizontal assemblies.
Often there are conditions under which a much larger Group S-2 open or
enclosed parking structure is intended to be limited for use only by the
building’s tenants. The code now allows those parking structures that
meet the definition of private garage to be designed and constructed under
the provisions for public garages.
Private garages serving assisted living facility

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 406.6.2 ■ Ventilation of Enclosed Parking Garages 43

406.6.2
CHANGE SUMMARY: Chapters 4 and 5 of the CMC are now specifically
referenced to ensure that all CMC ventilation and exhaust requirements
Ventilation of
for enclosed parking garages are applied. Enclosed Parking
Garages
2019 CODE: 406.6.2 Ventilation. A mechanical ventilation system
and exhaust system shall be provided in accordance with Chapters 4 and
5 of the California Mechanical Code.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Chapter 4 of the California Mechanical Code

(CMC) mandates minimum ventilation rates for enclosed parking garages.
The ventilation system can be designed to operate either continuously
or intermittently, providing the necessary fresh air into the structure.
Exhaust, as regulated in CMC Chapter 5, must also be provided to remove
air to the outdoor atmosphere. Both chapters of the CMC are now refer-
enced to ensure that all CMC requirements for enclosed parking garages
are applied. In addition, an exception has been introduced exempting
enclosed parking garages accessory to one- and two-family dwellings
from any ventilation and exhaust requirements. This exception will
expand the scope of the exemption beyond Group U private garages. With
the limited scope of one- and two-family dwellings, there is little chance
multiple vehicles will be operating at the same time, regardless of the size
of the garage.
Sakarin Sawasdinaka/Shutterstock.com
Public garage ventilation system

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: Coordination with existing California state laws

Nursing Home for cooking facilities in nursing homes.
Cooking Facilities
2019 CODE: 407.2.6 Nursing home cooking facilities. In Group
I-2, Condition 1 occupancies, rooms or spaces that contain a cooking facil-
ity with domestic cooking appliances shall be permitted to be open to the
corridor in fully sprinklered buildings where all of the following criteria
are met:
1. The number of care recipients housed in the smoke compart-

ment is not greater than 30.
2. The number of care recipients served by the cooking facility
is not greater than 30.
3. Not more than Only one cooking facility area is permitted in a
smoke compartment.
4. The types of domestic cooking appliances permitted shall be
limited to ovens, cooktops, ranges, warmers and microwaves.
5. The corridor shall be a clearly identified space delineated by
construction or floor pattern, material or color.
6.5. The space containing the domestic cooking facility shall be
arranged so as not to obstruct access to the required exit.
7.6. Domestic cooking range hoods installed and constructed in
accordance with Section 505 of the California Mechanical
Code shall be provided over the cooktops and ranges.
8.7. Cooktops and ranges shall be protected in accordance with
Section 904.13.
9.8. A shut-off for the fuel and electrical power supply to the
cooking equipment shall be provided in a location that is
accessible only to staff.
10.9. A timer shall be provided that automatically deactivates the
cooking appliances within a period of not more than 120
minutes.
11.10. A portable fire extinguisher shall be provided. Installation
shall be in accordance with Section 906, and the extinguisher
shall be located within a 30-foot (9144 mm) distance of travel
from each domestic cooking appliance.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: This change is intended to continue using

existing language and requirements included in the 2016 CBC for inclu-
sion in the 2019 CBC. While not a significant change from the 2016 CBC,
it is important for the code user to be aware of these requirements due to
the significant change from the 2018 IBC requirements.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 407.5.1 ■ Smoke Compartment Size 45

407.5.1
CHANGE SUMMARY: Coordinates the CBC with NFPA 101.
Smoke
2019 CODE: 407.5.1 Smoke compartment size. Stories shall be Compartment Size
divided into smoke compartments with an area of not more than 22,500
square feet (2092 m2) in Group I-2 occupancies.
Exceptions:
1. A smoke compartment in Group I-2, Condition 2 is permitted
to have an area of not more than 40,000 square feet (3716 m2)
provided that all patient sleeping rooms within that smoke
compartment are configured for single patient occupancy and
any suite within the smoke compartment complies with Sec-
tion 407.4.4.
2. A smoke compartment in Group I-2, Condition 2 without
patient sleeping rooms is permitted to have an area of not
more than 40,000 square feet (3716 m2).
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: This amendment removes the exceptions per-

mitting larger floor areas for Group I-2 smoke compartments. Deletion of
the exceptions coordinates the requirements of the 2019 CBC with the
requirements of Chapter 18 of NFPA 101-2012.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: In Group I-2 occupancies, any smoke compart-

Required Egress ment that does not have an exit from the compartment must now provide
from Smoke direct access to a minimum of two adjacent smoke compartments.
Compartments
2019 CODE: 407.5.2 407.5.4 Independent egress. A means of
egress shall be provided from each smoke compartment created by smoke
barriers without having to return through the smoke compartment from
which means of egress originated. Smoke compartments that do not con-
tain an exit shall be provided with direct access to not less than two adja-
cent smoke compartments.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: In protect-in-place uses, such as hospitals

and nursing homes, it is necessary to provide multiple smoke compart-
ments to allow for movement of patients during fires and other emergency
events. Previously, the only limiting requirement for a means of egress
system from a smoke compartment was that the egress path could not
return through the compartment of origin. An additional condition now
indicates that any smoke compartment not having an exit must provide
direct access to a minimum of two adjacent compartments.
Where there is no exit, such as a horizontal exit, interior exit stairway or
exterior door at grade level, directly from a smoke compartment, the resulting
condition creates somewhat of a “dead-end smoke compartment.” The CBC is
now consistent with federal Medicare requirements in regard to the recognition
of two alternative approaches to the design of the means of egress from a smoke
compartment. Each compartment must be provided with a minimum of one
direct exit, or direct access to at least two smoke compartments is required.
Noncompliant Examples:
#1 Where smoke
Smoke compartment
barrier does not contain
an exit, direct access
must be provided
to at least two
SC 1 SC 2 adjacent smoke
compartments
#2 In both examples of
Smoke an upper-story
barrier condition, the smoke

compartments
labeled as SC 2
SC 1 SC 2 SC 3 (top example) and
SC 3 (bottom
example) do not
comply.
Egress from smoke compartments

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 420.10 ■ Dormitory Cooking Facilities 47
CHANGE TYPE: Addition

420.10
CHANGE SUMMARY: The installation and use of domestic cooking
appliances are now regulated in both common areas and sleeping rooms
Dormitory Cooking
of Group R-2 college dormitories. Facilities
2019 CODE: 420.10 Group R-2 dormitory cooking facilities.

Domestic cooking appliances for use by residents of Group R-2 college
dormitories shall be in accordance with Sections 420.10.1 and 420.10.2.
420.10.1 Cooking appliances. Where located in Group R-2 college

dormitories, domestic cooking appliances for use by residents shall be in
compliance with all of the following:
1. The types of domestic cooking appliances shall be limited to

ovens, cooktops, ranges, warmers, coffee makers and microwaves.
2. Domestic cooking appliances shall be limited to approved
locations.
3. Cooktops and ranges shall be protected in accordance with Sec-
tion 904.13.
4. Cooktops and ranges shall be provided with a domestic cooking
hood installed and constructed in accordance with Section 505
of the California Mechanical Code. Kitchen range hoods shall also
be rated for sound and meet field verification requirements in the
California Energy Code for low-rise and high-rise residential
buildings.
420.10.2 Cooking appliances in sleeping rooms. Cooktops, ranges

and ovens shall not be installed or used in sleeping rooms.
420.10 continues
iStock.com/SolStock
Shared kitchen in dormitory building

100822524
420.10 continued CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Studies have shown that cooking appliances
are the leading cause of fires in residential settings. Electric ranges are by
far the leading cause of home cooking appliance fires. Unattended cook-
ing is a factor in the majority of home electric range fires. Physical condi-
tions such as falling asleep or impairment by alcohol or drugs are other
contributing factors. Distractions that pull the cook outside of the kitchen
(doorbell, social interactions) are another. In spite of these concerns, there
have never been requirements in the CBC that regulate such appliances
in college residences. The installation and use of domestic cooking appli-
ances are now regulated in both common areas and sleeping rooms of
Group R-2 college dormitories.
The scope of the new provisions is limited to those appliances
intended to be used by residents of Group R-2 college dormitories. It does
not apply to residential dwelling units on college campuses that are not
classified as dormitories. In addition to a limit on the types of appliances
and their locations, cooktops and ranges are further regulated due to their
increased hazard. They shall be protected through the installation of an
approved automatic fire extinguishing system. A domestic cooking hood
shall also be installed in accordance with Section 505 of the California
Mechanical Code.
The types of appliances permitted to be installed and used include
ovens, ranges, cooktops, warmers, coffee makers, and microwaves. These
acceptable cooking appliances are consistent with those permitted in
Group I-2, Condition 1 nursing home occupancies. Due to the heightened
hazard posed by cooktops, ranges, and ovens, such appliances are not
permitted within sleeping rooms.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 422.6 ■ Electrical Systems in Ambulatory Care Facilities 49

422.6
CHANGE SUMMARY: Reference is now made to CBC Chapter 27 address-
ing emergency and standby power systems, as well as NFPA 99, Health
Electrical Systems
Care Facilities Code, regarding the design and construction requirements in Ambulatory Care
for essential electrical systems for electrical components, equipment, and Facilities
systems in ambulatory care facilities.
2019 CODE: 422.6 Electrical systems. In ambulatory care facilities,

the essential electrical system for electrical components, equipment and
systems shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the provi-
sions of Chapter 27 and NFPA 99.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Ambulatory care facilities are minor surgery

centers, dental surgery centers, and similar facilities where individuals
are temporarily rendered incapable of self-preservation during medical,
surgical, psychiatric, nursing, or similar care. The period of time under
which the individual is under sedation, nerve blocks or anesthesia is
typically quite short, and the procedures allow an individual to spend a
limited amount of time within the facility. However, during such limited
times where self-preservation is not impossible, it is still important that
safeguards be in place to address the need for physical assistance in case
of an emergency. Reference is now made to CBC Chapter 27 addressing
emergency and standby power systems, as well as NFPA 99, Health Care
Facilities Code, regarding the design and construction requirements for
essential electrical systems for electrical components, equipment and
systems.
422.6 continues
iStock.com/jack_lisbon
Ambulatory care facility

100822524
422.6 continued The CBC has previously provided no guidance as to whether or not
essential electrical systems, such as an emergency generator, are required
in ambulatory care facilities. NFPA 99 has now been referenced as the
document to be used in such an assessment. The Health Care Facilities
Code provides a risk-based approach to determine the need for an essen-
tial electrical system, the class of system required, and the general design
requirements for each type of system.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 424.1 ■ Children’s Play Structures 51

424.1
CHANGE SUMMARY: The dimensional criteria under which children’s
play structures are scoped by the CBC have been revised, resulting in the
Children’s Play
potential for many more structures to be regulated for fire concerns. Structures
2019 CODE: 424.1 Children’s play structures General. Children’s

play structures installed inside all occupancies covered by this code that
exceed 10 feet (3048 mm) in height and or 150 square feet (14 m2) in area
shall comply with Sections 424.2 through 424.5.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Play structures for children’s activities, such

as those structures occasionally found in fast-food restaurants, arcades,
day-care facilities and covered mall buildings, are regulated due to their
combustibility. They must be constructed of noncombustible materials,
or as an option if combustible, comply with alternate methods including
the use of fire-retardant-treated wood, textiles complying with the desig-
nated flame propagation performance criteria, and plastic exhibiting an
established maximum peak rate of heat release. The dimensional criteria
under which children’s play structures are scoped by the CBC have been
revised, resulting in the potential for many more structures to be regu-
lated for fire concerns.
Historically, requirements for children’s play structures have only
been applicable where the structure exceeds both the specified height
and the specified floor area set forth in the code. Therefore, many such
structures have not been regulated by the CBC because either their height
or floor area fell slightly below the code threshold, even though they were
extensive in size and fire hazard. By revising the compliance trigger in a
424.1 continues
Children’s play structure

100822524
424.1 continued manner such that only one aspect of their size, either height or floor area,
need exceed the code’s limits for the provisions to apply, a significant
increase in the number of regulated structures is expected. Specifically,
where the height of the children’s play structure exceeds 10 feet, or where
the floor area of the structure is greater than 150 square feet, the materials,
fire protection, separation, and area limits of Section 424 must be met.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 427 ■ Medical Gas Systems 53

427
CHANGE SUMMARY: In order to provide a more comprehensive and
efficient compilation of construction regulations, those CFC medical gas
Medical Gas Systems
system requirements related directly to building construction have now
been replicated in the CBC.
2019 CODE:
SECTION 427
MEDICAL GAS SYSTEMS
427.1 General. Medical gases at health care-related facilities intended

for patient or veterinary care shall comply with Sections 427.2 through
427.2.3 in addition to requirements of Chapter 53 of the California Fire
Code.
427.2 Interior supply location. Medical gases shall be located in

areas dedicated to the storage of such gases without other storage or uses.
Where containers of medical gases in quantities greater than the permit-
ted amount are located inside the buildings, they shall be located in a
1-hour exterior room, 1-hour interior room or a gas cabinet in accordance
with Sections 427.2.1, 427.2.2 or 427.2.3, respectively. Rooms or areas
where medical gases are stored or used in quantities exceeding the maxi-
mum allowable quantity per control area as set forth in Tables 307.1(1)
and 307.1(2) shall be in accordance with Group H occupancies.
427.2.1 One-hour exterior room. A 1-hour exterior room shall be a

room or enclosure separated from the remainder of the building by fire bar-
riers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assemblies
constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both, with a fire-resistance
rating of not less than 1 hour. Openings between the room or enclosure
and interior spaces shall be provided with self-closing smoke- and draft-
control assemblies having a fire protection rating of not less than 1 hour.
Rooms shall have not less than one exterior wall that is provided with
not less than two vents. Each vent shall have a minimum free air open-
ing of not less than 36 square inches (232 cm2) for each 1,000 cubic feet
(28 m2) at normal temperature and pressure (NTP) of gas stored in the
room and shall be not less than 72 square inches (465 cm2) in aggregate
free opening area. One vent shall be within 6 inches (152 mm) of the
floor and one shall be within 6 inches (152 mm) of the ceiling. Rooms
shall be provided with not fewer than one automatic sprinkler to provide
container cooling in case of fire.
427.2.2 One-hour interior room. Where an exterior wall cannot

be provided for the room, a 1-hour interior room or enclosure shall be
provided and separated from the remainder of the building by fire bar-
riers constructed in accordance with Section 707 or horizontal assem-
blies constructed in accordance with Section 711, or both, with a fire
resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. Openings between the room
427 continues

100822524
427 continued
Separated from remainder of building by
minimum 1-hour fire barriers and/or
horizontal assemblies
Minimum of one sprinkler
Minimum of 2 vents: one within 6 inches

of floor, other within 6 inches of ceiling
Minimum 1-hour self-closing smoke-

and draft-control assembly
Exterior wall
1-hour Exterior Room
Separated from remainder of building by

minimum 1-hour fire barriers and/or
horizontal assemblies
Automatic sprinkler system installed

within room
Minimum 1-hour self-closing smoke-
and draft-control assembly
Supply and exhaust ducts in

1-hour-rated shaft enclosure from
room to exterior
Exterior wall
1-hour Interior Room
Medical gas storage rooms
or enclosure and interior spaces shall be provided with self-closing

smoke- and draft-control assemblies having a fire protection rating of
not less than 1 hour. Openings between the room or enclosure and inte-
rior spaces shall be provided with self-closing smoke- and draft-control
assemblies having a fire protection rating of not less than 1 hour. An
automatic sprinkler system shall be installed within the room. The room
shall be exhausted through a duct to the exterior. Supply and exhaust
ducts shall be enclosed in a 1-hour-rated shaft enclosure from the room
to the exterior. Approved mechanical ventilation shall comply with the
California Mechanical Code and be provided with a minimum rate of 1
cubic foot per minute per square foot (0.00508 m3/s/m2) of the area of the
room.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 427 ■ Medical Gas Systems 55
427.2.3 Gas cabinets. Gas cabinets shall be constructed in accor-

dance with Section 5003.8.6 of the California Fire Code and shall
comply with the following:
1. Cabinets shall be exhausted to the exterior through a dedicated
exhaust duct system installed in accordance with Chapter 5 of
the California Mechanical Code.
2. Supply and exhaust ducts shall be enclosed in a 1-hour-rated
shaft enclosure from the cabinet to the exterior. The average
velocity of ventilation at the face of access ports or windows
shall be not less than 200 feet per minute (1.02 m/s) with a
minimum of 150 feet per minute (0.076 m/s) at any point of
the access port or window.
3. Cabinets shall be provided with an automatic sprinkler system
internal to the cabinet.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Special construction provisions related to the

storage of medical gases have historically been addressed in the Califor-
nia Fire Code (CFC). The scope of CFC Section 5306 includes the storage
of compressed gases intended for inhalation or sedation, including anal-
gesia systems for dentistry, podiatry, veterinary, and similar uses. Because
most of the medical gas construction-related requirements in CFC refer-
ence the CBC, it was deemed logical that those requirements should be
incorporated into the CBC itself. Therefore, those CFC medical gas system
requirements related only to building construction have been replicated
in the CBC.
Hospitals and most other healthcare facilities typically require the
use of medical gases as a critical component of their functions. Oxygen,
nitrous oxide and a variety of other compressed gases are piped into treat-
ment rooms from medical gas storage rooms. These rooms have been regu-
lated by the CFC for fire-resistive separation and ventilation purposes.
Provisions address both exterior rooms, which must be located on an
exterior wall, and interior rooms, where an exterior wall location cannot
be provided. In addition, gas cabinet construction criteria are set forth.
These requirements are now also located in Chapter 4 of the CBC in a
manner consistent with other CFC provisions that have been replicated in
the CBC in order to provide a more comprehensive and efficient set of
construction regulations.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: The California State Fire Marshal’s office is clari-

Emergency Response fying the code text and that the fire official has the authority to require
Equipment Area such areas.
2019 CODE: 453.4.4 Emergency response equipment area. When

required by the fire code official, an An area for emergency response
equipment shall be provided on each floor in an approved location. The
area shall be a minimum of 50 square feet (4.6 m2), for spill mitigation
supplies per California Fire Code 5001.3.3.4 in a location approved by the
fire code official, accessed from outside the laboratory suite and identi-
fied with signage.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The intent of this change is to clarify the pur-

pose of this area and provide the code user with a reference for additional
information in the California Fire Code (CFC). The amendment also clari-
fies that the area is only necessary if required by the fire code official.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 453.4.5 ■ Liquid Tight Floor 57

453.4.5
fying the purpose of the liquid tight floors and that the liquid tight floor-
Liquid Tight Floor
ing is intended to be coved.
2019 CODE: 453.4.5 Liquid tight floor. All portions of the labora-
tory suite where hazardous materials may be present stored, dispensed,
handled or used shall be provided with a liquid tight floor. The intersec-
tions of such floors shall have an integral coved base that extends upward
onto the wall not less than 2 inches. Where the floor is designed to pro-
vide spill control or secondary containment the floor shall be designed in
accordance with California Fire Code Section 5004.2.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: This change replaces the word “present” to

be in line with other parts of the code. “Integral coved base” addresses the
issue of flooring termination at walls.

100822524

Required Systems fying that such systems are provided with standby power, not emergency
power.
2019 CODE: 453.4.6.1 Required systems. Emergency Standby power

shall be provided for all electrically operated equipment, systems and
connected control circuits including:
1. Mechanical ventilation systems. See Section 453.4.7.2.

2. Emergency alarm and monitoring systems.
3.2. Temperature control systems required to prevent unsafe process
excursions or chemical reactions.
4.3. Treatment systems and scrubbers.
5. Egress lighting
4. Emergency Responder Radio Coverage System (ERRCS). See Sec-
tion 510 of the California Fire Code.
6.5. Electrically operated systems required elsewhere in this code and
the California Fire Code.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: This change replaces the word “Emergency”

with the word “Standby” in order to provide consistency with an amend-
ment done in Section 453.6. In addition, this code change now aligns
with new regulations for Emergency Responder Radio Coverage Systems.
The other language change removes “Emergency Alarm Monitoring Sys-
tem” and “Egress Lighting” as it is already covered in the CEC.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 503.1, 706.1 ■ Scope of Fire Wall Use 59

503.1,
CHANGE SUMMARY: The use of fire walls is now strictly limited to
only the determination of permissible types of construction, based upon 706.1
allowable building area and height.
Scope of Fire
2019 CODE: 503.1 General. Unless otherwise specifically modi- Wall Use
fied in Chapter 4 and this chapter, building height, number of stories and
building area shall not exceed the limits specified in Sections 504 and
506 based on the type of construction as determined by Section 602 and
the occupancies as determined by Section 302 except as modified hereaf-
ter. Building height, number of stories and building area provisions shall
be applied independently. Each For the purposes of determining area
limitations, height limitations and type of construction, each portion of a
building separated by one or more fire walls complying with Section 706
shall be considered to be a separate building.
706.1 General. Each portion of a building separated by one or more fire

Fire walls that comply with the provisions of this section shall be consid-
ered a separate building constructed in accordance with Sections 706.2
through 706.11. The extent and location of such fire walls shall provide
a complete separation. Where a fire wall separates occupancies that are
required to be separated by a fire barrier wall, the most restrictive require-
ments of each separation shall apply.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Fire walls are considered as the most protec-

tive of the various fire separation elements set forth in the CBC. The struc-
tural stability, materials, fire-resistance, and continuity requirements for
fire walls provide for a substantial expectation that the fire separation
created by a fire wall is at the highest level. There has always been some
confusion as to the extent of a fire wall’s use regarding the separation
of a single structure into two or more smaller buildings. A fundamental
concept of the code is that larger buildings typically have more restrictive
requirements than smaller buildings. Therefore, using fire walls to create
multiple smaller buildings under the same roof allows each small build-
ing to be regulated independently rather than as one large building. An
issue was the extent of provisions in the CBC that can be applied to the
smaller buildings created by one or more fire walls. The use of fire walls
is now strictly limited to only the determination of permissible types of
construction, based upon allowable building area and height.
503.1, 706.1 continues
Fire wall provided solely for

determination of allowable
height and area (type of construction)
Use of fire wall

100822524
503.1, 706.1 continued Both Sections 503.1 and 706.1 previously indicated that the portions
of a structure separated by one or more fire walls were required to be con-
sidered as separate buildings. Although it was possible to consider that
the requirement located in Section 503.1 was limited in scope due to its
inclusion in Chapter 5 addressing general building heights and areas, the
statement in Section 706.1 was global in nature and implied that the
smaller buildings created by fire walls were to be regulated as unique and
individual buildings for all purposes of the code. In addition, there was
an often-applied opinion that the various elements and systems on each
side of a fire wall must be completely self-contained. The revised provi-
sions now indicate that the use of a fire wall is solely predicated on the
determination of the maximum allowable height and area calculations
per Chapter 5. Using the provisions to control other building features or
elements such as means of egress, fire protection systems, or building
utilities is no longer appropriate.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 503.1.4 ■ Allowable Height and Area of Occupied Roofs 61

503.1.4
CHANGE SUMMARY: New criteria are now provided establishing the
appropriate methodology in the regulation of building height in stories
Allowable Height
above grade plane where one or more occupancies is located on the roof. and Area of
Occupied Roofs
2019 CODE: 503.1.4 Occupied roofs. A roof level or portion thereof
shall be permitted to be used as an occupied roof provided the occupancy
of the roof is an occupancy that is permitted by Table 504.4 for the story
immediately below the roof. The area of the occupied roofs shall not be
included in the building area as regulated by Section 506.
Exceptions:
1. The occupancy located on an occupied roof shall not be lim-
ited to the occupancies allowed on the story immediately
below the roof where the building is equipped throughout
with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Sec-
tion 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and occupant notification
in accordance with Section 907.5 is provided in the area
of the occupied roof.
2. Assembly occupancies shall be permitted on roofs of open
parking garages of Type I or Type II construction, in accor-
dance with the exception to Section 903.2.1.6.
503.1.4.1 Enclosures over occupied roof areas. Elements or struc-

tures enclosing the occupied roof areas shall not extend more than 48
inches (1220 mm) above the surface of the occupied roof.
Exception: Penthouses constructed in accordance with Section

1510.2 and towers, domes, spires and cupolas constructed in accor-
dance with Section 1510.5.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The CBC regulates the size of buildings, both

building area and building height, in order to limit to a reasonable level
the magnitude of a fire that potentially may develop. A building’s maxi-
mum allowable height in regard to number of stories above grade plane is
503.1.4 continues
Example:
If building of Type VA construction,
Group B: 4 stories max. (S)
Group A-3: 3 stories max. (S)
Notification appliances
shall be provided per
Section 907.5 A-3 on roof
B
B Sprinkler system required

throughout per Section
B
903.3.1.1
B
Occupied roof example

100822524
503.1.4 continued determined based upon the building’s type of construction and the occu-
pancy classification of the uses involved. Where the roof of the building is
occupiable, the code has previously been silent as to how this condition
affects the allowable height determination. New criteria are now provided
establishing the appropriate methodology in the regulation of building
height in stories above grade plane where one or more occupancies is
located on the roof.
Buildings are generally limited in the number of stories located above
grade plane, based on the type of construction and occupancy, or occu-
pancies, involved. The presence of one or more uses on the roof, often
referred to as an “occupied roof,” has caused differences in opinion as to
how this would affect the building’s allowable height in stories above
grade plane. A story, by definition, is considered as that portion of a build-
ing between the upper surface of a floor and the upper surface of the floor
or roof next above. Because a roof deck has no floor or roof above it, an
occupied roof does not qualify as a story. However, the presence of occu-
pants and fire loading on an occupied roof has always raised questions as
to whether or not some degree of limitation should be provided. New
provisions allow for an occupancy to be located on the roof provided the
roof occupancy is permitted by Table 504.4 for the story directly below
the roof.
The application of Exception 1 permits the placement of any occu-
pancy classification, or classifications, on the roof provided two condi-
tions are met:
1. The building is fully sprinklered in accordance with NFPA 13 or

13R as applicable, and
2. Under all conditions, occupant notification must be provided to
the occupied portion of the roof.
Exception 2 addresses assembly occupancies located on the roofs of

open parking garages. Where the garage is of noncombustible Type I or II
construction, Group A assembly occupancies are permitted on the roof
without applying the fire protection system conditions set forth in
Exception 1.
In order to maintain the rooftop openness needed for the proper appli-
cation of the new provisions, any elements that enclose the occupied roof
area are limited to a maximum height of 4 feet above the roof’s surface.
Such limits are not applicable for those structures designed and con-
structed in compliance with the provisions of Section 1510 regarding
penthouses and other rooftop structures.
In addition to the allowance that an occupied roof is not considered
as a story for purposes of applying the CBC, it is also not considered as
building area in the regulation of allowable floor area. Addressed in much
the same manner as penthouses and other roof structures, the roof area is
not a factor in determining the permissible size of the building.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 505.2.1.1 ■ Mezzanine and Equipment Platform 63

505.2.1.1
CHANGE SUMMARY: Where both a mezzanine and an equipment plat-
form are located in the same room, the general limitation for mezzanines
Mezzanine and
cannot be exceeded when applying the two-thirds allowance. Equipment Platform
Area Limitations
2019 CODE: 505.2.1.1 Aggregate area of mezzanines and equip-
ment platforms. Where a room contains both a mezzanine and an
equipment platform, the aggregate area of the two raised floor levels shall
be not greater than two-thirds of the floor area of that room or space in
which they are located. The area of the mezzanine shall not exceed the
area determined in accordance with Section 505.2.1.
505.3.1 Area limitation. The aggregate area of all equipment plat-

forms within a room shall not be greater than two-thirds of the area of
the room in which they are located. Where an equipment platform is
located in the same room as a mezzanine, the area of the mezzanine shall
be determined by Section 505.2.1 and the combined aggregate area of the
equipment platforms and mezzanines shall be not greater than two-thirds
of the room in which they are located. The area of the mezzanine shall not
exceed the area determined according to Section 505.2.1.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Where a floor level is relatively small com-

pared to the floor level below, it may be possible to consider the upper
floor level as a mezzanine rather than a story. A mezzanine is granted
several significant allowances, including that it not be considered as con-
tributing to allowable floor area or number of stories. As a general rule,
the aggregate area of mezzanines cannot be larger than one-third the area
of the room in which it is located. A greater allowance is available where
the elevated areas are equipment platforms, up to two-thirds of the area of
the room below. Provisions have been clarified where both a mezzanine
and an equipment platform are located in the same room.
Historically, where a mezzanine and an equipment platform are
located in the same room, their total floor area is permitted to be up to
two-thirds the floor area of the room in which they are located. Where the
505.2.1.1 continues
Example:
Assume both an equipment platform and a mezzanine
are located in the same 24,000 sq. ft. room.
Equipment Mezzanine
platform
Permitted aggregate size of equipment platform and mezzanine

limited to 16,000 sq. ft. (based on 2 3 limitation)
Permitted size of mezzanine limited to 8,000 sq. ft. (based on 1 3 limitation)
Mezzanine and equipment platform example

100822524
505.2.1.1 continued equipment platform is relatively small, the mezzanine could be much
larger than permitted by the base requirement in the code (one-third the
floor area) and still meet the two-thirds limitation. For example, the
equipment platform could be 5% of the floor area of the room below,
allowing the floor area of the mezzanine to be almost 62% of the area
below. This potential result was not the intended application of the two-
thirds allowance and the revised code text provides a clarification of the
original intent. The reformatting and additional language now clearly
indicates that the general limitation for mezzanines cannot be exceeded
when applying the two-thirds allowance.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition Table 506.2, Note i ■ Allowable Area of Type VB 65

Table 506.2,
CHANGE SUMMARY: The tabular allowable area for nonsprinklered
single-story greenhouses classified as Group U occupancies has been Note i
substantially increased for Type VB buildings to be consistent with those
greenhouses classified as Group B, M, F-2 and E. Allowable Area of
Type VB Greenhouses
2019 CODE:
TABLE 506.2 (PARTIAL) Allowable Area Factor (At = NS, S1, S13R, S13D or SM, as applicable) in square
feeta, b, j
Occupancy See Type I Type II Type III Type IV Type V
Classification Footnotes A B A B A B HT A B
i
NS UL 35,500 19,000 8,500 14,000 8,500 18,000 9,000 5,500
U S1 UL 142,000 76,000 34,000 56,000 34,000 72,000 36,000 22,000
SM UL 106,500 57,000 25,500 42,000 25,500 54,000 27,000 16,500
Note:
i. The maximum allowable area for a single-story nonsprinklered Group U greenhouse is permitted to be 9,000 square feet, or the
allowable area shall be permitted to comply with Table C102.1 of Appendix C.
(No changes to other portions of table and notes.)
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Allowable building area has long been estab-

lished as a fundamental code requirement in order to limit a building’s
size based upon its occupancy classification and type of construction.
Table 506.2 recognizes the concept of equivalent risk, where the greater
the fire hazard due to the building’s occupancy results in a lesser permit-
ted building area for a particular construction type. Group U occupan-
cies, which include agricultural greenhouses, are significantly limited in
allowable building area due to the lack of requirements for fire protection
features. However, in some cases the area limitations are significantly
more restrictive than similarly constructed greenhouses where the pub-
lic is present. Therefore, the tabular allowable area for nonsprinklered
single-story greenhouses has been substantially increased for Type VB
buildings to be consistent with those greenhouses classified as Group B,
M, F-2 and E.
Table 506.2, Note i continues
Maximum allowable area increased

to 9,000 sq. ft. (from 5,500 sq. ft.)
Type VB construction
Single-story
Nonsprinklered
Group U Greenhouse
Group U greenhouse allowable area example

100822524
Table 506.2, Note i continued The majority of commercial greenhouses are truly agricultural struc-
tures and classified as Group U. In most cases, the code requirements for
human comfort, health, safety, and welfare are not applicable or necessary
for the construction or operation of such structures. Nearly all such green-
houses are built of Type VB nonsprinklered construction with a previous
allowable area limit of 5,500 square feet prior to any frontage increase.
The revised allowable area permitted for these types of structures has
been increased to 9,000, providing consistency with other greenhouse
occupancies. This increase reflects the equivalency of risk that is present
in the various occupancy classifications that can be assigned to green-
houses. In addition, the new allowance provides for a very small increase
in allowable area for greenhouses of construction types IIB and IIIB. The
maximum allowable area for other types of structures classified as
Group U remains unchanged.
Reference is further made to Table C102.1 in Appendix C which
allows a maximum of 12,000 square feet in floor area for a single-story
nonsprinklered Group U agricultural building. As a reminder, the provi-
sions of any appendix chapter do not apply unless specifically adopted.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 507.4 ■ Sprinklers in Unlimited Area Group A-4 Buildings 67

507.4
CHANGE SUMMARY: The sprinkler omission permitted for indoor par-
ticipant sport areas of unlimited area Group A-4 buildings is now clearly
Sprinklers in
not applicable to storage rooms, press boxes, concession areas, and other Unlimited Area
ancillary spaces. Group A-4 Buildings
2019 CODE: 507.4 Sprinklered, one-story buildings. The area
of a Group A-4 building not more than one story above grade plane of
other than Type V construction, or the area of a Group B, F, M or S build-
ing no more than one story above grade plane of any construction type,
shall not be limited where the building is provided with an automatic
sprinkler system throughout in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and is
surrounded and adjoined by public ways or yards not less than 60 feet
(18 288 m) in width.
Exceptions:
1. (No change to first exception.)
2. The automatic sprinkler system shall not be required in areas
occupied for indoor participant sports, such as tennis, skating,
swimming and equestrian activities in occupancies in Group
A-4, provided that both all of the following criteria are met:
2.1. Exit doors directly to the outside are provided for
occupants of the participant sports areas.
2.2. The building is equipped with a fire alarm system
with manual fire alarm boxes installed in accordance
with Section 907.
2.3. An automatic sprinkler system is provided in storage
rooms, press boxes, concession booths or other spaces
ancillary to the sport activity space.
507.4 continues
Sprinkler omission only

permitted in participant
sports areas
Spectator seating area

Support areas Support areas
• Offices • Storage
• Public lobby • Concessions
• Locker rooms
Swimming pool
Spectator seating area
Unlimited Area Group A-4 Occupancy
Sprinkler protection in unlimited area Group A-4 buildings example

100822524
507.4 continued CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Through the use of adequate safeguards such
as sprinkler protection and significant building frontage, the CBC allows
unlimited building areas for a variety of low- and moderate-hazard occu-
pancies. One-story Group A-4 occupancies are among those buildings
permitted to be unlimited in floor area provided adequate perimeter open
space is provided, the type of construction is other than Type V and the
building is provided with an automatic sprinkler system. The automatic
sprinkler system need not be extended to participant sports areas, pro-
vided direct egress is available and the building has a fire alarm system.
An additional provision now clarifies that the sprinkler omission is not
applicable to storage rooms, press boxes, concession areas and other
ancillary spaces.
It is anticipated that sports areas such as tennis courts, skating rinks,
and swimming pools will have little, if any, combustible loads if the uses
are limited to those types described by the code. If there is a reasonable
expectation that other types of uses could occur, it would be inappropri-
ate to omit the sprinkler system in such areas. Many of these ancillary
spaces are concealed and provide no awareness of a developing fire con-
dition. Such spaces often have significant amounts of combustible con-
tents. Therefore, sprinkler protection must be provided in these types of
spaces, including concession stands and equipment storage rooms.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 508.3.1.2 ■ Group I-2, Condition 2 Occupancies 69

508.3.1.2
CHANGE SUMMARY: Additional limitations have now been established
in mixed-occupancy buildings regulated under the nonseparated occu-
Group I-2,
pancy provisions where one of the occupancies involved is a Group I-2, Condition 2
Condition 2 hospital use. Nonseparated
Occupancies
2019 CODE: 508.3.1 Occupancy classification. Nonseparated occu-
pancies shall be individually classified in accordance with Section 302.1.
The requirements of this code shall apply to each portion of the building
based on the occupancy classification of that space. In addition, the most
restrictive provisions of Chapter 9 that apply to the nonseparated occu-
pancies shall apply to the total nonseparated occupancy area.
508.3.1.1 High-rise buildings. Where nonseparated occupancies

occur in a high-rise building, the most restrictive requirements of Section
403 that apply to the nonseparated occupancies shall apply throughout the
high-rise building.
508.3.1.2 Group I-2, Condition 2 occupancies. Where one of the

nonseparated occupancies is Group I-2, Condition 2, the most restrictive
requirements of Sections 407, 509 and 712 shall apply throughout the fire
area containing the Group I-2 occupancy. The most restrictive require-
ments of Chapter 10 shall apply to the path of egress from the Group I-2,
Condition 2 occupancy up to and including the exit discharge.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Where a building contains multiple occupan-

cies, Section 508 requires that at least one of three established methodolo-
gies be applied to address the varied hazards. Nonseparated occupancies,
one of the three available methods, allows for no physical or fire-resis-
tance-rated separation between occupancies, provided the most restric-
tive fire protection and type of construction requirements apply to the
total nonseparated occupancy area. Additional limitations have now been
established where one of the nonseparated occupancies is a Group I-2,
Condition 2 hospital use.
508.3.1.2 continues
Storage room >100 sq. ft. required to be

separated minimum 1-hour per Table 509
if located in same fire area as Group
I-2, Condition 2
Group I-2
Two-story opening Condition 2

per Section 712.9 not
permitted in Group B
if located in same fire Group I-2
area as Group I-2, Condition 2
Condition 2
Group I-2
Group B Condition 2
Regulated as Nonseparated Occupancies
Nonseparated Group I-2, Condition 2 example

100822524
508.3.1.2 continued Where no fire separation is provided between a Group I-2, Condition 2
occupancy and other occupancies in the building due to the application
of the nonseparated occupancy provisions, it is important that some criti-
cal fire protection features be extended beyond the healthcare portion of
the building. Many of these restrictions directly support the defend-in-
place concept that hospitals rely on. Within an individual fire area con-
taining a Group I-2, Condition 2 occupancy, the more restrictive provisions
of Sections 407, 509 and 712 now apply to all occupancies within the fire
area. In addition, it has been clarified that the more restrictive means of
egress provisions apply to the entire path of egress from the Group I-2,
Condition 2 occupancy until arriving at the public way.
Section 407 contains provisions that are specific to Group I-2 occupan-
cies that may not necessarily apply to the entire building. Within the fire
area that contains the Group I-2, Condition 2 occupancy, provisions for
corridor construction, smoke compartmentation and hospital-specific
egress must be maintained in order to support the defend-in-place concept.
Separation and/or protection requirements for incidental uses that are spe-
cific to Group I-2 occupancies as established in Section 509 must also be
provided where such uses occur within other occupancies in the same fire
area as the hospital occupancy. The vertical opening limitations set forth
in Section 712 for Group I-2 occupancies must also be applied to other
occupancies in the same fire area, addressing the concern of unprotected
vertical openings between adjacent stories. In all cases, the most restrictive
applicable provisions of Sections 407, 509, and 712 are to be applied where
one of the nonseparated occupancies is a Group I-2, Condition 2.
Means of egress concepts such as the minimum width appropriate for
stretcher and bed traffic must be applied from the hospital area through
the exit discharge. This mandate continues to be addressed in a general
sense by Section 1004.4 indicating that “where two or more occupancies
utilize portions of the same means of egress system, those egress compo-
nents shall meet the more stringent requirements of all occupancies that
are served.”
It should be noted that while new in the CBC, these provisions are
consistent with the requirements from the federal CMS (Centers for Medi-
care-Medicaid Services) for hospitals.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 508.4.1, Table 508.4 ■ Separated Occupancies 71

508.4.1,
CHANGE SUMMARY: New provisions in Section 508.4.1 and Table
508.4 clarify that the fire separations used for mixed-occupancy purposes Table 508.4
and those used for fire area purposes address different concerns, and as
such the most restrictive fire-resistance-rated conditions shall apply. Separated
Occupancies vs. Fire
2019 CODE: 508.4.1 Occupancy classification. Separated occupan- Area Separations
cies shall be individually classified in accordance with Section 302.1.
Each separated space shall comply with this code based on the occupancy
classification of that portion of the building. The most restrictive provi-
sions of Chapter 9 that apply to the separate occupancies shall apply to
the total nonfire-barrier-separated occupancy areas. Occupancy sepa-
rations that serve to define fire area limits established in Chapter 9 for
requiring a fire protection system shall also comply with Section 901.7.
TABLE 508.4 Required Separation of Occupancies (Hours)h

Notes:
f. Occupancy separations that serve to define fire area limits established in Chapter
9 for requiring fire protection systems shall also comply with Section 707.3.10 and
Table 707.3.10 in accordance with Section 901.7.
(No change to Table 508.4 and other notes to table.)
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Where a building contains multiple occupan-

cies, Section 508 requires that at least one of three established method-
ologies be applied to address the varied hazards. Separated occupancies,
one of the three available methods, is based upon the similarities, or dis-
similarities, of hazards posed by the occupancies being regulated. Where
the hazards are deemed to be sufficiently dissimilar, some degree of fire-
resistance-rated separation is required by Table 508.4. However, no fire-
resistive separation is required by the table where the occupancies pose
hazards that are somewhat similar.
508.4.1, Table 508.4 continues
Examples: Nonsprinklered mixed occupancy buildings regulated
under separated occupancy provisions of Section 508.4
No sprinkler system
• Occupancy separation not required
per separated occupancies and
B F-1
Table 508.4.
8,000 sq. ft. 10,000 sq. ft.
• Fire area separation of 3 hours
required by Section 903.2.4 and
Minimum 3-hour Table 707.3.10.
fire barrier required
No sprinkler system
• Occupancy separation of 2 hours
required per separated occupancies
S-1 A-3
and Table 508.4.
10,000 sq. ft. 3,000 sq. ft.
• Fire area separation of 3 hours
required by Sections 903.2.1.3 and 903.2.9
Minimum 3-hour and Table 707.3.10.
fire barrier required
Separated occupancies/fire area examples

100822524
508.4.1, Table 508.4 continued Fire area separations, as regulated by Section 901.7, are selectively
used to divide a building into limited-size compartments so as to not
exceed the limits established in Section 903 for requiring an automatic
sprinkler system. The fire area concept is based on a time-tested approach
to limiting the spread of fire in a building. The degree of required fire
separation, provided by fire barriers, horizontal assemblies, or both, is set
forth in Section 707.3.10. New provisions in Section 508.4.1 and Table
508.4 clarify that the fire separations used for mixed-occupancy purposes
and those used for fire area purposes address different concerns, and as
such the most restrictive fire-resistance-rated conditions shall apply.
As an example, where using the separated occupancies method to
address a mixed-occupancy building containing both Group F-1 and
Group S-1 occupancies, no fire separation is mandated by Table 508.4 due
to the similarity in hazards. However, if the fire area concept is applied to
create conditions under which a sprinkler system is not required in the
building, Table 707.3.10 would require a separation composed of mini-
mum 3-hour fire barriers and/or horizontal assemblies. Therefore, the
most restrictive condition, the minimum 3-hour separation, must be
provided.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition Table 509 ■ Incidental Uses 73

Table 509
CHANGE SUMMARY: The current description in Table 509 regulating
incidental uses in regard to rooms containing stationary storage bat-
Incidental Uses
tery systems has been revised to allow for ongoing consistency with the
California Fire Code (CFC). In addition, a new entry dealing with rooms
housing electrical installations and transformers references applicable
provisions in California Electrical Code (CEC).
2019 CODE:
TABLE 509 (PARTIAL) Incidental Uses

Room or Area Separation and/or Protection
Stationary storage battery systems having a liquid electrolyte 1 hour in Group B, F, M, S and U occupancies;
capacity of more than 50 gallons for flooded lead-acid, 2 hours in Group A, E, I and R occupanciesa
nickel cadmium or VRLA, or more than 1,000 pounds for
lithium-ion and lithium metal polymer an energy capacity
greater than the threshold quantity specified in Table 1206.2
of the California Fire Code
Electrical installations and transformers See Sections 110.26 through 110.34 and Sections
450.8 through 450.48 of the California Electrical Code
for protection and separation requirements
a. Fire barrier protection and automatic sprinkler protection required throughout the fire area in I-2 and I-2.1 occupan-
cies as indicated.
(No changes to other portions of Table 509.)
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Incidental uses, as defined and regulated by

Table 509, are rooms and spaces that pose an increased hazard to other
areas of the building, but that do not rise to the degree of a distinct and
separate occupancy classification. The intent of the fire separation and/or
fire protection requirements is to provide safeguards because of the
increased hazard level presented by the incidental use. The current
description in Table 509 regarding rooms containing stationary storage
battery systems has been revised to allow for ongoing consistency with
the California Fire Code (CFC). In addition, a new incidental use dealing
with rooms housing electrical installations and transformers references
applicable provisions in California Electrical Code (CEC).
Stationary battery systems used for facility standby, emergency or
uninterruptable power, can pose significant hazards. During lead-acid bat-
tery electrolysis, oxygen and hydrogen gases can be released into the
atmosphere forming flammable mixtures. Nickel cadmium and lithium
ion batteries can have a thermal runaway resulting in high-temperature
fires. Batteries can be a source of ignition or can explode. Batteries also
may contain corrosive materials. Therefore, the CBC requires that rooms
where such battery systems are located be regulated as incidental uses.
The scoping provisions within the code have previously been specific in
regard to the thresholds for applying the incidental use provisions.
Table 509 now simply references CFC Table 1206.2 so that future revi-
sions to the CFC dealing with the types of batteries and quantities of mate-
rials will be automatically addressed in the table.
Table 509 continues

100822524
Table 509 continued
Vittee/Shutterstock.com
Storage battery system
A variety of construction requirements for electrical rooms are set

forth in the California Electrical Code (NFPA 70). Their application could
potentially be better known to architects and contractors if the provisions
were also located in the CBC. However, it is too cumbersome to try and
address all of the combinations of protectives. In addition, modifications
to the CEC requirements could result in a conflict with those found in the
CBC. Therefore, Table 509 references specific sections in the CEC for the
construction of electrical equipment rooms. This new reference accom-
plishes two major objectives: 1) make CBC users aware that important
construction requirements can be found in another publication, and
2) make the requirements consistent with CBC language, format and refer-
ences. Item 1 is accomplished by referencing the applicable sections of
the CEC where construction requirements are located. Item 2 places the
reference information in Table 509 addressing incidental uses where fire
separations are required to be fire barriers with protected openings.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 510.2 ■ Horizontal Building Separation 75

510.2
CHANGE SUMMARY: Vertical offsets are permitted in the horizontal
fire-resistance-rated separation mandated for “podium buildings” pro-
Horizontal Building
vided the minimum required fire-resistance rating is maintained for the Separation
offsets and their supporting elements.
2019 CODE: 510.2 Horizontal building separation allowance. A

building shall be considered as separate and distinct buildings for the
purpose of determining area limitations, continuity of fire walls, limita-
tion on number of stories and type of construction where all of the follow-
ing conditions are met:
1. The buildings are separated with a horizontal assembly have a

fire-resistance rating of not less than 3 hours. Where vertical off-
sets are provided as part of a horizontal assembly, the vertical
offset and the structure supporting the vertical offset shall have
a fire-resistance rating of not less than 3 hours.
2. The building below, including the horizontal assembly, is of Type
IA construction.
(No change to remaining listed conditions.)
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The provisions of Section 510.2 are among the

very few that recognize a horizontal fire-resistive separation as a means
to create separate buildings when applying specified code requirements.
The use of a minimum 3-hour fire-resistance-rated horizontal assembly is
510.2 continues
Occupancies can include Groups A (OL <300), B,

M, R, and/or S in upper building
Single building for

3-hour horizontal height limit in feet
assembly of Type I
construction
Type I
construction
Grade plane
All occupancies
permitted
except
Group H
Portions above and below 3-hour horizontal assembly to be

considered separate buildings for:
• Allowable area
• Number of stories
• Fire wall continuity
Horizontal building separation

100822524
510.2 continued viewed as an equivalent construction feature, in certain aspects, to a fire

wall. This methodology is often referred to as “podium” or “pedestal”
buildings. It has been clarified that vertical offsets are permitted in the
horizontal separation, provided the minimum required fire-resistance rat-
ing is maintained for the offsets and their supporting elements.
Where the horizontal building separation allowance is applied for the
purpose of determining area limitations, continuity of fire walls, limita-
tion on number of stories and type of construction, six conditions must be
met. The first condition requires that the separation be a minimum 3-hour
horizontal assembly. It is not uncommon where the use of vertical offsets
is beneficial due to the need to accommodate elevation changes for a par-
ticular site or different ceiling heights within a story. The CBC has not
previously been specific as to how to deal with such offsets, resulting in
multiple interpretations on what is intended. The additional code text
now clearly allows vertical offsets, provided the fire-resistive integrity of
the separation is maintained. By requiring the offsets and supporting con-
struction to have a minimum fire-resistance rating equivalent to that
required for the horizontal assembly, the necessary fire separation can be
maintained.
Condition 2 addressing the minimum type of construction below the
horizontal assembly has also been revised to clarify that the Type IA con-
struction requirement is applicable to both the building below the hori-
zontal assembly, as well as the horizontal assembly itself.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition Table 601, Note b ■ Fire Protection of Roof Members 77

Table 601,
CHANGE SUMMARY: All portions of the roof construction, including
primary structural frame members such as girders and beams, are now Note b
selectively exempted from fire-resistance requirements based on Table
601 where every portion of the roof construction is at least 20 feet above Fire Protection
any floor below. of Structural
Roof Members
2019 CODE:
TABLE 601 (PARTIAL) Fire-Resistance Rating Requirements for Building Elements (Hours)
Type I Type II Type III Type IV Type V
Building Element A B A B A B HT A B
Primary structural framef (see Section 202) 3a,b 2a,b 1b 0 1b 0 HT 1b 0
Roof construction and associated secondary
members (see Section 202) 1½b 1b,c 1b,c 0c 1b,c 0 HT 1b,c 0
b. 1. Except in Group A, E, F-1, H, I, L, M, R-1, R-2, R-2.1 and S-1 occupancies, high-rise buildings, and other applications listed in
Section 1.11 regulated by the Office of the State Fire Marshal, fire protection of structural members in roof construction shall not
be required, including protection of primary structural frame members, roof framing and decking where every part of the roof con-
struction is 20 feet or more above any floor immediately below. Fire-retardant-treated wood members shall be allowed to be used
for such unprotected members.
(No changes to other portions of Table 601 and notes.)
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The provisions of Chapter 6 in regard to fire

resistance are intended to address the structural integrity of the build-
ing elements under fire conditions. As a building increases in floor area,
height and/or fire hazard, the fire-resistive protection of building ele-
ments is often required. The basic fire-resistance ratings for the various
Table 601, Note b continues
Fire protection of roof structural

members including primary
Unprotected roof at minimum 20-foot height structural frame members,
framing and decking, not
required
20 ft. min.
Applies to all occupancies

except: Groups F-1, H, M and S-1
Floor
Applicable to all protected construction types
Unprotected roof allowance

100822524
Table 601, Note b continued types of construction are established in Table 601. Footnote b has his-
torically modified the base requirements in the table, as they relate to the
roof construction, by selectively eliminating the requirement for protect-
ing roof structural members where the roof construction is at least 20 feet
above the floor below. The reduction, applicable to all occupancies other
than Groups F-1, H, M and S-1, recognizes that the temperatures at this
elevation during most fire incidents are quite low. Because footnote b was
only applicable to the building element “roof construction and associ-
ated secondary members,” and was not referenced in the requirements
for “primary structural frame,” its use was often not applied to roof gird-
ers, beams and similar primary structural members. By expanding the
scope of the footnote to primary structural frame elements, as well as spe-
cifically mentioning in the footnote its application to primary structural
frame members, it is very clear that all portions of the roof construction
are exempt from fire-resistance requirements based on Table 601.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition Table 602, Note i ■ Group R-3 Fire Separation Distance 79

Table 602,
CHANGE SUMMARY: Where the building under consideration is of
Type IIB or Type VB construction and houses a Group R-3 occupancy, Note i
it has been clarified that no fire-resistance rating is required for exterior
walls due to location on the lot where the fire separation distance is a Group R-3 Fire
minimum of 5 feet. Separation Distance
2019 CODE:
TABLE 602 (PARTIAL) Fire-Resistance Rating Requirements for Exterior Walls Based on Fire Separation
Distancea, d, g
Occupancy
Fire Separation Occupancy Occupancy Group Group A, B, E, F-2, I,
Distance = X (feet) Type of Construction Group He, L F-1, M, S-1f Ri, S-2, U
b
X,5 All 3 2 1
IA 3 2 1
5 # X , 10
Others 2 1 1
IA, IB 2 1 1c
10 # X , 30 IIB, VB 1 0 0
Others 1 1 1c
X $ 30 All 0 0 0
i. For a Group R-3 building of Type II-B or Type V-B construction, the exterior wall shall not be required to have a fire-resistance rat-
ing where the fire separation distance is 5 feet (1523 mm) or greater or where equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system in accordance with Section 903.3 the fire-resistance rating shall not be required where the fire separation distance is 3 feet
or greater.
(No changes to other portions of Table 602 and notes.)
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Because an owner typically has no control

over what occurs on an adjacent lot, the location of buildings on the own-
er’s lot must be regulated relative to the lot line. The lot line concept
provides a convenient means of protecting one building from another
building due to radiant heat exposure. The regulations for exterior wall
protection based on proximity to the lot line (fire separation distance) are
contained in Table 602. In order to properly utilize Table 602, it is also
necessary to identify the occupancies involved and the building’s type of
construction. As the fire separation distance increases, the fire-resistance
rating requirements are reduced. Where the building under consideration
is of Type IIB or Type VB construction and houses a Group R-3 occu-
pancy, it has been clarified that no fire-resistance rating is required for
exterior walls due to location on the lot where the fire separation distance
is a minimum of 5 feet.
Although this provision has been similarly applied in past editions of
the CBC, it was often overlooked due to the methodology involved in
reaching the 5-foot fire separation distance allowance. The base require-
ment of Table 602 would require a minimum 10-foot fire separation
distance for all Group R occupancies in Type IIB and VB buildings. How-
ever, footnote g indicates that no exterior wall fire-resistance rating is
required where Table 705.8 permits nonbearing exterior walls with an
Table 602, Note i continues

100822524
Table 602, Note i continued No required

fire-resistance
rating due to
location on lot

Group R-3
≥5 ft.
Fire
separation
distance
Group R-3 exterior wall condition
unlimited amount of unprotected openings. In referring to Table 705.8,

footnote f states that the area of unprotected and protected openings is not
limited for Group R-3 occupancies, provided the fire separation distance
is 5 feet or greater. The new footnote provided in Table 602 now elimi-
nates the difficulty in applying the provision by directly addressing the
allowance.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 602.3, 602.4.1 ■ FRT Wood Sheathing in Exterior Wall 81

602.3,
CHANGE SUMMARY: It has now been clarified that fire-retardant-
treated wood sheathing, as well as wood framing, is permitted within 602.4.1
exterior walls of Type III and IV buildings where the wall assembly does
not exceed a 2-hour rating. FRT Wood Sheathing
in Exterior Wall
2019 CODE: 602.3 Type III. Type III construction is that type of con- Assemblies
struction in which the exterior walls are of noncombustible materials and
the interior building elements are of any material permitted by this code.
Fire-retardant-treated wood framing and sheathing complying with Sec-
tion 2303.2 shall be permitted within exterior wall assemblies of a 2-hour
rating or less.
602.4.1 Fire-retardant-treated wood in exterior walls. Fire-retar-

dant-treated wood framing and sheathing complying with Section 2303.2
shall be permitted within exterior wall assemblies not less than 6 inches
(152 mm) in thickness with a 2-hour rating or less.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The classification of buildings as Type III or

IV construction was established at the turn of the 20th century to address
conflagrations in heavily built-up areas where structures were erected
side by side in congested downtown business districts. In order to con-
trol the spread of fire from building to building, the Type III and IV clas-
sifications require fire-resistance-rated noncombustible exterior walls.
Although the fundamental limitation on exterior walls of Type III and
IV buildings has been the requirement for noncombustible construction,
the CBC has historically permitted the use of fire-retardant-treated wood
framing where the wall assembly has a maximum fire-resistance rating
602.3, 602.4.1 continues
David M. Schrader/Shutterstock.com
FRT wood sheathed building

100822524
602.3, 602.4.1 continued of two hours. However, there has been some question as to whether or not
fire-retardant-treated wood sheathing would also be permitted as a part of
exterior wall construction. It has now been clarified that both framing and
sheathing of fire-retardant-treated wood are permitted in exterior walls
of Type III and IV buildings where the wall assembly does not exceed a
2-hour rating. In addition, one of several format changes to Section 602.4
addresses the minimum required wall assembly thickness applicable to
the provision.

100822524
PART
3
Fire Protection
■ Chapter 7 Fire and Smoke Protection 704.2, 704.4.1

Features Column Protection in Light-Frame Construction
■ Chapter 8 Interior Finishes
■ Chapter 9 Fire Protection and Life Safety TA B L E 7 0 5 . 2
Systems Extent of Projections
705.2.3, 705.2.3.1
T
he fire protection provisions of the California Combustible Balconies, Projections and Bay
Building Code (CBC) are found primarily in Windows
Chapters 7 through 9. There are two general
705.2.3.2
categories of fire protection: active and passive. The
fire and smoke resistance of building elements and Vents
systems in compliance with Chapter 7 provides for
705.8.1
passive protection. Chapter 9 contains requirements
for various active systems often utilized in the cre- Measurement of Fire Separation Distance
ation of a safe building environment, including auto- for Opening Protection
matic sprinkler systems, standpipe systems and fire
706.1.1
alarm systems. To further address the rapid spread of
fire, the provisions of Chapter 8 are intended to regu- Party Walls Not Constructed as Fire Walls
late interior-finish materials, such as wall and floor
706.2
coverings. ■
Structural Continuity of Double Fire Walls
708.4
Continuity of Fire Partitions
708.4.2
Fireblocking and Draftstopping at Fire Partitions
708A.4
Garage Door Perimeter Gap
713.8.1
Membrane Penetrations of Shaft Enclosures
83

100822524
716.2.6.5 903.3.1.2.3
Delayed-Action Self-Closing Doors Protection of Attics in Group R Occupancies
803.1.1, 803.1.2 904.12
Interior Wall and Ceiling Finish Testing Commercial Cooking Operations
803.3 904.13
Interior Finish Requirements for Heavy Timber Domestic Cooking Protection in Institutional
Construction and Residential Occupancies
803.11, 803.12 904.14
Flame Spread Testing of Laminates and Veneers Aerosol Fire Extinguishing Systems
804.4.3 905.3.1
Group I-2 and Group I-3 Floor Surfaces Class III Standpipes
901.6.2 905.4
Integrated Fire Protection System Testing Class I Standpipe Connection Locations
902 907.2.1
Fire Pump and Fire Sprinkler Riser Rooms Fire Alarms in Group A Occupancies
903.2.1 907.2.10
Sprinklers Required in Group A Occupancies Group R-4 Fire Alarm Systems
903.2.3 907.5.2.2
Sprinklers in Group E Occupancies Emergency Voice/Alarm Communication Systems
903.2.16 907.6.1.1
Group L Occupancies High-Rise Buildings
903.3.1.1.2 915.2.3
Omission of Sprinklers in Group R-4 Bathrooms Group E Occupancies
903.3.1.2.1
Sprinkler Protection at Balconies and Decks
84

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 704.2, 704.4.1 ■ Column Protection 85
704.2,
CHANGE SUMMARY: In walls of light-frame construction where pri-
mary structural frame members require fire-resistive protection, columns 704.4.1
extending only between the bottom and top plates do not need to be pro-
vided with individual encasement protection. Column Protection
in Light-Frame
2019 CODE: 704.2 Column protection. Where columns are required Construction
to have protection to achieve a fire-resistance rating, the entire column
shall be provided individual encasement protection by protecting it on all
sides for the full column height, including connections to other structural
members, with materials having the required fire-resistance rating. Where
the column extends through a ceiling, the encasement protection shall
be continuous from the top of the foundation or floor/ceiling assembly
below through the ceiling space to the top of the column.
Exception: Columns that meet the limitations of Section 704.4.1.
704.4.1 Light-frame construction. Studs, columns and boundary

elements that are integral elements in load-bearing walls of light-frame
construction and are located entirely between the top and bottom plates
or tracks shall be permitted to have required fire-resistance ratings pro-
vided by the membrane protection provided for the load-bearing wall.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Primary structural frame members, including

columns, require fire-resistive protection in buildings of Type I, IIA, IIIA
and VA construction. As a general requirement, Section 704.2 requires col-
umns to be provided with individual encasement protection where such a
fire-resistance rating is required. All sides must typically be protected for
the full height of the column. In walls of light-frame construction where
primary structural frame members require fire-resistive protection, it is
now recognized that columns extending only between the bottom and top
plates do not need to be provided with individual encasement protection.
704.2, 704.4.1 continues
Built-up element
between the bottom
plate and the top
plates
Built-up element of multiple studs

100822524
86 PART 3 ■ Fire Protection
704.2, 704.4.1 continued Reference is now made to Section 704.4.1 addressing required fire-
resistance ratings in light-frame construction. In addition to studs and
boundary elements, columns may now have the fire-resistance rating pro-
vided by membrane protection of the wall itself. It is mandated that the
columns or studs must be entirely located between the top and bottom
plates or tracks.
Many buildings are constructed of typical light-frame construction
methods and the concentrated loads from trusses or beams must have a
continuous load path to the foundation. It has often been interpreted that
vertical construction elements such as built-up and solid structural
elements are to be regulated as columns for fire-resistive purposes, and as
such must be provided with individual encasement in order to provide
the required fire protection.
It has been clarified that this allowance for membrane protection does
not address continuous columns. However, built-up structural elements,
such as multiple studs, located within fire-resistance-rated walls of light-
frame construction can be a part of the fire-resistance-rated wall assembly
without requiring individual encasement protection. The new reference to
top and bottom tracks recognizes that the allowance also applies to light-
frame steel framing systems.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition Table 705.2 ■ Extent of Projections 87
Table 705.2
CHANGE SUMMARY: The minimum required clearance between the
edge of a projection and the line used to determine the fire separation
Extent of Projections
distance has been significantly decreased.
2019 CODE:
TABLE 705.2 Minimum Distance of Projection

Fire Separation Distance – FSD Minimum Distance from Line Used
(FSD) (feet) to Determine FSD
0 feet to less than 2 feet Projections not permitted
Greater than 2 feet to less than 3 feet 24 inches
Greater than 3 feet to less than 24 inches plus 8 inches for every foot
30 5 feet of FSD beyond 3 feet or fraction thereof
30 feet 5 or greater 20 feet 40 inches
For SI: 1 foot 5 304.8 mm; 1 inch 5 25.4 mm.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Where architectural projections such as eave

overhangs and balconies extend from walls in close proximity to a lot
line, they create problems that are due to trapping the convected heat
from a fire in an adjacent building. As this trapped heat increases the haz-
ard for the building under consideration, the code mandates a minimum
distance the leading edge of the projecting element must be separated
from the line used to determine fire separation distance. The permitted
extent of projections is established by Table 705.2 and based solely on the
clear distance between the building’s exterior wall and an interior lot line,
centerline of a public way or assumed imaginary line between two build-
ings on the same lot. The minimum required clearance set forth in Table
705.2 between the edge of a projection and the line used to determine
the fire separation distance has been greatly decreased from the clearance
required by the 2016 CBC.
Projections are allowed to extend beyond the exterior wall, but only
for a limited distance. The required clearance changes based on the fire
separation distance measured from the exterior wall. The modification
Table 705.2 continues
Distance from edge of projections
to lot line as required in Table 705.2
Lot line
Roof overhang
Outdoor lounge
Balcony
Fire separation distance at projections

100822524
Table 705.2 continued occurs where the fire separation distance is between 5 feet and 30 feet,
with the change becoming more significant as the distance approaches
30 feet. Where an exterior wall of a building has a fire separation distance
of 30 feet, the 2016 CBC requires a minimum clearance fire separation
distance of 20 feet measured from the edge of the projection. For that
same condition, the 2019 CBC will only require a clearance of 40 inches
between the projection’s leading edge and the line used to determine the
fire separation distance.
Provisions established in the 2016 edition of the CBC were intended
to simplify the projection distance provisions by formatting the require-
ments in a table. The 2016 change attempted to address an identified
anomaly within the table. However, that change created a much more
restrictive requirement than what was in the 2013 CBC and earlier edi-
tions. It was determined that there was no technical justification for this
more restrictive requirement. The maximum required separation of
40 inches has been reestablished and the table has been slightly reformat-
ted in a manner that more consistently identifies the distance at which
the provisions are to be applied.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 705.2.3, 705.2.3.1 ■ Combustible Balconies, Projections 89
705.2.3,
CHANGE SUMMARY: Construction requirements for balconies, porches,
decks, bay windows and oriel windows have been relocated from Section 705.2.3.1
1406 (Combustible Materials on the Exterior Side of Exterior Walls) to
Section 705.2.3 (Combustible Projections). Combustible
Balconies,
2019 CODE: 705.2.3 Combustible projections. Combustible pro- Projections
jections extending to within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the line used to determine and Bay Windows
the fire separation distance shall be of not less than 1-hour fire-resistance-
rated construction, Type IV heavy timber construction complying with
Section 2304.11, fire-retardant-treated wood or as required permitted by
Section 1406.3 705.2.3.1.
Exception: Type VB construction shall be allowed for combustible

projections in Group R-3 and U occupancies with a fire separation
distance greater than or equal to 5 feet (1524 mm).
1406.3 705.2.3.1 Balconies and similar projections. Balconies and

similar projections of combustible construction other than fire-retardant-
treated wood shall be fire-resistance rated where required by Table 601 for
floor construction or shall be of heavy timber construction in accordance
with Section 602.4 2304.11. The aggregate length of the projections shall
not exceed 50 percent of the building’s perimeter on each floor.
Exceptions:
1.
On buildings of Types I and II construction, three stories or
less above grade plane, fire-retardant-treated wood shall be
Combustible balcony construction
permitted for balconies, porches, decks and exterior stairways
not used as required exits.
2.
Untreated wood and plastic composites that comply with
ASTM D7032 and Section 2612 are permitted for pickets,
rails and similar guardrail devices components that are lim-
ited to 42 inches (1067 mm) in height.
3.
Balconies and similar projections on buildings of Types III,
IV and V construction shall be permitted to be of Type V con-
struction, and shall not be required to have a fire-resistance
rating where sprinkler protection is extended to these areas.
4.
Where sprinkler protection is extended to the balcony areas,
the aggregate length of the balcony on each floor shall not be
limited.
1406.4 705.2.4 Bay and oriel windows. Bay and oriel windows con-
structed of combustible materials shall conform to the type of construc-
tion required for the building to which they are attached.
Exception: Fire-retardant-treated wood shall be permitted on

buildings three stories or less above grade plane of Type I, II, III or IV
construction.
705.2.3, 705.2.3.1 continues

100822524
705.2.3, 705.2.3.1 continued CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Exterior walls of buildings of Types I, II, III
and IV are typically required to be of noncombustible construction. How-
ever, it is common for some limited combustible elements to be installed
on the exterior side of such exterior walls. Section 1406 covers the use
of combustible materials on the exterior side of exterior walls. More spe-
cifically, Section 1406.3 has historically recognized specific allowances
addressing the use of combustible balconies and similar projections,
while Section 1406.4 has dealt with bay and oriel windows. Because Sec-
tion 705.2.3 addresses type of construction and fire-resistive rating issues
as they relate to projections, the provisions from both Sections 1406.3 and
1406.4 have been relocated.
An additional change occurred in Exception 2 of Section 705.2.3.1
regarding those materials permitted for use as guard components. Plastic
composites which comply with ASTM D7032 Standard Specification for
Establishing Performance Ratings for Wood, Plastic Composite Deck
Boards and Guardrail Systems (Guards or Rails) and Section 2612.3 are
permitted to be installed in those same locations where untreated wood
could be used for balcony and projection construction. Their use is lim-
ited in application to pickets, rails, and guard components with a height
of 42 inches or less.
As a note, the plastic composites, unless determined to be noncom-
bustible, are required to be tested to ASTM E84 or UL 723 and achieve a
flame spread index of not more than 200.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 705.2.3.2 ■ Vents 91
705.2.3.2
CHANGE SUMMARY: The California State Fire Marshal’s office has pro-
vided more up-to-date protection criteria for required vents in WUI areas. Vents
2019 CODE: 705.2.3.2 Vents. [SFM] Vents required by Section

2304.12.2.6 in fire-rated exterior balconies or elevated walkway surfaces
shall be designed where the voids created at the intersection of the exterior
curtain wall and the balcony floor are sealed with an approved material
or system to retard the interior spread of flame, hot gases and products of
combustion. Rated assemblies shall comply with Section 715. Ventilation
openings shall comply with the fire sprinkler protection as required by
903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and the reference standard.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: This new section specifies how vents in com-

bustible exterior elements, such as balconies maintain the fire integrity
of the exterior wall. If the building is located in a Wildland Urban Inter-
face (WUI) area the vents must meet the 2019 CBC, Chapter 7A require-
ments for protection against embers from a wildland fire. The reference to
Sections 903.3.1.1 and 903.3.1.2 are intended as a pointer to the location
of the requirement for fire sprinkler protection of balconies of Type V
construction.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: The allowable area of openings in fire-resistance-

Measurement rated exterior walls is to be based on the fire separation distance for each
of Fire Separation story, determined individually, in the same manner as applied in the
Distance for determination of the required wall rating.
Opening Protection
2019 CODE: 705.8.1 Allowable area of openings. The maximum
area of unprotected and protected openings permitted in an exterior wall
in any story of a building shall not exceed the percentages specified in
Table 705.8 based on the fire separation distance of each individual story.
Exceptions:
1.
In other than Group H occupancies, unlimited unprotected
openings are permitted in the first story above grade plane
where the wall either faces one of the following:
1.1. Where the wall faces a A street and has a fire separa-
tion distance of more than 15 feet (4572 mm).
1.2. Where the wall faces an An unoccupied space. The
unoccupied space shall be on the same lot or dedi-
cated for public use, shall be not less than 30 feet
(9144 mm) in width and shall have access from a street
by a posted fire lane in accordance with the California
Fire Code.
2.
Buildings whose exterior bearing walls, exterior nonbearing
walls and exterior primary structural frame are not required
to be fire-resistance rated shall be permitted to have unlim-
ited unprotected openings.
Allowable Area
Fire Separation (Percentage of the area of the exterior wall, per story)
Distance (feet) Protected Unprotected Openings Unprotected Openings
Openings Sprinklered Building Nonsprinklered Building
9 25% 25% 10%
14 45% 45% 15%
15 75% 75% 25%
19 75% 75% 25%
20 Unlimited Unlimited 45%
25 Unlimited Unlimited 70%

9' 25'
15' 19'
20' 14'
Lot line
Exterior opening protection example


100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 705.8.1 ■ Measurement of Fire Separation Distance 93
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Openings in an exterior wall typically consist

of windows and doors. The maximum permissible area of protected or
unprotected openings permitted in each story of a fire-resistance-rated
exterior wall is established in Table 705.8 based upon fire separation dis-
tance. It has been clarified that the limitations on openings are to be regu-
lated on a story-by-story basis, in a manner similar to that applied for the
exterior walls themselves.
This revision clarifies that the limitation of openings in exterior walls
is based on the fire separation distance of each individual story. This
approach is consistent with the method exterior walls have historically
been evaluated for fire resistance based on fire separation distance. Foot-
note d of Table 602 has historically stated that “the fire-resistance rating
of an exterior wall is determined based upon the fire separation distance
of the exterior wall and the story in which the wall is located.” Openings
in exterior walls should be regulated in the same manner.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: Construction as a fire wall is no longer required

Party Walls Not for a party wall provided the aggregate height and area of the buildings on
Constructed each side of the party wall are compliant with Chapter 5 and applicable
as Fire Walls easements and agreements are established addressing the maintenance of
all fire and life safety systems of both buildings.
2019 CODE: 706.1.1 Party walls. Any wall located on a lot line
between adjacent buildings, which is used or adapted for joint service
between the two buildings, shall be constructed as a fire wall in accor-
dance with Section 706. Party walls shall be constructed without open-
ings and shall create separate buildings.
Exceptions:
1. Openings in a party wall separating an anchor building and
a mall shall be in accordance with Section 402.4.2.2.1.
2. Fire walls are not required on lot lines dividing a building
for ownership purposes where the aggregate height and area
of the portions of the building located on both sides of the
lot line do not exceed the maximum height and area require-
ments of this code. For the building official’s review and
approval, he or she shall be provided with copies of
dedicated access easements and contractual agreements that
permit the owners of the portion of the building located on
either side of the lot line access to the other side for purposes
of maintaining fire and life safety systems necessary for the
operation of the building.
Example:
Party wall
Retail Retail
shop store
Department store 25,000 sq. ft. 25,000 sq. ft. Grocery store
120,000 sq. ft. 120,000 sq. ft.
Parking
Regulated as a single unlimited

area building
Use of party walls

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 706.1.1 ■ Party Walls Not Constructed as Fire Walls 95
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Where two separate structures are each built

at a lot line, the opposing exterior walls of each structure are to be reg-
ulated individually based upon zero fire separation distance. This will
result in each wall having a fire-resistance rating with no openings per-
mitted. As an option, the code recognizes the presence of a joint-use party
wall constructed without openings. The party wall is typically required to
be regulated as a fire wall. Construction as a fire wall is no longer required
for the common wall at the lot line provided the aggregate height and area
of the opposing buildings are compliant with Chapter 5 and applicable
easements and agreements are established addressing the maintenance of
all fire and life safety systems of both buildings.
The new allowance recognizes the increasing frequency of property
being subdivided with a lot line for ownership purposes. This concept
has historically been acceptable for covered mall buildings, where anchor
stores have lot lines specific to the anchor store established for financial
purposes along the wall that separates the mall from the anchor store.
However, this condition has not previously been addressed for other
types of buildings and as a result, designers, building owners, and build-
ing officials have been left to deal with the issue on a case-by-case basis
outside of the code.
The new exception specifies that where a party wall divides a build-
ing for ownership purposes, and the aggregate building height and area
complies with the code, then the party wall does not need to be con-
structed as a fire wall. In other words, if the party wall did not exist, the
entire building would comply with the allowable height in feet (Section
504.3), the allowable number of stories (Section 504.4), and the allowable
area (Section 506.2).
In order to approve this approach, documents for easements and con-
tracts between the various property owners shall be provided to the build-
ing official. These documents would be considered part of the construction
documents. It is important that in dealing with fire and life safety issues
the two buildings are considered as one, thus requiring access between
buildings for the maintenance of all fire and life safety systems.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: In Seismic Design Categories D through F, floor

Structural Continuity and roof sheathing is permitted to continue through light-frame double
of Double Fire Walls fire wall assemblies where the sheathing does not exceed a thickness of
¾ inch.
2019 CODE: 706.2 Structural stability. Fire walls shall be designed

and constructed to allow collapse of the structure on either side without
collapse of the wall under fire conditions. Fire walls designed and con-
structed in accordance with NFPA 221 shall be deemed to comply with
this section.
Exception: In Seismic Design Categories D through F, where dou-

ble fire walls are used in accordance with NFPA 221, floor and roof
sheathing not exceeding ¾ inch (19.05 mm) thickness shall be per-
mitted to be continuous through the wall assemblies of light frame
construction.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: A key element of a fire wall is its ability to

allow, under fire conditions, the collapse of the structure on either side
without collapse of the wall. Double fire walls complying with NFPA
221 are considered as being compliant with this requirement. The wall
assemblies in a double fire wall design are intentionally separated. In fact,
Section 6.6.5 of NFPA 221 limits connections between the two fire wall
assemblies to only flashing at the top of the walls for weather protection
purposes. This separation allows for significant movement or collapse of
the roof or floor assembly on one side to cause failure of the associated
fire wall while the other fire wall remains intact.
In light-frame construction, the sheathing which comprises floor or
roof diaphragms is generally wood structural panels with a thickness
between 7⁄16 inches and 23⁄32 inches. These panels are now permitted
Sheathing continuity at double fire wall

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 706.2 ■ Structural Continuity of Double Fire Walls 97
to traverse the span between the fire wall assemblies to provide a continu-
ous diaphragm for the floor assembly or the roof assembly. The ability to
take advantage of a continuous diaphragm is a great benefit in the higher
Seismic Design Categories of D, E and F. The added benefit of performing
the seismic function as a diaphragm is regarded as well worth the small
risk of fire exposure from one side of a double fire wall.
Additionally, in these higher seismic design categories, the possibil-
ity exists for these two separate buildings to impact during a seismic
event. Based on NFPA 221 Table A.5.7, the minimum separation between
the double fire walls could be as small as 2½ inches. The continuous dia-
phragm can stabilize the two buildings and allow them to move as one
unit, rather than two independent structures. This provides for greater
safety during the seismic event in these more demanding seismic design
categories. Note that in Seismic Design Categories A, B and C, a complete
separation between the two fire walls is still required.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: The continuity requirements for fire partitions

Continuity of Fire have been reformatted to provide for increased clarity of their construc-
Partitions tion requirements.
2019 CODE: 708.4 Continuity. Fire partitions shall extend from the
top of the foundation or floor/ceiling assembly below to the underside
of the floor or roof sheathing, slab or deck above or to the fire-resistance-
rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly above, and shall be securely
attached thereto. In combustible construction where the fire partitions are
not required to be continuous to the sheathing, deck or slab, the space
between the ceiling and the sheathing, deck or slab above shall be fire-
blocked or draftstopped in accordance with Sections 718.2 and 718.3
at the partition line. The supporting construction shall be protected to
afford the required fire-resistance rating of the wall supported, except for
walls separating tenant spaces in covered and open mall buildings, walls
separating dwelling units, walls separating sleeping units and corridor
walls, in buildings of Type IIB, IIIB and VB construction.
Exceptions:
1. The wall need not be extended into the crawl space below
where the floor above the crawl space has a minimum 1-hour
fire-resistance rating.
2. Where the room-side fire-resistance-rated membrane of the
corridor is carried through to the underside of the floor or
roof sheathing, deck or slab of a fire-resistance-rated floor
or roof above, the ceiling of the corridor shall be permitted
to be protected by the use of ceiling materials as required for
a 1-hour fire-resistance-rated floor or roof system.
1-hour
floor/ceiling
or roof/ceiling
assembly
From floor to
lower membrane From floor to
of corridor ceiling bottom side of
assembly above
Room-side membrane extends full height

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 708.4 ■ Continuity of Fire Partitions 99
Floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly

with no fire-resistance rating required
Same membrane
No fire-resistance on corridor wall
rating required and corridor ceiling

From floor to
lower membrane
of corridor ceiling
From floor to
lower membrane
of corridor ceiling
Sprinkler protection in above-ceiling space
3. Where the corridor ceiling is constructed as required for the

corridor walls, the walls shall be permitted to terminate at the
upper membrane of such ceiling assembly.
4. The fire partitions separating tenant spaces in a covered or
open mall building, complying with Section 402.4.2.1, are not
required to extend beyond the underside of a ceiling that is
not part of a fire-resistance-rated assembly. A wall is not
required in attic or ceiling spaces above tenant separation
walls.
5. Attic fireblocking or draftstopping is not required at the parti-
tion line in Group R-2 buildings that do not exceed four sto-
ries above grade plane, provided the attic space is subdivided
by draftstopping into areas not exceeding 3,000 square feet
(279 m²) or above every two dwelling units, whichever
is smaller.
6. Fireblocking or draftstopping is not required at the partition
line in buildings equipped with an automatic sprinkler system
installed throughout in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or
903.3.1.2, provided that automatic sprinklers are installed in
combustible floor/ceiling and roof/ceiling spaces.
708.4 Continuity. Fire partitions shall extend from the top of the foun-
dation or floor/ceiling assembly below and be securely attached to one of
the following:
1. The underside of the floor or roof sheathing, deck or slab above.

2. The underside of a floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly having a
fire-resistance rating that is not less than the fire-resistance rating
of the fire partition.
708.4 continues

100822524
708.4 continued Exceptions:

1. Fire partitions shall not be required to extend into a crawl
space below where the floor above the crawl space has a min-
imum 1-hour fire-resistance rating.
2. Fire partitions serving as a corridor wall shall not be required
to extend above the lower membrane of a corridor ceiling pro-
vided that the corridor ceiling membrane is equivalent to cor-
ridor wall membrane, and either of the following conditions
is met:
2.1. The room-side membrane of the corridor wall extends
to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing, deck or
slab of a fire-resistance-rated floor or roof above.
2.2. The building is equipped with an automatic sprinkler
system installed throughout in accordance with Sec-
tion 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, including automatic sprin-
klers installed in the space between the top of the fire
partition and underside of the floor or roof sheathing,
deck or slab above.
3. Fire partitions serving as a corridor wall shall be permitted to
terminate at the upper membrane of the corridor ceiling
assembly where the corridor ceiling is constructed as
required for the corridor wall.
4. Fire partitions separating tenant spaces in a covered or open
mall building complying with Section 402.4.2.1 shall not be
required to extend above the underside of a ceiling. Such ceil-
ing shall not be required to be part of a fire-resistance-rated
assembly, and the attic or space above the ceiling at tenant
separation walls shall not be required to be subdivided by fire
partitions.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Fire partitions provide a limited degree of

fire-resistive protection and are only mandated in very specific instances.
Such wall assemblies are selectively required when separating dwelling
units and sleeping units, separating tenant spaces in mall buildings, creat-
ing a fire-resistance-rated corridor, providing an elevator lobby separation
and providing egress balcony separation. The continuity requirements for
fire partitions have been reformatted to provide for increased clarity of
their construction requirements.
The requirements for fire partitions have been reformatted through
the splitting of the section into three separate issues. Section 708.4 now
only addresses the continuity of fire partitions in regard to their enclosure
limits. Section 708.4.1 deals with the construction components support-
ing fire partitions, while Section 708.4.2 now addresses the fireblocking
and draftstopping of fire partitions of combustible construction. All three
of these issues were previously addressed in the single section.
The required extent of a fire partition begins at the top of the founda-
tion or floor/ceiling assembly below. The upper terminus of the fire parti-
tion is now clearly stated as needing to terminate at either the underside
of the floor or sheathing, deck or slab above, or the underside of the fire-
resistance-rated floor/ceiling or roof/ceiling assembly, provided the rating
is equivalent or greater than required for the fire partition.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 708.4 ■ Continuity of Fire Partitions 101
As a part of the reformatting effort, the continuity exceptions were

reworded to a limited degree. In addition, Exception 2 was expanded to
allow another option where the fire partition need not extend above the
lower membrane of a corridor ceiling. This vertical extent of the fire parti-
tion is now also not required where automatic sprinkler protection is
extended to the concealed horizontal space above the top of the fire
partition.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: Fireblocking and draftstopping requirements for

Fireblocking and fire partitions of combustible construction have been consolidated and
Draftstopping at modified.
Fire Partitions
2019 CODE: 708.4.2 Fireblocks and draftstops in combustible
construction. In combustible construction where fire partitions do not
extend to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing, deck or slab above,
the space above and along the line of the fire partition shall be provided
with one of the following:
1. Fireblocking up to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing,

deck or slab above using materials complying with Section 718.2.1.
2. Draftstopping up to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing,
deck or slab above using materials complying with Section
718.3.1 for floors or Section 718.4.1 for attics.
Exceptions:
1.
Buildings equipped with an automatic sprinkler system
installed throughout in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, or
in accordance with Section 903.3.1.2 provided that protection
is provided in the space between the top of the fire partition
and underside of the floor or roof sheathing, deck or slab
above as required for systems complying with Section
903.3.1.1.
2.
Where corridor walls provide a sleeping unit or dwelling unit
separation, draftstopping shall only be required above one of
the corridor walls.
Attic is protected with

Draftstop is
sprinklers designed
not required
to NFPA 13
in attic space
Building is
sprinklered
Group
with NFPA 13R
R-2
A B
Residential attic protection

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 708.4.2 ■ Fireblocking and Draftstopping 103
3.
In Group R-2 occupancies with fewer than four dwelling
units, fireblocking and draftstopping shall not be required.
4.
In Group R-2 occupancies up to and including four stories in
height in buildings not exceeding 60 feet (18 288 mm) in
height above grade plane, the attic space shall be subdivided
by draftstops into areas not exceeding 3,000 square feet
(279 m²) or above every two dwelling units, whichever is
smaller.
5.
In Group R-3 occupancies with fewer than three dwelling
units, fireblocking and draftstopping shall not be required in
floor assemblies.
708.4 Continuity. Fire partitions shall extend from the top of the foun-
dation or floor/ceiling assembly below to the underside of the floor or
roof sheathing, slab or deck above or to the fire-resistance-rated floor/ceil-
ing or roof/ceiling assembly above, and shall be securely attached thereto.
In combustible construction where the fire partitions are not required to
be continuous to the sheathing, deck or slab, the space between the ceil-
ing and the sheathing, deck or slab above shall be fireblocked or drafts-
topped in accordance with Sections 718.2 and 718.3 at the partition line.
The supporting construction shall be protected to afford the required fire-
resistance rating of the wall supported, except for walls separating ten-
ant spaces in covered and open mall buildings, walls separating dwelling
units, walls separating sleeping units and corridor walls, in buildings of
Type IIB, IIIB and VB construction.
Exceptions:
1. The wall need not be extended into the crawl space below
where the floor above the crawl space has a minimum 1-hour
fire-resistance rating.
2. Where the room-side fire-resistance-rated membrane of the
corridor is carried through to the underside of the floor or
roof sheathing, deck or slab of a fire-resistance-rated floor
or roof above, the ceiling of the corridor shall be permitted
to be protected by the use of ceiling materials as required for
a 1-hour fireresistance-rated floor or roof system.
3. Where the corridor ceiling is constructed as required for the
corridor walls, the walls shall be permitted to terminate at the
upper membrane of such ceiling assembly.
4. The fire partitions separating tenant spaces in a covered or
open mall building, complying with Section 402.4.2.1, are not
required to extend beyond the underside of a ceiling that is
not part of a fire-resistance-rated assembly. A wall is not
required in attic or ceiling spaces above tenant separation
walls.
5. Attic fireblocking or draftstopping is not required at the parti-
tion line in Group R-2 buildings that do not exceed four sto-
ries abovegrade plane, provided the attic space is subdivided
by draftstopping into areas not exceeding 3,000 square feet
(279 m²) or above every two dwellingunits, whichever is
smaller.
708.4.2 continues

100822524
708.4.2 continued 6. Fireblocking or draftstopping is not required at the partition

line in buildings equipped with an automatic sprinkler
system installed throughout in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, provided that automatic sprinklers are
installed in combustible floor/ceiling and roof/ceiling spaces.
718.3.2 Groups R-1, R-2, R-3 and R-4. Draftstopping shall be pro-
vided in floor/ceiling spaces in Group R-1 buildings, in Group R-2 build-
ings with three or more dwelling units, in Group R-3 buildings with two
dwelling units and in Group R-4 buildings. Draftstopping shall be located
above and in line with the dwelling unit and sleeping unit separations.
Exceptions:
1. Draftstopping is not required in buildings equipped through-
out with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with
Section 903.3.1.1.
Section 903.3.1.2, provided that automatic sprinklers are
installed in the combustible concealed spaces where the
draftstopping is being omitted.
718.4.2 Groups R-1 and R-2. Draftstopping shall be provided in attics,

mansards, overhangs or other concealed roof spaces of Group R-2 build-
ings with three or more dwelling units and in all Group R-1 buildings.
Draftstopping shall be installed above, and in line with, sleeping unit and
dwelling unit separation walls that do not extend to the underside of the
roof sheathing above.
Exceptions:
1. Where corridor walls provide a sleeping unit or dwelling unit
separation, draftstopping shall only be required above one of
the corridor walls.
Section 903.3.1.1.
3. In occupancies in Group R-2 that do not exceed four stories
above grade plane, the attic space shall be subdivided by
draftstops into areas not exceeding 3,000 square feet (279 m2)
or above every two dwelling units, whichever is smaller.
Section 903.3.1.2, provided that automatic sprinklers are
installed in the combustible concealed space where the draft-
stopping is being omitted.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Fireblocking and draftstopping are required

in combustible construction to cut off concealed draft openings (both ver-
tical and horizontal). Experience has shown that some of the greatest dam-
age occurs to conventional wood-framed buildings during a fire where the
fire travels unimpeded through such concealed areas. Both fireblocks and
draftstops are selectively required in combustible construction, including

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 708.4.2 ■ Fireblocking and Draftstopping 105
where fire partitions are provided, in order to limit the spread of fire,
smoke and hot gases. The firestopping provisions previously located in
Section 708.4 and the draftstopping provisions previously found in Sec-
tions 718.3.2 and 718.4.2 have been relocated to Section 708.4.2 as a part
of the reformat of Section 708.4. In addition, a number of technical provi-
sions were revised or added.
Section 708.4.2 is a new section which combines and relocates
requirements from other sections of the code addressing fireblocking and
draftstopping.
The new Exception 1 in Section 708.4.2 is a combination of the previ-
ous Exception 6 in Section 708.4, Exceptions 1 and 2 in Section 718.3.2
and Exceptions 2 and 4 in Section 718.4.2. This exception has been
revised to specify that where the automatic sprinkler system is designed
to NFPA 13R, and sprinklers are provided within the attic space, the
sprinkler design in the attic space must comply with NFPA 13 Standard
for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems. NFPA 13R does not contain cri-
teria for installing sprinklers in the entire attic space, so the designer must
go to NFPA 13 for that design.
Note that when Exception 1 is applied, the installation of sprinklers
in the attic space when the building is protected with an automatic sprin-
kler system designed to NFPA 13R Standard for the Installation of Sprin-
kler Systems in Low Rise Residential Occupancies also complies with the
new Section 903.3.1.2.3 regarding attic protection in Group R occupan-
cies over 55 feet in height (Section 903.3.1.2.3, Item 3) and all Group R-4,
Condition 2 occupancies (Section 903.3.1.2.3, Item 4).
The new Exception 2 in Section 708.4.2 was Exception 1 in Section
718.4.2.
The new Exception 3 in Section 708.4.2 comes from the charging lan-
guage in previous Sections 718.3.2 and 718.4.2. This exception has also
been revised. Previously, draftstopping or fireblocking was required in
Group R-2 occupancies with three or more units. The new exception
removes the draftstopping and fireblocking requirement from Group R-2
occupancies with three units or less.
The new Exception 4 in Section 708.4.2 was previously located in
Section 708.4, Exception 5 and Section 718.4.2, Exception 3. This new
exception has also been revised to include the limitation of 60 feet in
height. This revision correlates with the scope of NFPA 13R. The standard
is limited to application in buildings not exceeding four stories or 60 feet
in height. As previously written, Section 718.4.2, Exception 3 could be
applied to buildings that are taller than 60 feet, which was not intended.
The new Exception 5 in Section 708.4.2 comes from the charging lan-
guage in previous Sections 718.3.2 and 718.4.2. This exception has also
been revised. Previously, floor/ceiling assemblies were required to be pro-
tected in Group R-3 occupancies with two or more units. The new excep-
tion requires draftstopping and fireblocking for floor/ceiling assemblies
in Group R-3 occupancies with three or more units.

100822524
708A.4 CHANGE TYPE: Modification
CHANGE SUMMARY: The California State Fire Marshal’s office has

Garage Door been amended in protection of WUI areas for the gap created between
Perimeter Gap garage doors and the supporting frame.
2019 CODE: 708A.4 Garage door perimeter gap weather strip-

ping. Exterior garage doors shall be provided with weather stripping
to resist the intrusion of embers from entering by preventing through
gaps between doors and door openings, at the bottom, sides and tops of
doors, from exceeding gaps exceed 1⁄8-inch (3.2 mm). Weather stripping or
seals shall be installed on the bottom, sides, and tops of doors to reduce
gaps between doors and door openings to 1⁄8-inch (3.2 mm) or less. Gaps
between doors and door openings shall be controlled by one of the follow-
ing methods:
1. Weather-stripping products made of materials that: (a) have been

tested for tensile strength in accordance with ASTM D638 (Stan-
dard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics) after exposure
to ASTM G155 (Standard Practice for Operating Xenon Arc Light
Apparatus for Exposure of Non-Metallic Materials) for a period of
2,000 hours, where the maximum allowable difference in tensile
strength values between exposed and nonexposed samples does
not exceed 10%; and (b) exhibit a V-2 or better flammability rating
when tested to UL 94, Standard for Tests for Flammability of Plas-
tic Materials for Parts in Devices and Appliances.
2. Door overlaps onto jambs and headers.
3. Garage door jambs and headers covered with metal flashing.
A very large perimeter gap at a garage door

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 708A.4 ■ Garage Door Perimeter Gap 107
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: This code change proposal comes from a

National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) workgroup that
conducted studies that identified the garage door gap as a potential area
of concern for ember intrusion. As a result, the new focus deals with con-
trolling the door perimeter gap. One way to control the gap is weather
stripping. The other two methods of controlling the gap are prescriptive,
whereas the third method is performance-based. For fire performance, the
desired result would be to limit weather stripping from contributing to
the fire after coming across flying embers as it closes gaps between garage
doors and surrounding surfaces. This method would need to be tested to
the standards of UL 94. This would then be an inexpensive way to protect
from ember intrusion, and it would fall under the description of weather
stripping. Compliance to V–2 standards would represent an improvement
in code.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: Membrane penetrations not related to the pur-

Membrane pose of a shaft enclosure are no longer prohibited from penetrating the
Penetrations outside of the enclosure.
of Shaft Enclosures
2019 CODE: 713.8.1 Prohibited penetrations. Penetrations other
than those necessary for the purpose of the shaft shall not be permitted in
shaft enclosures.
Exception: Membrane penetrations shall be permitted on the out-

side of shaft enclosures. Such penetrations shall be protected in
accordance with Section 714.4.2.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Unless specifically permitted, penetrations

have historically been prohibited at the fire-resistance-rated enclosure
around a shaft. The strict limitations have been deemed necessary to
ensure that the fire-resistive integrity of the shaft enclosure was not com-
promised by penetrations of the protective enclosure. Penetrations of the
exterior membrane of the fire-resistance-rated assembly are now permit-
ted provided they are in compliance with the membrane penetration pro-
visions of Section 714.4.2.
Virtually all penetrations have been prohibited in the past, regardless
of purpose with very limited exceptions. The prohibition applied to any
penetration that was not necessary for the purpose of the shaft, such as
electrical boxes. The new exception will no longer limit the type of or
purpose for the penetration but will simply limit the location to the exte-
rior membrane and require the proper protection.
The provisions are now consistent for both shaft enclosures and inte-
rior exit stairways. A similar allowance was added in the 2013 edition of
the CBC that provides for membrane penetrations on the exterior side of
enclosures for interior exit stairways.
Fire-resistance-rated
shaft enclosure
Membrane penetrations allowed

on outside of shaft enclosure
Shaft membrane penetrations

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 716.2.6.5 ■ Delayed-Action Self‑Closing Doors 109
716.2.6.5
CHANGE SUMMARY: Self-closing doors that are not also required to be
automatic closing are now permitted to be equipped with delayed-action
Delayed-Action
closers. Self‑Closing Doors
2019 CODE: 716.2.6.5 Delayed-action closers. Doors required to

be self-closing and not required to be automatic closing shall be permitted
to be equipped with delayed-action closers.
SECTION 202 DEFINITIONS
DELAYED-ACTION CLOSER. A self-closing device that incorporates a

delay prior to the initiation of closing. Delayed-action closers are mechan-
ical devices with an adjustable delay.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Doors required to be fire-protection-rated are

also required to close and latch without a specific action by the door user.
This is accomplished through the use of either self-closing doors or auto-
matic-closing doors. There is an expectation that the door will move into
the closed position and latch in order to maintain a complete fire separa-
tion for which the wall and door assemblies are intended. Self-closing
doors not required to be automatic closing are now specifically allowed
to have a delayed-action condition that will create a limited delay in the
closing operation.
In addition, the definition of a “delayed-action closer” has been pro-
vided in Chapter 2. As an example, consider a door where an individual
is leading a group of people. A door with a delayed-action closer allows
the leader and the group to pass through the door before it closes, helping
to keep the group intact.
Unlike automatic-closing doors which are commonly held in an open
position, self-closing doors are normally in a closed position unless being
used. Thus, in a fire situation, the doors with delayed-action closers
would also be closed except when being used and for a relatively brief
delay caused by the delayed-action closer. Note that automatic-closing
716.2.6.5 continues
Self-closing door with

delayed-action closer
Travel through delayed-closing door

100822524
716.2.6.5 continued doors are not allowed to be equipped with a delayed-action closer. The
new allowance only applies to those self-closing doors not required to be
automatic closing.
The time delay of delayed-action closers is adjustable and the new
provisions do not address the maximum allowable time delay. This will
be a condition the building official needs to consider when approving
these devices.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 803.1.1, 803.1.2 ■ Interior Wall and Ceiling Finish 111
803.1.1,
CHANGE SUMMARY: Interior wall and ceiling finish testing criteria
have been reorganized to enhance their application and enforcement. 803.1.2
2019 CODE: 803.1.1 Interior wall and ceiling finish materials
Interior Wall
tested in accordance with NFPA 286. Interior wall and ceiling fin- and Ceiling
ish materials shall be classified in accordance with ASTM E 84 or UL Finish Testing
723 NFPA 286 and comply with Section 803.1.1.1. Materials comply-
ing with Section 803.1.1.1 shall be considered to also comply with the
requirements of Class A. Such interior finish materials shall be grouped
in the following classes in accordance with their flame spread and smoke-
developed indexes.
Class A: Flame spread index 0-25; smoke developed index 0-450.
Class B: Flame spread index 26-75; smoke developed index 0-450.
Class C: Flame spread index 76-200; smoke developed index 0-450.
Exception: Materials tested in accordance with Section 803.1.2.
803.1.2.1 803.1.1.1 Acceptance criteria for NFPA 286. The inte-

rior finish shall comply with the following:
1. During the 40 kW exposure, flames shall not spread to the ceiling.

2. The flame shall not spread to the outer extremity of the sample on
any wall or ceiling.
803.1.1, 803.1.2 continues
Photo courtesy of GBH International
ASTM E84 test furnace

100822524
803.1.1, 803.1.2 continued 3. Flashover, as defined in NFPA 286, shall not occur.
4. The peak heat release rate throughout the test shall not exceed
800 kW.
5. The total smoke released throughout the test shall not exceed
1,000 m2.
803.1.2 Room corner test for interior Interior wall or ceiling fin-
ish materials tested in accordance with ASTM E84 and UL 723.
Interior wall or and ceiling finish materials shall be permitted to tested
in accordance with NFPA 286. Interior wall or ceiling finish materials
tested in accordance with NFPA 286 shall comply with Section 803.1.2.1.
classified in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. Such interior finish
materials shall be grouped in the following classes in accordance with
their flame spread and smoke-developed indexes.
Class A = Flame spread index 0–25; smoke-developed index 0–450.
Class B = Flame spread index 26–75; smoke-developed index 0–450.
Class C = Flame spread index 76-200; smoke-developed index 0–450.
Exception: Materials tested in accordance with Section 803.1.1 and

as indicated in Sections 803.1.3 through 803.13.
803.1.3 Interior wall and ceiling finish materials with different

requirements. The materials indicated in Sections 803.2 through
803.13 shall be tested as indicated in the corresponding sections.
803.5 Textile wall coverings. Where used as interior wall finish mate-
rials, textile wall coverings, including materials having woven or non-
woven, napped, tufted, looped or similar surface and carpet and similar
textile materials, shall be tested in the manner intended for use, using the
product mounting system, including adhesive, and shall comply with the
requirements of one of the following: Section 803.1.2, 803.1.3 or 803.1.4
803.1.1, 803.5.1 or 803.5.2.
803.1.3 803.5.1 Room corner test for textile wall coverings and
expanded vinyl wall coverings. Textile wall coverings and expanded
vinyl wall coverings shall meet the criteria of Section 803.1.3.1 803.5.1.1
when tested in the manner intended for use in accordance with the
Method B protocol of NFPA 265 using the product mounting system,
including adhesive.
803.1.3.1 803.5.1.1 Acceptance criteria for NFPA 265. The interior

finish shall comply with the following:
1. During the 40 kW exposure, flames shall not spread to the ceiling.

2. The flame shall not spread to the outer extremities of the samples
on the 8-foot by 12-foot (203 by 305 mm) walls.
3. Flashover, as defined in NFPA 265, shall not occur.
4. The total smoke released throughout the test shall not exceed
1,000 m2.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 803.1.1, 803.1.2 ■ Interior Wall and Ceiling Finish 113
803.1.4 803.5.2 Acceptance criteria for textile and expanded vinyl

wall or ceiling coverings tested to ASTM E84 or UL 723. Textile
wall and ceiling coverings and expanded vinyl wall and ceiling coverings
shall have a Class A flame spread index in accordance with ASTM E84
or UL 723 and be protected by an automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2. Test specimen prepara-
tion and mounting shall be in accordance with ASTM E2404.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The dangers of unregulated interior finish

materials are twofold: 1) the rapid spread of fire and/or the production
of large quantities of dense, black smoke and 2) the contribution of addi-
tional fuel to the fire. As such, the materials used on walls and ceilings, as
well as coverings applied to the floor, are strictly limited to those cover-
ings that are in compliance with the appropriate test standard(s). Interior
wall and ceiling finish criteria have been reorganized to enhance their
application and enforcement.
All interior wall and ceiling finish materials are permitted to be tested
to NFPA 286 Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Evaluating Contribution
of Wall and Ceiling Interior Finish to Room Fire Growth. Therefore, the
criteria referencing the application of NFPA 286 now are presented first
as Section 803.1.1. This section has also been clarified to indicate that
any material which passes NFPA 286 testing is considered as having a
Class A flame spread rating. Since NFPA 286 does not classify materials
into flame spread categories, the acceptance criteria for a successful test
under NFPA 286 follows as Section 803.1.1.1.
Section 803.1.2 now addresses testing under ASTM E 84 and UL 723.
The long-held flame spread classification ratings are included in this
section.
Section 803.1.3 then addresses a variety of materials and conditions
with other characteristics which cannot simply be tested to NFPA 286,
NFPA 84, or UL 723; therefore, additional testing criteria is needed. These
are items are now listed in Sections 803.2 through 803.13, where addi-
tional testing criteria are provided.
Sections 803.5 through 803.7 address textile wall coverings and
expanded vinyl wall coverings. NFPA 265 Standard Methods of Fire Tests
for Evaluating Room Fire Growth Contribution of Textile or Expanded
Vinyl Wall Covering on Full Height Panels and Walls is the appropriate
test standard for these materials and is, therefore, relocated to Section
803.5.1 along with the acceptance criteria in Section 803.5.1.1.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: Materials considered heavy timber construction

Interior Finish must now comply with interior finish requirements where exposed in
Requirements interior exit stairways, interior exit ramps and exit passageways.
for Heavy Timber
Construction 2019 CODE: 803.3 Heavy timber exemption. Exposed portions of
building elements complying with the requirements for buildings of Type
IV heavy timber construction in Section 602.4 or Section 2304.11 shall
not be subject to interior finish requirements except in interior exit stair-
ways, interior exit ramps, and exit passageways.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Heavy timber members exposed within a

building have traditionally been unregulated for interior finish purposes.
Any concerns over the contribution of heavy timber building elements to
flame spread in a structure are dealt with in the general requirements of
the CBC that allow the use of heavy timber construction.
Historically, the use of heavy timber members has been primarily lim-
ited to individual structural elements. However, heavy timber construc-
tion, including cross laminated timber, has become more commonly used
to form the entire interior surfaces of buildings, including egress elements.
As such, the provisions now specify that the heavy timber construction
forming interior exit stairways, interior exit ramps, and exit passageways
must comply with the interior finish requirements.
These high-level egress components form a protected egress path and
this requirement provides for protection of the occupants as they exit. The
interior finish requirements apply to all other materials and now also apply
to heavy timber construction in limited applications. The flame spread cri-
teria in Table 803.13 for heavy timber interior wall and ceiling finish are
now applicable to these highly regulated means of egress elements.
Photo courtesy of American Wood Council
Exposed heavy-timber construction in stair enclosure


100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 803.11, 803.12 ■ Flame Spread Testing 115
803.11,
CHANGE SUMMARY: Specific flame spread testing provisions have
been added to the CBC to address the use of factory-produced laminated 803.12
products with a wood substrate as well as facings and wood veneers
applied over a wood substrate on site. Flame Spread
Testing of Laminates
2019 CODE: 803.11 Laminated products factory produced with and Veneers
a wood substrate. Laminated products factory-produced with a wood
substrate shall comply with one of the following:
1. The laminated product shall meet the criteria of Section 803.1.1.1

when tested in accordance with NFPA 286 using the product-
mounting system, including adhesive, as described in Section 5.8
of NFPA 286.
2. The laminated product shall have a Class A, B or C flame spread
index and smoke-developed index, based on the requirements
of Table 803.13, in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. Test
specimen preparation and mounting shall be in accordance with
ASTM E2579.
803.12 Facings or wood veneers intended to be applied on site

over a wood substrate. Facings or veneers intended to be applied on
site over a wood substrate shall comply with one of the following:
1. The facing or veneer shall meet the criteria of Section 803.1.1.1

when tested in accordance with NFPA 286 using the product-
mounting system, including adhesive, as described in
Section 5.9 of NFPA 286.
2. The facing or veneer shall have a Class A, B or C flame spread
index and smoke-developed index, based on the requirements
of Table 803.13, in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723. Test
specimen preparation and mounting shall be in accordance with
ASTM E2404.
803.11, 803.12 continues
Factory-produced laminate product with wood substrate


100822524
803.11, 803.12 continued CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: ASTM has developed mounting methods
for both “facings or wood veneer intended to be applied on site over a
wood substrate” and “laminated products that are factory-produced and
have a wood substrate.” New Section 803.11 deals with factory-produced
laminated products with a wood substrate. Facings produced as part of a
commercial (factory-produced) panel are finished products and the man-
ufacturer is responsible to ensure that the product itself is safe and there
is no need to address the substrate. It has been shown that when veneers
are applied over a wood substrate the resulting flame spread is much
higher than when applied over gypsum board or over a noncombustible
substrate. ASTM E2579, Standard Practice for Specimen Preparation and
Mounting of Wood Products to Assess Surface Burning, is referenced in
Item 2 for preparation of the test specimen. ASTM E2579 requires that the
testing be done with the full product, including substrate; therefore, there
is no need to retest for different substrates. The NFPA 286 Standard Meth-
ods of Fire Test for Evaluating Contribution of Wall and Ceiling Interior
Finish to Room Fire Growth test is indicated in Item 1. NFPA 286 contains
a section that addresses the testing of wall covering materials, including
laminated products produced in the factory. The product must be tested
in accordance with either Item 1 or 2.
Section 803.12, also new to the CBC, addresses products applied on
site over a wood substrate. The concept is that these facings applied on
site are basically the same as wall coverings and the manufacturer should
be responsible for the facing only and needs to ensure that the material is
safe and the test should occur over the appropriate substrate. It has been
shown that, when veneers are applied over a wood substrate, the resulting
flame spread is much higher than when applied over gypsum board or
over a noncombustible substrate. ASTM E2404, Standard Practice for
Specimen Preparation and Mounting of Textile, Paper or Polymeric
(Including Vinyl) Wall or Ceiling Coverings, and of Facings and Wood
Veneers Intended to be Applied on Site Over a Wood Substrate, is refer-
enced in Item 2. ASTM E2404 requires the testing be done over a standard
wood substrate and, thus, there will be no need to retest for different types
of wood. The NFPA 286 Standard Methods of Fire Test for Evaluating
Contribution of Wall and Ceiling Interior Finish to Room Fire Growth test
is indicated in Item 1. NFPA 286 contains a section that addresses testing
of facings applied on site. The product must be tested in accordance with
either Item 1 or 2.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 804.4.3 ■ Group I-2 and Group I-3 Floor Surfaces 117
804.4.3
CHANGE SUMMARY: Expanded use of combustible floor surfaces in
Group I-2 and I-3 occupancies.
Group I-2 and
Group I-3 Floor
2019 CODE: 804.4.3 Group I-2 and Group I-3 Occupancy floor sur- Surfaces
faces. Interior floor finish and floor coverings occupied by inmates or
patients whose personal liberties are restrained shall be noncombustible.
Exception: Noncombustible floor finish and floor coverings in areas

where restraint is not used may have c Carpet or other floor covering
materials applied may be used in areas protected by an automatic
sprinkler system installed throughout in accordance with Section
903.3.1.1. and Carpet or other floor coverings shall comply with the
requirements of meeting ASTM Standard E648; the minimum critical
radiant flux shall be not less than Class I and shall having a the spe-
cific optical density smoke rating shall not to exceed 450 per ASTM
E662. The c Carpeting and carpet padding shall be tested as a unit
in accordance with floor covering radiant panel test meeting class 1
and has a critical radiant flux limit of not less than 0.45 watt per
centimeter square. The carpeting and padding shall be identified by
a hang-tag or other suitable method as to manufacturer and style and
shall indicate the classification of the material based on the limits set
forth above.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The current code permits only noncombus-

tible flooring in areas occupied by patients or inmates whose personal lib-
erties are restrained in I-2 and I-3 occupancies. Previously the concern for
combustible flooring in institutional occupancies was attributable to inte-
rior finish and flooring materials contributing to fuel loads that reduce
the amount of time for flashover to occur in a fire event. However, now a
804.4.3 continues
Noncombustible floor surfacing

100822524
804.4.3 continued more specific concern is fire in a room of origin spreading to the means of
egress system through the interior and floor finish materials.
Limiting the combustibility of interior finish materials is thought to
delay, or not significantly add to, the time a flashover will occur. The ref-
erenced test was specifically developed to evaluate the tendency of a floor
covering to propagate flame and contribute to fuel loading. The greater
the critical radiant flux value, the greater the resistance of a floor finish to
flame propagation.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 901.6.2 ■ Integrated Fire Protection System Testing 119
901.6.2
CHANGE SUMMARY: Test criteria have been added to the code with
a reference to new NFPA 4, Standard for Integrated Fire Protection and
Integrated Fire
Life Safety System Testing, to ensure that where multiple fire protection Protection System
systems or life safety systems are integrated, the acceptance process and Testing
subsequent testing must evaluate all of the integrated systems as a whole.
2019 CODE: 901.6.2 Integrated testing. Where two or more

fire protection or life safety systems are interconnected, the intended
response of subordinate fire protection and life safety systems shall be
verified when required testing of the initiating system is conducted. In
addition, integrated testing shall be performed in accordance with Sec-
tions 901.6.2.1 and 901.6.2.2.
901.6.2.1 High-rise buildings. For high-rise buildings, integrated test-

ing shall comply with NFPA 4, with an integrated test performed prior to
issuance of the certificate of occupancy and at intervals not exceeding 10
years, unless otherwise specified by an integrated system test plan pre-
pared in accordance with NFPA 4. If an equipment failure is detected dur-
ing integrated testing, a repeat of the integrated test shall not be required,
except as necessary to verify operation of fire protection or life safety
functions that are initiated by equipment that was repaired or replaced.
901.6.2.2 Smoke control systems. Where a fire alarm system is inte-

grated with a smoke control system as outlined in Section 909, integrated
testing shall comply with NFPA 4, with an integrated test performed
prior to issuance of the certificate of occupancy and at intervals not
exceeding 10 years, unless otherwise specified by an integrated system
test plan prepared in accordance with NFPA 4. If an equipment failure
is detected during integrated testing, a repeat of the integrated test shall
not be required, except as necessary to verify operation of fire protection
or life safety functions that are initiated by equipment that was repaired
or replaced.
901.6.2 continues
Atrium smoke
Pressurized Pressurized
control system
stairway elevator
hoistway
Multiple systems to be tested to work independently and simultaneously

100822524
901.6.2 continued CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The code clearly intends to require proper
operation of all fire protection and life safety systems within a building.
In many cases, such as monitoring the fire sprinkler system with the fire
alarm system and notifying a monitoring service when a fire sprinkler
operates, the integration is relatively simple. However, in some cases,
such as a fire alarm system initiating a complex combination of doors,
dampers, elevators, and fans in a high-rise building, the integration can
be highly complex and in most cases it involves the cooperation of many
different trades, controls, and systems. New provisions ensure that the
required testing of integrated features is scaled in a manner that is reason-
able for a wide range of applications.
NFPA 4 Standard for Integrated Fire Protection and Life Safety System
Testing is a newly published standard that deals with the testing of inte-
grated systems. NFPA 4 is now referenced in Sections 901.6.2.1 and
901.6.2.2. These two sections require compliance with NFPA 4 for the
more complex systems found in high-rise buildings and smoke control
systems. Section 901.6.2 specifies that where there are multiple systems,
they must be integrated, but it does not require compliance with NFPA 4
for less complex designs.
This creates a two-tiered approach to integrated testing which is
designed to address both the highly complex scenarios and those that are
not so complex where it is a simpler task to verify the functionality of
integrated fire protection and life safety systems.
It should also be noted that the requirement established by Section
901.6.2 intends to convey that required testing of integrated features
should follow a top-down approach, where testing of an initiating device
or control warrants verification of subordinate systems or functions, but
not necessarily the reverse. For example, where a smoke detector is
intended to trigger an automatic damper (the damper being a “subordi-
nate” device to the smoke detector), the test protocol should verify that
the damper system responds as intended when the smoke detector acti-
vates. However, if a damper control system is tested simply to exercise
dampers and to verify that dampers are operating, such testing should not
require integrated testing of the initiating smoke detector or fire alarm
system.
Lastly, for high-rise buildings and buildings with smoke control sys-
tems, the new sections specify that the initial acceptance testing must be
completed prior to issuance of the Certificate of Occupancy.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 902 ■ Fire Pump and Fire Sprinkler Riser Rooms 121

902
CHANGE SUMMARY: A number of prescriptive requirements have been
added regulating the design and construction of automatic sprinkler sys- Fire Pump
tem riser rooms and fire pump rooms. and Fire Sprinkler
Riser Rooms
2019 CODE:
SECTION 902
FIRE PUMP AND RISER ROOM SIZE

901.8 902.1 Pump and riser room size. (No change to relocated text.)
902.1.1 Access. Automatic sprinkler system risers, fire pumps and

controllers shall be provided with ready access. Where located in a fire
pump room or automatic sprinkler system riser room, the door shall be
permitted to be locked provided the key is available at all times.
902.1.2 Marking on access doors. Access doors for automatic sprin-

kler system riser rooms and fire pump rooms shall be labeled with an Fire sprinkler riser room
approved sign. The lettering shall be in a contrasting color to the back-
ground. Letters shall have a minimum height of 2 inches (51 mm) with a
minimum stroke of 3⁄8 inch (10 mm).
902.1.3 Environment. Automatic sprinkler system riser rooms and

fire pump rooms shall be maintained at a temperature of not less than
40°F (4°C). Heating units shall be permanently installed.
902.1.4 Lighting. Permanently installed artificial illumination shall be

provided in the automatic sprinkler system riser rooms and fire pump rooms.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Instead of prescribing arbitrary dimensions

for the design and construction of fire pump and riser rooms, the general
provisions base the room area on clearances specified by the equipment
manufacturers to ensure adequate space is available for its installation
or removal. The design must provide enough area so that walls, finish
materials, and doors are not required to be removed during maintenance
activities. The provisions also prescribe that the size of the door serv-
ing a riser or pump room is of a size to accommodate the removal of the
largest piece of equipment. The new requirements expand upon the per-
formance objectives and establish some fundamental criteria relating to
room access, identification, environment and lighting.
Additional criteria regarding the design and construction of fire pump
rooms and fire sprinkler riser rooms address some fundamental issues.
Although the CBC and CFC do not require such rooms to be provided, in
those cases where they are provided the rooms must meet the require-
ments in Section 902.8 of the CBC and Section 901.4.6 of the CFC.
Fire pump and fire sprinkler riser rooms must be readily accessible at
all times, but access may be locked provided a key is always available.
Heating equipment may be required since the minimum temperature in
the room must be maintained at 40 Fahrenheit or higher to protect the
piping and components from freezing. Permanent lighting must also be
provided in fire pump rooms and fire sprinkler riser rooms.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: The extent to which automatic sprinkler systems

Sprinklers Required are required in multistory Group A occupancies has been clarified.
in Group A
Occupancies 2019 CODE: 903.2.1 Group A. An automatic sprinkler system shall
be provided throughout buildings and portions thereof used as Group A
occupancies as provided in this section. For Group A-1, A-2, A- 3 and A-4
occupancies, the automatic sprinkler system shall be provided through-
out the story where the fire area containing the Group A-1, A-2, A-3 or A-4
occupancy is located, and throughout all stories from the Group A occu-
pancy to, and including, the levels of exit discharge serving the Group A
occupancy. For Group A-5 occupancies, the automatic sprinkler system
shall be provided in the spaces indicated in Section 903.2.1.5.
903.2.1.1 Group A-1. An automatic sprinkler system shall be provided

for fire areas throughout stories containing Group A-1 occupancies and
intervening floors throughout all stories from the Group A-1 occupancy to
and including the levels of the building exit discharge serving that occu-
pancy where one of the following conditions exists:
1. The fire area exceeds 12,000 square feet (1115 m²).

2. The fire area has an occupant load of 300 or more.
3. The fire area is located on a floor other than a level of exit dis-
charge serving such occupancies.
4. The fire area contains a multitheater complex.
Automatic sprinkler
system required on
the story with Group A-2
the Group A
Automatic sprinkler system

required on all stories to all
levels of exit discharge serving
the Group A
Extent of Group A sprinkler protection

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 903.2.1 ■ Sprinklers Required in Group A Occupancies 123


4. The structure exceeds 5,000 square feet (465 m2), contains more
than one fire area containing a Group A-2 occupancy, and is sep-
arated into two or more buildings by fire walls of less than four-
hour fire-resistance rating without openings.


4. The structure exceeds 12,000 square feet (1155 m2), contains
more than one fire area containing exhibition and display rooms,
and is separated into two or more buildings by fire walls of less
than four-hour fire-resistance rating without openings.



for all enclosed Group A-5 occupancies in the following areas: concession
stands, retail areas, press boxes and other accessory use areas in excess of
1,000 square feet (93 m²).
903.2.1.5.1 Spaces under grandstands or bleachers. Enclosed

spaces under grandstands or bleachers shall be equipped with an auto-
matic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 where either
of the following exist:
1. The enclosed area is 1,000 square feet (93 m²) or less and is not

constructed in accordance with Section 1029.1.1.1.
2. The enclosed area exceeds 1,000 square feet (93 m²).
903.2.1 continues

100822524
903.2.1 continued CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Assembly occupancies with sizable occupant

loads or floor areas, as well as those located above or below the discharge
level, require sprinkler protection due to the additional time needed for
occupant egress. In addition, conditions such as low light levels, over-
crowding and multiple instances of potential obstructions can lead a
hazardous environment that can be effectively addressed through the
presence of an automatic sprinkler system. In order to provide further
clarity as to the extent of such sprinkler protection, the conditions under
which automatic sprinkler systems are required in Group A occupancies
have been clarified. Furthermore, revised language details requirements
for the fire sprinkler system used to protect spaces on the level of exit
discharge.
Previous code language created an inconsistency among Sections
903.2.1 through 903.2.1.4. Section 903.2.1 stated sprinklers were required
on the story with the Group A occupancy and on all stories to, and includ-
ing, the level of exit discharge serving the Group A occupancy. Sections
903.2.1.1 through 903.2.1.4 use the term “intervening” floors when refer-
ring to the same requirement. However, the definition of “intervene” is
“to occur or be between two things.” Stories “intervening” or “between”
the Group A occupancy and the level of exit discharge did not include the
level of exit discharge. The conflicting provisions were revised to correct
that inconsistency and relocate this key code provision into each section
where it applies.
Section 903.2.1.5.1 was also added to clarify that the general sprin-
kler provisions of Section 903.2.1.5 include enclosed accessory spaces
under grandstands and bleachers requirements. In addition, reference is
made to Section 1029.1.1.1 regarding the protection methods available
where the enclosed space beneath the grandstand or bleacher does not
exceed 1,000 square feet. In such cases, all spaces under bleachers or
grandstands, except toilet rooms and ticket booths less than 100 square feet,
must be separated from the assembly seating areas by minimum 1-hour
fire barriers and/or horizontal assemblies.
Section 903.2.1.5.1 Item 1 provides an alternative of fire sprinkler
protection in lieu of the required fire-resistance-rated construction if the
enclosed area does not exceed 1,000 square feet. In concert with Section
903.2.1.5, Item 2 of Section 903.2.1.5.1 requires enclosed spaces more
than 1,000 square feet to be equipped with automatic sprinklers.
As a companion change, Section 1029.1.1.1 was revised to read as
follows:
1029.1.1.1 Spaces under grandstands and bleachers. Spaces under

grandstands or bleachers shall be separated by fire barriers complying
with Section 707 and horizontal assemblies complying with Section 711
with not less than 1-hour fire-resistance-rated construction.
Exceptions:
1.
Ticket booths less than 100 square feet (9.29 m²) in area.
2.
Toilet rooms.
3.
Other accessory use areas 1,000 square feet (92.9 m²) or less
in area and equipped with an automatic sprinkler system
in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 903.2.3 ■ Sprinklers in Group E Occupancies 125

903.2.3
CHANGE SUMMARY: Criteria for occupant load threshold and location
within the building have been added as conditions that could require
Sprinklers in Group
sprinkler protection in a Group E educational occupancy. E Occupancies
2019 CODE: 903.2.3 Group E. An automatic sprinkler system shall

be provided for Group E occupancies as follows:
1. Throughout all Group E fire areas greater than 12,000 square feet

(1115 m²) in area.
2. Throughout every portion of educational buildings below the
lowest level of exit discharge serving that portion of the building.
Exception: An automatic sprinkler system is not required in any

area below the lowest level of exit discharge serving that area where
every classroom throughout the building has not fewer than one exte-
rior exit door at ground level.
2. The Group E fire area is located on a floor other than a level of
exit discharge serving such occupancies.
Exception: In buildings where every classroom has not fewer

than one exterior exit door at ground level, an automatic sprinkler
system is not required in any area below the lowest level of exit
discharge serving that area.Where every classroom throughout the
building has not fewer than one exterior exit door at ground level.
3. The Group E fire area has an occupant load of 300 or more.
4.
In rooms or areas with special hazards such as laboratories, voca-
tional shops and other such areas where hazardous materials in
quantities not exceeding the maximum allowable quantity are
used or stored.
5. Throughout any Group E structure greater than 12,000 square feet
(1115 m2) in area, which contains more than one fire area, and
which is separated into two or more buildings by fire walls of less
than four hour fire resistance rating without openings.
6. For public school state funded construction projects see Section
903.2.19.
7. For public school campuses: Kindergarten through 12th grade, see
Section 903.2.20.
903.2.3 continues

100822524
903.2.3 continued

Group E occupancy
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Sprinkler requirements for educational occu-

pancies have traditionally been applied based solely on the size of the
Group E fire area. Where the fire area containing the Group E occupancy
did not exceed 12,000 square feet in floor area, the installation of an auto-
matic sprinkler system was not required by Section 903.2.3. Additional
criteria triggering sprinkler protection based on occupant load and occu-
pancy location have been introduced to better align the provisions with
those for Group A occupancies.
Many school buildings serve multiple purposes, including parent/
teacher conference night, open houses for prospective parents and stu-
dents who may have never before been to the school, political elections,
social and club meetings, religious gatherings, and adult education
classes. If these uses are to be allowed, then the actual use of the school
becomes more similar to a Group A occupancy rather than Group E.
Fire sprinklers are now required in any Group E fire area having an
occupant load of 300 persons or more, regardless of fire area size. The
new occupant load threshold of 300 for Group E fire areas is now
consistent with those thresholds that have historically only been applied
to Group A-1, A-3, and A-4 occupancies.
New Item 3 also now requires fire sprinklers where a Group E occu-
pancy fire area is located on a floor other than the level of exit discharge.
This condition is also consistent with historic sprinkler thresholds estab-
lished for Group A-1, A-2, A-3, and A-4 occupancies. Where one or more of
the three conditions exist, an automatic sprinkler system is now required.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 903.2.16 ■ Group L Occupancies 127

903.2.16
CHANGE SUMMARY: Increased sprinkler densities for Group L
occupancies.
Group L Occupancies
2019 CODE: 903.2.16 Group L occupancies. An automatic sprinkler

system shall be installed throughout buildings housing Group L occupan-
cies. Sprinkler systems design for research laboratories and similar areas
of a Group L occupancy shall be designed for the square footage area of
the L occupancy based on an area of sprinkler operation of 2,500 square
feet (232 m2) and design density of 0.20 gpm/sf. not be less than that
required for Ordinary Hazard Group 2 with a design area of not less than
3,000 square feet (279 m2).
In mixed occupancies, portions of floors or buildings not classified
as with Group L occupancies, but not classified as Group L, shall be pro-
vided with sprinkler protection system per NFPA 13. designed of not less
than that required for Ordinary Hazard Group 1 with a design area of
not less than 3,000 square feet (279 m2).
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: This code section was revised to clarify that

only the L occupancy portions of a floor are required to be designed with
a higher sprinkler density. The amendment also clarifies the remainder of
the floor not classified as an L occupancy shall be designed in accordance
with the nature of the hazard imposed by the occupancy and as required
by NFPA 13.

100822524
903.3.1.1.2 CHANGE TYPE: Modification
CHANGE SUMMARY: The fire sprinkler requirements that previously

Omission of extended to small bathrooms in Group R-4 occupancies have been deleted.
Sprinklers in Group
R-4 Bathrooms 2019 CODE: 903.3.1.1.2 Bathrooms. In Group R occupancies other
than Group R-4 occupancies, sprinklers shall not be required in bath-
rooms that do not exceed 55 square feet (5 m²) in area and are located
within individual dwelling units or sleeping units, provided that walls
and ceilings, including the walls and ceilings behind a shower enclosure
or tub, are of noncombustible or limited-combustible materials with a
15-minute thermal barrier rating.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Historically, in residential occupancies the

required sprinkler protection has typically not been mandated to extend
to small bathrooms within such occupancies. However, the allowance
has not previously applied to Group R-4 occupancies. These occupancies
consist of dwelling space for 6 to 16 persons on a 24-hour basis and
provide some type of custodial care, such as alcohol and drug centers,
assisted living facilities, congregate care facilities, group homes, halfway

houses, residential board and care facilities, and social rehabilitation
facilities. Sprinklers are no longer required in small bathrooms in these
occupancies in order to be consistent with the other Group R occupancies.
Small bathroom in Group R-4

occupancy

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 903.3.1.2.1 ■ Sprinkler Protection 129
903.3.1.2.1
CHANGE SUMMARY: Where nonrated balconies and similar combus-
tible projections of dwelling and sleeping units are permitted in Type IIIA
Sprinkler Protection
and VA buildings, it has been clarified that the sprinkler protection is to at Balconies and
be extended to the area of the projections. Decks
2019 CODE: 903.3.1.2.1 Balconies and decks. Sprinkler protection
shall be provided for exterior balconies, decks and ground floor patios of
dwelling units and sleeping units where either of the following condi-
tions exist:
1. The building is of Type V construction, provided there is a roof or

deck above.
2. Exterior balconies, decks and ground floor patios of dwelling
units and sleeping units are constructed in accordance with Sec-
tion 705.2.3.1, Exception 3.
Sidewall sprinklers that are used to protect such areas shall be per-
mitted to be located such that their deflectors are within 1 inch (25 mm)
to 6 inches (152 mm) below the structural members and a maximum dis-
tance of 14 inches (356 mm) below the deck of the exterior balconies and
decks that are constructed of open wood joist construction.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: As a general rule, wood balconies and similar

combustible projections of other than fire-retardant-treated wood or heavy
timber construction must be provided with fire-resistance-rated floor con-
struction in buildings of Type IIIA and VA construction. However, Excep-
tion 3 of Section 705.2.3.1 permits such balconies and similar projections
903.3.1.2.1 continues
Sprinkler protection at exterior balcony

100822524
903.3.1.2.1 continued to be of Type V construction without any required fire-resistance rating

where sprinkler protection is extended to the area of the projections. New
Item 2 of Section 903.3.1.2.1 now recognizes this requirement and speci-
fies that sprinkler protection is required over the balcony, deck or patio
when this construction provision is utilized.
Fire sprinklers for exterior balconies, decks and ground-floor patios
with a roof above are intended to prevent exterior or exposure fires from
spreading vertically or horizontally along the outside wall. Numerous sig-
nificant losses have occurred in Group R multi-family occupancies where
fires have spread up combustible exterior siding and entered unprotected
openings, roof vents or roof structures. Therefore, the sprinkler protection
of balconies, decks and ground-floor patios of dwelling units and sleeping
units continues to be mandated in buildings of Type V construction.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 903.3.1.2.3 ■ Protection of Attics in Group R 131
903.3.1.2.3
CHANGE SUMMARY: Sprinkler protection or acceptable alternative
methods for the protection of attics are now addressed for mid-rise build-
Protection of Attics
ings housing multi-family occupancies and equipped with an NFPA 13R in Group R
sprinkler system. Occupancies
2019 CODE: 903.3.1.2.3 Attics. Attic protection shall be provided
as follows:
1.
Attics that are used or intended for living purposes or storage
shall be protected by an automatic sprinkler system.
2.
Where fuel-fired equipment is installed in an unsprinklered attic,
not fewer than one quick-response intermediate temperature
sprinkler shall be installed above the equipment.
3.
Where located in a building of Type III, Type IV or Type V con-
struction designed in accordance with Section 510.2 or 510.4,
attics not required by Item 1 to have sprinklers shall comply with
one of the following if the roof assembly is located more than
55 feet (16 764 mm) above the lowest level of required fire depart-
ment vehicle access:
3.1. Provide automatic sprinkler system protection.
3.2. Construct the attic using noncombustible materials.
3.3. Construct the attic using fire-retardant-treated wood comply-
ing with Section 2303.2.
3.4. Fill the attic with noncombustible insulation.
The height of the roof assembly shall be determined by measur-
ing the distance from the lowest required fire vehicle access road
surface adjacent to the building to the eave of the highest pitched
roof, the intersection of the highest roof to the exterior wall, or the
903.3.1.2.3 continues
Construction of mid-rise residential building

100822524
903.3.1.2.3 continued top of the highest parapet, whichever yields the greatest distance.
For the purpose of this measurement, required fire vehicle access
roads shall include only those roads that are necessary for compli-
ance with Section 503 of the California Fire Code.
4.
Group R-4, Condition 2 occupancy attics not required by Item 1 to
have sprinklers shall comply with one of the following:
4.1. Provide automatic sprinkler system protection.
4.2. Provide a heat detection system throughout the attic that is ar-
ranged to activate the building fire alarm system.
4.3. Construct the attic using noncombustible materials.
4.4. Construct the attic using fire-retardant-treated wood comply-
ing with Section 2303.2.
4.5. Fill the attic with noncombustible insulation.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: From 2015 to 2017, major fires in combus-

tible, multistory, multi-family buildings have resulted in concerns about
the effectiveness of automatic fire sprinklers in such structures. These
buildings often were protected by fire sprinkler systems designed and
installed in accordance with NFPA 13R Standard for the Installation of
Sprinkler Systems in Low Rise Residential Buildings to protect occupant
lives, but were not intended for property protection. Many of the fires
started on the building exterior, spread vertically into unprotected com-
bustible attics and then literally burned from the top down. New provi-
sions address concerns about fire sprinkler control in taller residential
buildings and “pedestal” buildings consisting of a noncombustible lower
building topped by combustible living units.
Attic sprinkler protection is now required when the roof assembly is
located more than 55 feet (16,764 mm) above the lowest level of required
fire department vehicle access. Therefore, pedestal buildings that exceed
a height of 55 feet (16,764 mm) above grade plane, including the pedestal,
will be affected by the change. Some buildings with fewer stories that are
located on sloped lots with fire department vehicle access roads required
along the lower-elevation portion of the perimeter also may be affected by
the new requirement.
The permissible attic protection options generally are modeled after
existing Section 903.2.8.3 that was adopted in the 2015 edition of the IBC
for Group R-4, Condition 2 buildings. Allowances for noncombustible
construction materials, fire-retardant-treated wood, and filling with non-
combustible insulation have for many years been permitted by NFPA 13
Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems as an acceptable alter-
native to installing sprinklers in concealed spaces in otherwise fully
sprinklered buildings.
Several roof conditions are addressed in order to establish the upper
extent of the 55-foot measurement. The intent of identifying “required”
fire apparatus access is to make it clear that, simply because access is
available on an adjacent road or parking lot, the road need not be con-
sidered in the height measurement unless it is required as part of satisfy-
ing the code requirement for fire department vehicle access to the
building.
In addition, the existing requirements in Section 903.2.8.3 for
enhanced attic protection in Group R-4, Condition 2 occupancies have
been relocated to the new Section 903.3.1.2.3 so that all supplemental
and alternative protection requirements for NFPA 13R sprinkler systems
are consolidated in one location.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 903.3.1.2.3 ■ Protection of Attics in Group R 133
The existing requirements for Group R-4, Condition 2 occupancies

were also revised to clarify that, in an otherwise nonsprinklered attic, the
entire attic would not require sprinklers based on the presence of fuel-
fired equipment. Instead, the new scoping provision is consistent with
Section 6.6.6.1 of the 2016 NFPA 13R in requiring that a sprinkler be
installed only over the equipment.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: The installation of fire-extinguishing systems

Commercial Cooking as protection for commercial cooking operations must now also comply
Operations with NFPA 96. In addition, commercial cooking systems are now permit-
ted to be protected with a water mist fire-extinguishing system complying
with NFPA 750.
2019 CODE: 904.12 Commercial cooking systems. Commercial

cooking equipment that produces grease-laden vapors shall be provided
with a Type I Hood, in accordance with the California Mechanical Code,
and an automatic fire extinguishing system that is listed and labeled for
its intended use as follows:
1. Wet chemical extinguishing system, complying with UL 300.

2. Carbon dioxide extinguishing systems.
3. Automatic fire sprinkler systems.
All existing dry chemical and wet chemical extinguishing systems

shall comply with UL 300.
Exception: Public school kitchens, without deep-fat fryers, shall be

upgraded to a UL 300-compliant system during state-funded modern-
ization projects that are under the jurisdiction of the Division of the
State Architect.
All systems shall be installed in accordance with the California

Mechanical Code, appropriate adopted standards, their listing and the
manufacturer's installation instructions.
Photo courtesy of CaptiveAire
Automatic water mist system protecting commercial cooking operation

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 904.12 ■ Commercial Cooking Operations 135
Exception: Factory-built commercial cooking recirculating systems

that are tested, listed, labeled and installed in accordance with UL
710B and the California Mechanical Code.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The protection of commercial cooking

equipment and exhaust systems is perhaps the most common use of an
alternative automatic fire-extinguishing system. The installation of the
fire-extinguishing system is regulated through reference to a variety of
criteria. An additional reference is now provided in the CBC regarding
commercial cooking operations, NFPA 96 Standard for Ventilation Con-
trol and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations.
Having a direct reference from the California Building Code to NFPA
96, similar to the current references to other NFPA standards for specific
system types, provides for a more efficient reference to applicable stan-
dards instead of sending the designer or code official through the Califor-
nia Mechanical Code. NFPA 96 has also been added to CBC Chapter 35 as
a referenced standard. The purpose of NFPA 96 is to reduce the potential
fire hazard of cooking operations and is relevant to the safety and opera-
tion of commercial cooking systems.
In addition, water mist systems have been added to the list of fire-
extinguishing systems applicable for protection of commercial cooking
systems. Several systems have been tested and approved for the protec-
tion of industrial cooking systems. NFPA 96 includes water mist extin-
guishing systems as an acceptable fire-extinguishing system for
commercial cooking. Water mist systems consist of devices that emit a
specific spray, or mist, that absorbs heat, displaces oxygen, and blocks
heat transfer to control, suppress, or extinguish fires. NFPA 750 Water
Mist Fire Protection Systems is referenced in regard to this new
allowance.
FM Global has approved water mist systems from multiple companies
for use in industrial oil cookers. The industrial oil cookers are commonly
used in the food industry, containing large amounts of oil, up to 5,000 gal-
lons, and operating at high temperatures. The FM Global approvals also
apply to “downscaled” applications similar to what might be found in a
commercial restaurant.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: Where domestic-type cooking operations are

Domestic Cooking present in Group I-1 occupancies and college dormitories classified as
Protection in Group R-2, an automatic fire-extinguishing system is now mandated in
Institutional and conjunction with the required hood over any cooktop or range.
Residential
2019 CODE: 904.13 Domestic cooking systems. in Group I-2
Occupancies Condition 1. In Group I-2 Condition 1 occupancies where cooking
facilities are installed in accordance with Section 407.2.6 of this code,
the domestic cooking hood provided over the cooktop or range shall be
equipped with an automatic fire-extinguishing system of a type recog-
nized for protection of domestic cooking equipment. Preengineered auto-
matic extinguishing systems shall be tested in accordance with UL 300A
and listed and labeled for the intended application. The system shall be
installed in accordance with this code, its listing and the manufacturer’s
instructions. Cooktops and ranges installed in the following occupancies
shall be protected in accordance with Sections 904.13.1:
1. In Group R-2.1 occupancies where domestic cooking facilities are

installed in accordance with Section 420.8.
Photo courtesy of Denlar Fire Protection
2. In Group I-2 and I-2.1 occupancies where domestic cooking

facilities are installed in accordance with Section 407.2.6.
3. In Group R-2 college dormitories where domestic cooking
facilities are installed in accordance with Section 420.10.
904.13.1 Manual system operation and interconnection. Manual

actuation and system interconnection for the hood suppression system
shall be in accordance with Sections 904.12.1 and 904.12.2, respectively.
904.13.1 Protection from fire. Cooktops and ranges shall be pro-

tected in accordance with Section 904.13.1.1 or 904.13.1.2.
Domestic cooking equipment
protected with UL 300A fire-
extinguishing system 904.13.1.1 Automatic fire-extinguishing system. The domestic
recirculating or exterior vented cooking hood provided over the cooktop
or range shall be equipped with an approved automatic fire-extinguishing
system complying with the following:
1. The automatic fire-extinguishing system shall be of a type recog-

nized for protection of domestic cooking equipment.
Preengineered automatic fire-extinguishing systems shall be listed
and labeled in accordance with UL 300A and installed in accor-
dance with the manufacturer’s instructions.
2. Manual actuation of the fire-extinguishing system shall be pro-
vided in accordance with Section 904.12.1.
3. Interconnection of the fuel and electric power supply shall be
in accordance with Section 904.12.2.
904.13.1.2 Ignition prevention. Cooktops and ranges shall include

burners that have been tested and listed to prevent ignition of cooking oil
with burners turned on to their maximum heat settings and allowed to
operate for 30 minutes.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 904.13 ■ Domestic Cooking Protection 137
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The new provisions in Section 904.13 relate

directly to other code changes in Sections 420.8 and 420.10 related to
the installation and use of domestic cooking equipment in assisted liv-
ing facilities, group homes and college dormitories. They are generally
consistent with the changes that occurred in the 2016 CBC addressing
the presence of domestic cooking facilities in nursing homes and similar
Group I-2, Condition 1 occupancies. The regulations have been extended
to address similar hazards that occur where such cooking operations are
present in Group I-1 occupancies and college dormitories classified as
Group R-2. An automatic fire-extinguishing system is now mandated in
such occupancies in conjunction with the required hood over any cook-
top or range.
Occupants of these facilities are often capable of preparing small
meals in cooking spaces less sophisticated than a full-scale commercial
cooking operation. Even though present at a smaller scale, hazards still
exist and occupants still need to be protected. New Section 904.13.1 pro-
vides an option, either through the installation of an automatic fire-extin-
guishing system recognized for protection of domestic cooking equipment,
or through the installation of a cooking appliance meeting specific heat-
ing limitations.
Section 904.13.1.1 provides the criteria for an automatic fire-extin-
guishing system. The system must be designed and tested to UL 300A
Outline of Investigation for Extinguishing System Units for Residential
Range Top Cooking Surfaces. This standard is not equivalent to the UL
300 standard for commercial cooking facilities, but rather addresses
domestic use and equipment.
Option 2 is established in Section 904.13.1.2 and requires the cooktops
and ranges to meet specific heating limitations. These cooking appliances shall
have listed ignition resistant burners that do not allow cooking oils to ignite
during testing. Recent work by the Fire Protection Research Foundation con-
firms that burners meeting these specifications are highly unlikely to ignite
cooking materials. Their report can be found at: http://www.nfpa.org/news-
and-research/fire-statistics-and-reports/research-reports/other-research-topics/
misc-reports/analytical-modeling-of-pan-and-oil-heating-on-an-electric-coil-
cooktop. UL 858 Standard for Safety for Household Electric Ranges was
recently revised to include a new Section 60A that evaluates the ability of
burners to not ignite cooking oil.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: The installation, inspection, testing and mainte-

Aerosol Fire nance of aerosol fire-extinguishing systems are now addressed through
Extinguishing applicable references to Sections 901 and 904.4 of the CBC and NFPA
Systems 2010, as well as the system’s listing and manufacturer’s instructions.
2019 CODE: 904.14 Aerosol fire-extinguishing systems. Aerosol

fire-extinguishing systems shall be installed, periodically inspected,
Photo courtesy of Fireaway Inc.
tested and maintained in accordance with Sections 901 and 904.4, NFPA
2010, and in accordance with their listing.
Such devices and appurtenances shall be listed and installed in con-
formance with manufacturer’s instructions.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: NFPA 2010 Standard for Fixed Aerosol Fire

Extinguishing Systems was first published in 2006. Since then, the Inter-
national Code Council Evaluation Service (ICC-ES) has published the
ICC‑ES Acceptance Criteria for Fixed Condensed Aerosol Fire-Extinguish-
Electrically-operated aerosol fire-
ing Systems, AC432. In 2014, the ICC-ES published evaluation report
extinguishing device
ESR-3230 for an aerosol fire-extinguishing system in compliance with the
2010 and 2013 editions of the CFC as an alternative to CFC Section 904.9,
Halon Fire-extinguishing Systems. The CBC now addresses the installa-
tion, inspection, testing, and maintenance of aerosol fire-extinguishing
systems through applicable references to Sections 901 and 904.4 of the
CBC and NFPA 2010, as well as the system’s listing and manufacturer’s
instructions.
Condensed aerosol fire-suppression systems used as total flooding
systems for the protection of Class A (surface), Class B, and Class C haz-
ards can reduce construction, installation, and maintenance costs com-
pared with existing fire-extinguishing systems. This technology does not
use compressed gas cylinders nor pressure-rated piping. Generally, these
systems are electrically operated when integrated with approved fire
alarm and releasing control systems and releasing panels, or are deployed
as automatic stand-alone fire-extinguishing units.
As there are no piping distribution systems required, no special stor-
age requirements for compressed gas bottles and the ability of the flood-
ing agent to protect areas with limited leakage, the construction costs for
these systems are typically lower than for conventional chemical and gas
fire-extinguishing systems requiring gas pressure.
The technology remains effective even with leakage in the space, and
therefore offers an alternative technology for installations involving
reconstruction, or new construction in areas with special hazards, or
where total room integrity construction is problematic.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 905.3.1 ■ Class III Standpipes 139

905.3.1
CHANGE SUMMARY: Standpipe system protection is now required in
those buildings having four or more stories above or below grade plane
Class III Standpipes
regardless of the vertical distance between the floor level of the highest
story and the level of the fire department vehicle access.
2019 CODE: 905.3.1 Height. In other than Group R-3 and R-3.1
occupancies, Class III standpipe systems shall be installed throughout
each floor where any of the following occur:
1. Buildings where the floor level of the highest story is located more
than 30 feet (9144 mm) above the lowest level of fire department
vehicle access.
2. Buildings that are four or more stories in height.
3. Buildings where the floor level of the lowest story is located more
than 30 feet (9144 mm) below the highest level of fire department
vehicle access.
4. Buildings that are two or more stories below the highest level of
fire department vehicle access.
Exceptions:
1.
Class I standpipes are allowed in buildings equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
2.
Class I standpipes are allowed in Group B and E occupancies.
2.3. Class I manual standpipes are allowed in open parking garages
where the highest floor is located not more than 150 feet
(45 720 mm) above the lowest level of fire department vehicle
access.
905.3.1 continues
Standpipe system required

due to number of stories
4 stories
29'-10"
Standpipe system required based on number of stories

100822524
905.3.1 continued 3.4. Class I manual dry standpipes are allowed in open parking
garages that are subject to freezing temperatures, provided that
the hose connections are located as required for Class II
standpipes in accordance with Section 905.5.
4. 5. Class I standpipes are allowed in basements equipped through-
out with an automatic sprinkler system.
6. Class I standpipes are allowed in buildings where occupant-
use hose lines will not be utilized by trained personnel or the
fire department.
5.7. In determining the lowest level of fire department vehicle
access, it shall not be required to consider either of the
following:
5.1. 7.1. Recessed loading docks for four vehicles or less.
5.2. 7.2. Conditions where topography makes access from
the fire department vehicle to the building
impractical or impossible.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: A standpipe system is a system of piping,

valves, and outlets that is installed exclusively for fire-fighting activities
within a building. They are typically required in buildings of moderate
height and greater, providing a means for trained personnel to effectively
fight a fire. The primary condition for requiring standpipe protection has
historically been based solely on the vertical distance between the level of
fire department vehicle access and the floor level of the most remote story.
A new condition requires standpipe system protection in those build-
ings having four or more stories above or below grade plane regardless
of the vertical dimension. The base provisions mandate the installation
of a Class III standpipe system where required due to height conditions.
In addition, new conditions now allow for the use of Class I standpipes
rather than Class III standpipes under specific conditions.
Item 1 has been added to require a standpipe in buildings that have
four or more stories above or below grade plane. Previous requirements
for standpipes were based solely on the height in feet between the level of
fire department access and the highest or lowest floor level. This change
retains the height criteria of 30 feet vertical separation, but also adds cri-
teria that any building four or more stories above or below grade is
required to have a standpipe system. The additional condition will now
mandate standpipe protection in a limited number of buildings that have
a vertical height of 30 feet or less between measurement limits, but have
short floor-to-floor heights resulting in four or more stories.
Although the base provision mandates the installation of a Class III
standpipe system where the height limits are exceeded, a number of
exceptions permit a reduction to a Class I system. Hose stations for use by
building occupants and hose connections for use by firefighters and other
trained personnel must be provided where a Class III standpipe system is
required. The hose stations need not be provided where only a Class I
system is mandated.
Exception 2 has been added to address the issue of occupant-use hose
lines in Group B and E occupancies. It removes the need for occupant-use
hose lines in these moderate-hazard occupancies by allowing the installa-
tion of a Class I standpipe rather than a Class III system. Exception 6 has
also been added allowing the installation of a Class I standpipe system in

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 905.3.1 ■ Class III Standpipes 141
lieu of a Class III system where the facility will not have trained person-
nel to utilize the occupant-use hose lines and the fire department will not
utilize the hose lines.
In recent years, many fire safety and evacuation plans have all but
abandoned the use of occupant-use hose lines in their training to the
building occupants and employees. The primary focus of the training is
evacuation. Fire behavior has changed dramatically in the past several
decades due to changes in fire loading. This has created fires that develop
faster, create more heat in most situations and produce greater amounts of
toxic smoke. Collectively, the ability for occupants to safely and effec-
tively utilize occupant-use hose lines without the protection of firefight-
ing gear and respiratory protection has been greatly minimized. Where
personnel will not be trained, the code now allows the elimination of the
occupant-use hose lines.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: Modifications have been made regarding the loca-

Class I Standpipe tion of hose connections within interior exit stairway enclosures as well
Connection as the minimum number of connections required where open breezeways
Locations and open stairs are provided.
2019 CODE: 905.4 Location of Class I standpipe hose connections.

Class I standpipe hose connections shall be provided in all of the follow-
ing locations:
1. In every required interior exit stairway, a hose connection shall

be provided for each story above and below grade plane. Hose
connections shall be located at an intermediate the main floor
landing between stories, unless otherwise approved by the fire
code official. See Section 909.20.2.3 for additional provisions in
smokeproof enclosures.
Exception: A single hose connection shall be permitted to be
installed in the open corridor or open breezeway between
open stairs that are not greater than 75 feet (22 860 mm) apart.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Where a Class I or Class III standpipe system

is required, hose connections for fire department use must be provided in
locations established by Section 905.4. The proper placement of stand-
pipe connections is necessary to best provide for fire-fighting operations,
while also protecting fire personnel where possible. Modifications have
been made regarding the location of hose connections within interior
exit stairway enclosures as well as the minimum number of connections
required where open breezeways and open stairs are provided.
Standpipe hose connection
Maximum 75'
Standpipe connections in breezeways

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 905.4 ■ Class I Standpipe Connection Locations 143
The change to Item 1 brings the hose valve placement requirements

into correlation with NFPA 14 Standard for the Installation of Standpipe
and Hose Systems. The standard requires hose connections to be located
at the main floor landing of each story, typically at the same elevation as
the exit doors into the stair enclosures. Although the installation of hose
valves at intermediate landings as previously required may seem more
convenient for fire fighter operational staging, that arrangement typically
requires separate risers to be run for sprinklers and standpipes. This
increases the cost and requires significantly more materials to achieve
code compliance. There is no evidence to support the value of retaining
the hose connections at the intermediate landings.
The new exception to Item 1 recognizes that there is no significant
value to having two standpipes located at opposite ends of an open
breezeway or open corridor that connects open stairs because both stand-
pipes are essentially sharing the same environmental space. With stair-
ways located not more than 75 feet apart, and a hose line typically
consisting of 150 feet, the two hose connections would overlap each other
by a distance of 75 feet. This redundancy was deemed unnecessary and
therefore a second hose connection is no longer required. The intent is to
provide a hose connection somewhere between the two open stairways. It
is not required to locate the single connection halfway between the two
stairways, as it could be located at one stairway, or closer to one stairway
than the other.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: An additional criterion now mandates the instal-

Fire Alarms in Group lation of a manual fire alarm system where there is a Group A occupant
A Occupancies load of more than 100 located above or below the level of exit discharge.
2019 CODE: 907.2.1 Group A. A manual fire alarm system that acti-
vates the occupant notification system in accordance with Section 907.5
shall be installed in Group A occupancies where the occupant load due to
the assembly occupancy is 300 or more, or where the Group A occupant
load is more than 100 persons above or below the lowest level of exit
discharge. Group A occupancies not separated from one another in accor-
dance with Section 707.3.10 shall be considered as a single occupancy for
the purposes of applying this section. Portions of Group E occupancies
occupied for assembly purposes with an occupant load of less than 1,000,
shall be provided with a fire alarm system as required for the Group E
occupancy.
Exception: Manual fire alarm boxes are not required where the
building is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system
installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and the occupant noti-
fication appliances will activate throughout the notification zones
upon sprinkler water flow.
Every Group A building used for educational purposes shall be pro-

vided with a manual or automatic fire alarm system. This provision shall
apply to, but shall not necessarily be limited to, every community college
and university.
Exception: Privately owned trade or vocational schools or any firm

or company which provides educational facilities and instructions for
its employees.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The primary hazard in an assembly space is

the concentration of occupants that are at risk under fire conditions, along
with the significant number of occupants that may be present. In order
to provide early warning to occupants, a manual fire alarm system has
historically been required in Group A occupancies where the occupant
load of the assembly space is 300 or more. An additional criterion now
also mandates the installation of a manual fire alarm system where there
is a Group A occupant load of more than 100 located above or below the
level of exit discharge.
Art gallery
Manual fire OL = 125 Group A-3
alarm system
is required OL = 125
Group A fire alarm system

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 907.2.1 ■ Fire Alarms in Group A Occupancies 145
The additional condition under which a manual fire alarm system is

required in a Group A occupancy is consistent with the threshold at which
the system is mandated in Group B and M occupancies. It was deemed
appropriate to apply this same requirement to Group A occupancies.
A Group A occupancy located on a story other than the level of exit
discharge is required to be equipped with an automatic sprinkler system,
regardless of the occupant load. Now, where a Group A occupancy at other
than the lowest level of exit discharge exceeds 100 occupants, a manual
fire alarm system provides an additional level of protection for those
occupants located above or below the lowest discharge level. The current
exception indicating that the manual fire alarm boxes are not required
when the building is fully sprinklered and the occupant notification
appliances will activate upon sprinkler water flow also applies to the new
trigger for a manual fire alarm system.

100822524
907.2.10 CHANGE TYPE: Deletion
CHANGE SUMMARY: The installation of a manual fire alarm system

Group R-4 Fire Alarm and an automatic smoke detection system is no longer required in Group
Systems R-4 occupancies.
2019 CODE: 907.2.10 Group R-4. Fire alarm systems and smoke
alarms shall be installed in Group R-4 occupancies as required in Sec-
tions 907.2.10.1 through 907.2.10.3.
907.2.10.1 Manual fire alarm system. A manual fire alarm system

that activates the occupant notification system in accordance with Sec-
tion 907.5 shall be installed in Group R-4 occupancies.
Exceptions:
1. A manual fire alarm system is not required in buildings not
FIRE Alarm more than two stories in height where all individual sleeping
units and contiguous attic and crawl spaces to those units are
separated from each other and public or common areas by not

less than 1-hour fire partitions and each individual sleeping
PULL DOWN unit has an exit directly to a public way, egress court or yard.
2. Manual fire alarm boxes are not required throughout the
building where all of the following conditions are met:
2.1. The building is equipped throughout with an auto-
matic sprinkler system installed in accordance with
Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
Fire alarm system not required 2.2. The notification appliances will activate upon sprin-
in Group R-4 kler water flow.
2.3. Not fewer than one manual fire alarm box is installed
at an approved location.
3. Manual fire alarm boxes in resident or patient sleeping areas
shall not be required at exits where located at all nurses’ con-
trol stations or other constantly attended staff locations, pro-
vided such stations are visible and continuously accessible
and that the distances of travel required in Section 907.4.2.1
are not exceeded.
907.2.10.2 Automatic smoke detection system. An automatic

smoke detection system that activates the occupant notification system
in accordance with Section 907.5 shall be installed in corridors, waiting
areas open to corridors and habitable spaces other than sleeping units and
kitchens.
Exceptions:
1. Smoke detection in habitable spaces is not required where the
facility is equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler
system installed in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 907.2.10 ■ Group R-4 Fire Alarm Systems 147
2. An automatic smoke detection system is not required in

buildings that do not have interior corridors serving sleeping
units and where each sleeping unit has a means of egress
door opening directly to an exit or to an exterior exit access
that leads directly to an exit.
907.2.10.3 Smoke alarms. Single and multiple station smoke alarms

shall be installed in accordance with Section 907.2.11.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Group R-4 occupancies include group homes,

assisted living facilities and similar supervised residential facilities
where custodial care is provided and the number of residents receiving
such care is between 6 and 16, inclusive. There is an expectation that
the residents are capable of self-preservation with little or no assistance
from others. Because the environment is very similar to a Group R-3 occu-
pancy, it has been deemed that the previous fire alarm requirements were
overly restrictive. Therefore, the provisions requiring the installation of
a manual fire alarm system and an automatic smoke detection system in
Group R-4 occupancies have been deleted.
The 2016 CBC requires a manual fire alarm system and smoke detec-
tion system be installed in a Group R-4 residential care facility, which is
limited to 16 or fewer residents. A Group R-4 facility is typically consid-
ered as less of a hazard than a transient Group R-1 occupancy where the
occupants may not be familiar with their surroundings, but yet such an
alarm system is not required in the Group R-1 occupancy unless the build-
ing is three stories or more in height. In a Group R-4 facility the residents
are effectively working together similar to a single-family home rather
than individual living units, and as such the requirements should be sim-
ilar to those required for a Group R-3 condition.
Although deleted from Section 907.2.10, single and multiple smoke
alarms continue to be required in Group R-4 occupancies as set forth in
Section 907.2.10.2.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: The California State Fire Marshal’s office is

Emergency Voice/ coordinating the CBC with the CFC in requiring that such alarm shall be
Alarm broadcast over the public address system.
Communication
Systems 2019 CODE: 907.5.2.2 Emergency voice/alarm communication sys-
tems. Emergency voice/alarm communication systems required by this
code shall be designed and installed in accordance with NFPA 72. The oper-
ation of any automatic fire detector, sprinkler waterflow device or manual
fire alarm box shall automatically sound an alert tone followed by voice
instructions giving approved information and directions for a general or
staged evacuation in accordance with the building’s fire safety and evacua-
tion plans required by Section 404 of the California Fire Code. In high-rise
buildings and Group I-2 occupancies having occupied floors located more
than 75 feet above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access, the sys-
tem shall operate on at least the alarming floor, the floor above and the floor
below. Speakers shall be provided throughout the building by paging zones.
At a minimum, paging zones shall be provided as follows:
1. Elevator groups.
2. Interior exit stairways.
3. Each floor.
4. Areas of refuge as defined in Chapter 2.
Exception: In Group I-2, I-2.1 and R-2.1 occupancies, the alarm

shall sound in a constantly attended area and a general occupant noti-
fication shall be broadcast over the overhead page.
Exception: In Group I-2 and I-2.1 occupancies, where in accor-

dance with Section 907.5.2.5, audible fire alarm notification devices
are not provided, upon receipt of an alarm at a constantly attended
location, a general occupant notification shall be broadcast over the
public-address system.
Group I-2 hospital

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 907.5.2.2 ■ Emergency Voice/Alarm Communication 149
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: This California amendment requires that a

general occupant notification be broadcast over a public-address system
in Group I-2 and I-2.1 occupancies which are more than 75 feet above the
lowest level of fire department access when audible fire alarms are not
provided. The new language clarifies when notification using a public-
address system is required and deletes Group R-2.1 occupancies from the
exception. This amendment is also coordinated with California Fire Code
(CFC), Section 907.5.2.2.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: The California State Fire Marshal’s office requires

High-Rise Buildings only Class A riser circuits in high-rise buildings.
2019 CODE: 907.6.1.1 High-rise buildings. Wiring for fire alarm net-
work communication circuits between multiple control units signaling line
circuits, initiating circuits and notification circuits in high-rise buildings
shall be in accordance with the following:
1. Class A or Class X installed in accordance with NFPA 72.

Exception: Initiating circuits which serve only a single initi-
ating device.
2.
Installed in Eenclosed in continuous metallic raceways or race-
ways encased in not less than 2 inches (51 mm) of concrete in
accordance with the California Electrical Code.
Exception: Metallic cable (MC) shall be permitted for fire
alarm notification circuits where continuous metallic race-
ways are not required for survivability.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The recommendation for this amendment

came from the Office of the State Fire Marshal (SFM) Fire Alarm Advisory
Committee. This amendment will now only require Class A circuits for
fire alarm “riser circuits” in high-rise buildings, and not fire alarm cir-
cuits on floors throughout the building. The SFM found that existing pro-
visions of the amendment requiring Class A fire alarm circuits throughout
all floors of high-rise buildings was overly restrictive when combined
with the circuit and pathway requirements contained in the 2016 Edi-
tion of NFPA 72, the National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code. “Class X
Circuits” are being added to the existing amendment as a design option,
where the fire alarm designer and building owner would like to use cir-
cuit isolators for the riser circuits installed in accordance with NFPA 72.
It should be noted that Class X fire alarm circuits meet all the require-
ments of Class A circuits.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 915.2.3 ■ Group E Occupancies 151
915.2.3
CHANGE SUMMARY: Notification of a carbon monoxide alarm should
be directed to a location approved by the authority having jurisdiction,
Group E Occupancies
not any location on campus.
2019 CODE: 915.2.3 Group E occupancies. Carbon monoxide

detectors shall be installed in classrooms in Group E occupancies where
classrooms include any of the conditions identified in Sections 915.1.2
through 915.1.6. Carbon monoxide alarm signals shall be automatically
transmitted to an on-site location that is staffed by school personnel as
approved by the authority having jurisdiction.
Exception: Carbon monoxide alarm signals shall not be required to

be automatically transmitted to an on-site location that is staffed by
school personnel in Group E occupancies with an occupant load of
30 or less.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: This California amendment is intended

to clarify that the signals transmitted by carbon monoxide detectors be
transmitted to a location staffed by administration or other personnel that
is acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. Without this amend-
ment, it has been argued that any location on the school site occupied by
any school personnel was acceptable. The Division of the State Architect
(DSA) also has a specific requirement that requires the notification to be
sent to the “on-site campus administration office.”

100822524

100822524
PART
4
Means of Egress
Chapter 10
■ Chapter 10 Means of Egress 1008.3.2

Buildings
T
he criteria set forth in Chapter 10 regulating 1008.3.5, 1008.2.2
the design of the means of egress are estab-
lished as the primary method for protection of Emergency Illumination in Group I-2
people in buildings. Both prescriptive and perfor-
1009.7.2
mance language is utilized in the chapter to provide
for a basic approach in the determination of a safe Protection of Exterior Areas of Assisted Rescue
exiting system for all occupancies. Chapter 10
addresses all portions of the egress system and 1010.1.4.4
includes design requirements as well as provisions Locking Arrangements in Educational Occupancies
regulating individual components. A zonal approach
to egress provides a general basis for the chapter’s 1010.1.9.8
format through regulation of the exit access, exit and
Use of Delayed Egress Locking Systems
exit discharge portions of the means of egress. ■
in Group E Classrooms
1010.1.9.12
Locks on Stairway Doors
TA B L E 1 0 0 4 . 5 , 1 0 0 4 . 8
1010.3.2
Occupant Load Calculation in Business Use Areas
Security Access Turnstiles
1 0 0 6 . 2 . 1 , TA B L E 1 0 0 6 . 2 . 1
1015.6, 1015.7
Group R Spaces with One Exit or Exit
Access Doorway Fall Arrest for Rooftop Equipment
1006.3, 1006.3.1 1017.3, 202

Egress through Adjacent Stories Measurement of Egress Travel
1008.2.3 1023.3.1
Illumination of the Exit Discharge Stairway Extensions
153

100822524
1023.5, 1024.6 1029.6, 1029.6.3, 202

Exit Stairway and Exit Passageway Penetrations Open-Air Assembly Seating
1025.1 1030.1
Luminous Egress Path Marking in Group I Group R-2.1 Emergency Escape and Rescue
Occupancies Openings
1026.4, 1026.4.1
Refuge Areas for Horizontal Exits
154

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition Table 1004.5, 1004.8 ■ Occupant Load Calculation 155
Table
CHANGE SUMMARY: The method of calculating occupant load in business
areas has been revised, which will typically result in reduced design occu- 1004.5,
pant loads. However, higher design occupant loads can now be assigned to
concentrated business areas such as telephone call centers and similar uses. 1004.8
2019 CODE:
Occupant Load
Calculation in
TABLE 1004.1.2 1004.5 (PARTIAL) Maximum Floor Area Allowances Business Use Areas
Per Occupant
Function of Space Occupant Load Factora
Business areas 100150 gross
Concentrated business use areas See Section 1004.8
(No changes to other portions of table.)
1004.8 Concentrated business use areas. The occupant load factor

for concentrated business use shall be applied to telephone call centers,
trading floors, electronic data processing centers and similar business
use areas with a higher density of occupants than would normally be
expected in a typical business occupancy environment. Where approved
by the building official, the occupant load for concentrated business use
areas shall be the actual occupant load, but not less than one occupant per
50 square feet (4.65 m²) of gross occupiable floor space.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Business uses have historically been viewed

as having a density level of one person per 100 square feet when used in
the calculation of design occupant load. It seems likely that this occupant
load factor is the result of a National Bureau of Standards (NBS) [now
referred to as National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)]
study published in 1935. The occupant load factor of 100 square feet per
occupant was specified for office, factory and workroom areas. All occu-
pant load factors were based on the gross floor area of the building, such
that no deduction was permitted for corridors, closets, restrooms or other
areas of the building. Since the initial NBS study in 1935, several other
studies have been conducted to determine occupant load factors for var-
ious occupancies. One common finding was that all of the subsequent
studies have concluded that the factor of 100 square feet per occupant for
business occupancies is conservative. Studies conducted between 1966
and 1992 have indicated that occupant load factors in business occu-
pancies ranged from 150 to 278 square feet per occupant. A more recent
project to study the appropriateness of the 100-square-feet-per-occupant
factor was undertaken by the NFPA Fire Protection Research Foundation.
The study was conducted by WPI undergraduate students. The recom-
mendations of this study also supported an increase to the occupant load
factor in business occupancies. Based on this information, it was deemed
appropriate that the factor be increased to 150 square feet per occupant.
The NFPRF study also recommended creating a new occupant load
sub-category for concentrated business use areas. New Section 1004.8
cites examples of these occupancies, including telephone call centers,
Table 1004.5, 1004.8 continues

100822524
156 PART 4 ■ Means of Egress
Table 1004.5, 1004.8 continued Example:
30,000 ft2 office space
General Business Use Area

OL @150 ft2/occupant = 200
General business use occupant load determination
Example:
30,000 ft2 office space
Concentrated business use area

OL@50 ft2/occupant = 600
Concentrated business use occupant load determination
trading floors and electronic data processing centers. Essentially, the

reduced factor is applicable to those business areas where a higher den-
sity of occupants would normally be expected. The actual number can be
used when approved by the building official; however, the occupant load
must be established at a minimum of one occupant for each 50 square feet.
For both applications of the business area occupant load calculations,
the gross floor areas shall be used. Gross floor area is defined in Chapter 2
as the entire floor area, other than vent shafts and courts, within the exte-
rior perimeter walls of the building under consideration.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1006.2.1, Table 1006.2.1 ■ Group R Spaces 157
1006.2.1,
CHANGE SUMMARY: Allowances for single-exit Group R spaces have
been reformatted and the approach to accumulating occupant loads from Table
adjacent rooms discharging through foyers and lobbies has been clarified.
1006.2.1
2019 CODE: 1006.2.1 Egress based on occupant load and com-
mon path of egress travel distance. Two exits or exit access door-
Group R Spaces with
ways from any space shall be provided where the design occupant load One Exit or Exit
or the common path of egress travel distance exceeds the values listed in Access Doorway
Table 1006.2.1. The cumulative occupant load from adjacent rooms, areas
or spaces shall be determined in accordance with Section 1004.2.
Exceptions:
1. In Group R-2 and R-3 occupancies, one means of egress is per-
mitted within and from individual dwelling units with a maxi-
mum occupant load of 20 where the dwelling unit is equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accordance
with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and the common path of
egress travel does not exceed 125 feet (38 100 mm).
1. The number of exits from foyers, lobbies, vestibules or similar
spaces need not be based on cumulative occupant loads for
areas discharging through such spaces, but the capacity of the
exits from such spaces shall be based on applicable cumula-
tive occupant loads.
2.
Rooms and care suites in Group I-2 and I-2.1 occupancies
complying with Section 407.4.
3.
In detention and correctional facilities and holding cells,
such as are found in courthouse buildings, when the occu-
pant load is more than 20 see Section 408.3.11.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: A second exit or exit access doorway can pro-

vide an alternative route of travel for occupants of the room or area. How-
ever, it is often unreasonable to require multiple exit paths from small
spaces or areas with limited occupant loads. It is also seldom benefi-
cial because of the relatively close proximity in which such exits or exit
access doorways must be located. Therefore, the code does not require a
secondary egress location from all rooms, areas or spaces where they are
in compliance with Table 1006.2.1. Allowances for single-exit Group R
spaces have been reformatted and the approach to accumulating occupant
loads from adjacent rooms discharging through foyers and lobbies have
been clarified.
1006.2.1, Table 1006.2.1 continues

100822524
1006.2.1, Table 1006.2.1 continued TABLE 1006.2.1 (PARTIAL) Spaces With One Exit or Exit Access
Doorway
Maximum Common Path of Egress
Travel Distance (feet)
Without Sprinkler
System (feet)
Maximum
Occupant Load
Occupant Load With Sprinkler
Occupancy of Space OL  30 OL . 30 System (feet)
R-2 10 20 NP NP 125 a
R-2.1 10 NP NP 75 a
R-2.2 20 NP NP 125 a
R-3 e , R-3.1e 10 20 NP NP 125 a,g
e
R-4 10 20 75 NP 75 NP 125 a,g
(Portions of table not shown are unchanged.)

a. No change
b. No change
c. No change
d. For the travel distance limitations and number of exit and exit access requirements
for rooms and spaces in Group I-2 or I-2.1, see Section 407.4.
e. The length of common path of egress travel distance shall only apply in a Group R-3
occupancy located in a mixed occupancy building.
f. No change
g. For the travel distance limitations in Groups R-3 and R-4 equipped throughout with
an automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.3, see Section
1006.2.2.6.
h. For holding cells, see Section 408.3.11.
The previous Exception 1 to Section 1006.2.1 has been deleted. This

exception stated that the maximum occupant load for one means of egress
in Group R-2 or R-3 occupancies is 20 if the building is protected with an
automatic sprinkler system. Because all new Group R-2 and R-3 occupan-
cies are required to be sprinklered, this exception was always applicable.
Example:
Required
capacity
based on Lobby
1,500
occupants Total occupant load = 3,000
Lobby egress determination

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1006.2.1, Table 1006.2.1 ■ Group R Spaces 159
To correlate with this change, the entries for Group R-2 and R-3 occupan-
cies in Table 1006.2.1 have been revised to acknowledge the maximum
occupant load of 20 when only one means of egress is provided. The
Group R-4 limit has been revised by increasing the single means of egress
allowance from a maximum of 10 to a maximum of 20. As Group R-4
occupancies are limited to an occupant load of 16 residents not including
staff, it is not likely that the occupant load will exceed 20.
A new Exception 1 has been added to address the situation where a
lobby or foyer becomes an intervening room for egress travel. The number
of exits from a lobby or foyer is not to be based on the cumulative occu-
pant load; however, the capacity, or egress width, of the exits is to be
based on the total cumulative occupant load served.
This exception is not a new approach to dealing with cumulative
occupant loads but rather restates the language already established in
Section 1004.2.1. The revision in Section 1006.2.1 correlates this section
with Section 1004.2.1: “Design of egress path capacity shall be based on
the cumulative portion of the occupant loads of all rooms, areas or spaces
to that point along the path of egress travel.”
Note that the main exit must still accommodate at least one-half of the
required egress width when an assembly space has an occupant load
greater than 300. Section 1029.2 correlates with the requirements in
Section 1006.2.1 by addressing the egress capacity from the lobby rather
than recalculating the number of exits from the lobby.
The addition of Footnote g to Table 1006.2.1 correlates with revisions
to Table 1017.2 as discussed under that section.

100822524
1006.3, CHANGE TYPE: Clarification
1006.3.1 CHANGE SUMMARY: The determination of means of egress require-

ments has been clarified where the occupants must travel to an adjacent
story to reach a complying exit or exits.
Egress through
Adjacent Stories 2019 CODE: 1006.3 Egress from stories or occupied roofs. The
means of egress system serving any story or occupied roof shall be pro-
vided with the number of separate and distinct exits or access to exits
based on the aggregate occupant load served in accordance with this sec-
tion. The path of egress travel to an exit shall not pass through more than
one adjacent story. Where stairways serve more than one story, only the
occupant load of each story considered individually shall be used in cal-
culating the required number of exits or access to exits serving that story.
1006.3.1 Adjacent story. The path of egress travel to an exit shall not
pass through more than one adjacent story.
Exception: The path of egress travel to an exit shall be permitted

to pass through more than one adjacent story in any of the following:
1. In Group R-1, R-2 or R-3 occupancies, exit access stairways
and ramps connecting four stories or less serving and con-
tained within an individual dwelling unit or sleeping unit
or live/work unit.
2. Exit access stairways serving and contained within a Group
R-3 congregate residence or a Group R-4 facility.
3. Exit access stairways and ramps in open parking garages that
serve only the parking garage.
4. Exit access stairways and ramps serving open-air assembly
seating complying with the exit access travel distance
requirements of Section 1029.7.
5. Exit access stairways and ramps between the balcony, gallery
or press box and the main assembly floor in occupancies such
as theaters, places of religious worship, auditoriums and
sports facilities.
Number of exits
from each story
based on occupant
load of that story
Egress travel in multi-story building

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1006.3, 1006.3.1 ■ Egress through Adjacent Stories 161
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Interior exit stairways/ramps and exit access

stairways/ramps often provide egress from upper stories and occupied
roofs. The use of exit access stairways and ramps, typically unenclosed,
is limited due to the lack of fire-resistance-rated enclosure of the vertical
travel path. Therefore, the general provisions have historically mandated
that egress travel to reach an exit pass through no more than one adja-
cent story. This requirement has been relocated, along with five previ-
ous exceptions to this limitation, to more clearly identify the limits and
allowances for vertical travel not in an interior exit stairway or ramp.
In the 2016 CBC, the second sentence of Section 1006.3 states that the
required number of exits must be available not more than one story above
or below the floor level under consideration. That sentence has been relo-
cated to a new Section 1006.3.1 and several applicable exceptions from
Section 1019.3 have been replicated to clarify application of the new sec-
tion. The five exceptions correlate with Section 1019.3 which already
allows for unenclosed exit access stairways and ramps to be provided in
these situations. As a result of the reformatting effort, the provisions in
Sections 1019.3 and 1006.3.1 now work together to address those specific
conditions under which the egress path may traverse more than one story
to reach the exit, as well as the use of unenclosed stairways for those
situations.
A newly introduced provision in Section 1006.3 now states that in
situations where the occupants egress through an adjacent story to reach
the exit, the additional occupant load is not considered when determin-
ing the required number of exits from the adjacent story. The end result is
that the number of exits, or access to exits, for each story is to be based
solely on the occupant load for that story. This requirement mirrors
Section 1004.2.3 which has historically stated that the occupant load
from an adjacent story is not added when determining the required egress
width and capacity. Therefore, the number of exits, or access to exits, and
the required egress capacity is based on the occupant load of each story.
Keep in mind that this is specific to an adjacent story, and is treated dif-
ferently than a mezzanine. The occupant load from a mezzanine is to be
added to that of the room or space below into which the mezzanine travel
occurs when calculating the required number of exits and egress
capacity.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: The introduction of illumination provisions spe-

Illumination of the cific to the exit discharge portion of the means of egress clarifies the extent
Exit Discharge of the illumination requirement. In addition, new language recognizes a
long-held allowance for the use of safe dispersal areas and the necessary
illumination where such areas are provided.
2019 CODE: 1008.2.3 Exit discharge. Illumination shall be pro-

vided along the path of travel for the exit discharge from each exit to the
public way.
Exception: Illumination shall not be required where the path of the

exit discharge meets both of the following requirements:
1. The path of exit discharge is illuminated from the exit to a
safe dispersal area complying with Section 1028.5.
2. A dispersal area shall be illuminated to a level not less than
1 footcandle (11 lux) at the walking surface.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: In order for the egress system to afford a safe

path of travel and for the building occupant to be able to negotiate the
system efficiently, it is necessary that the entire egress system be provided
with a certain minimum amount of illumination. Without such lighting,
it would be impossible for building occupants to identify and follow the
appropriate path of travel. The lack of adequate illumination would also
be the cause of various other concerns, such as an increase in evacuation
time, a greater potential for injuries during the egress process, and most
probably an increased level of panic to those individuals trying to exit the
building. General illumination has always been required throughout the
means of egress system, which would include the exit discharge portion.
This requirement has been further emphasized through the introduction
Illumination of
exit discharge
path and safe
Illumination of dispersal area

entire exit
Safe dispersal
discharge path
area
Street
Exterior egress illumination

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1008.2.3 ■ Illumination of the Exit Discharge 163
of illumination provisions specific to the exit discharge portion of the

means of egress. In addition, new language recognizes a long-held allow-
ance for the use of safe dispersal areas and the necessary illumination
where such areas are provided.
Section 1008.1 mandates that illumination throughout the means of
egress. Although the exit discharge is considered as a portion of the means
of egress, the new provisions clearly specify that the required illumina-
tion must be provided for the entire exit discharge path to the public way.
There are conditions under which the exit discharge is extensive and the
use of a safe dispersal area is an acceptable alternative. Through a refer-
ence to Section 1028.5, a safe dispersal area must be located at least
50 feet from the building and provide adequate area to accommodate the
anticipated occupant load. A minimum level of 1 footcandle is required
to, and within, the safe dispersal area.
Note that this section does not require emergency illumination be
provided for the exit discharge path or the safe dispersal area. Exterior
emergency illumination is only required at exterior landings at exit doors
as stated in Section 1008.3.2.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: Coordinates emergency lighting criteria with

Buildings other state-adopted standards.
2019 CODE: 1008.3.2 Buildings. In the event of power supply fail-

ure in buildings that require two or more means of egress, an emergency
electrical system shall automatically illuminate all of the following areas:
1. Interior exit access stairways and ramps.

2. Interior and exterior exit stairways and ramps.
3. Exit passageways.
4. Vestibules and areas on the level of discharge used for exit dis-
charge in accordance with Section 1028.1.
5. Exterior landings as required by Section 1010.1.6 for exit door-
ways that lead directly to the exit discharge.
6. Group I-2 and I-2.1 exit discharge stairways, ramps, aisles, walk-
ways and escalators leading to a public way or to a safe dispersal
area in accordance with Section 1028.5.
7. Operation of a patient room smoke detector in Group I-2, and
R-2.1 occupancies shall not include a positive alarm sequence
feature.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: This California amendment coordinates the

requirements for emergency lighting in Group I-2 or I-2.1 with state of
California licensing requirements and NFPA 101-2012 related to exit dis-
charge. Compliance with the provisions of NFPA 101-2012 is a require-
ment for licensing and accreditation of health facilities regulated or
accredited by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), The
Joint Commission (TJC) and the California Department of Public Health
(CDPH), Licensing and Certification Program (L&C). NFPA 101-2012, Sec-
tions 7.9.1.1 and Section 7.9.1.2 require emergency lighting for the exit
discharge only for designated stairs, ramps, aisles, walkways and escala-
tors leading to a public way. Additional information in NFPA 101-2012,
Annex Sec. A-7.9.1.1 further clarify that emergency lighting provided
outside the building may extend to either a public way or a distance
away from the building that is considered safe; whichever is closest to the
building being evacuated.
Emergency lighting fixture

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1008.3.5, 1008.2.2 ■ Emergency Illumination 165
1008.3.5,
CHANGE SUMMARY: In Group I-2 occupancies, the required minimum
illumination level of 0.2 footcandle must now be available upon failure of 1008.2.2
a single lamp in a multi-lamp lighting unit.
Emergency
2019 CODE: 1008.3.5 Illumination level under emergency power. Illumination in
Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumina- Group I-2
tion that is not less than an average of 1 footcandle (11 lux) and a mini-
mum at any point of 0.1 footcandle (1 lux) measured along the path of
egress at floor level. Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to
0.6 footcandle (6 lux) average and a minimum at any point of 0.06 foot-
candle (0.6 lux) at the end of the emergency lighting time duration. A
maximum-to-minimum illumination uniformity ratio of 40 to 1 shall not
be exceeded. In Group I-2 occupancies, failure of any a single lighting
unit lamp in a luminaire shall not reduce the illumination level to less
than 0.2 footcandle (2.2 lux).
1008.2.2 Exit discharge Group I-2. In Group I-2 occupancies where

two or more exits are required, on the exterior landings required by
Section 1010.1.6, means of egress illumination levels for the exit dis-
charge shall be provided such that failure of any a single lighting unit
lamp in a luminaire shall not reduce the illumination level on that land-
ing to less than 1 footcandle (11 lux).
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Given the possible critical nature of some

of the patients and residents of Group I-2 hospitals and nursing homes
and the need to move some of the people with life-sustaining equipment,
there is an additional requirement that the lighting along the exit path will
always have some redundancy in the fixtures providing that illumina-
tion. Previous language required that the minimum illumination level of
1008.3.5, 1008.2.2 continues
Emergency lighting unit

100822524
1008.3.5, 1008.2.2 continued 0.2 footcandles must be provided upon failure of any single lighting unit.
Article 100 of the 2019 California Electrical Code defines a luminaire as
a “lighting unit consisting of a lamp or lamps.” The required minimum
illumination level must now be available upon failure of a single lamp in
a multi-lamp lighting unit.
The evaluation of the emergency lighting system will now consider
one of the lamps has failed, rather than both lamps in a luminaire with
two lamps. A similar revision occurred in Section 1008.2.2 in regard to
required illumination levels under normal building power. This mandate
is applicable to the exit discharge serving Group I-2 occupancies where
two or more exits are required.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1009.7.2 ■ Protection of Exterior Areas 167
1009.7.2
CHANGE SUMMARY: The fire-resistance-rated exterior wall with pro-
tected openings separation between a required exterior area of assisted
Protection of
rescue and the interior of the building is no longer mandated, provided Exterior Areas of
the building is protected with an automatic sprinkler system. Assisted Rescue
2019 CODE: 1009.7.2 Separation. Exterior walls separating the
exterior area of assisted rescue from the interior of the building shall
have a minimum fire-resistance rating of 1 hour, rated for exposure to fire
from the inside. The fire-resistance-rated exterior wall construction shall
extend horizontally not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) beyond the landing
on either side of the landing or equivalent fire-resistance-rated construc-
tion is permitted to extend out perpendicular to the exterior wall not less
than 4 feet (1220 mm) minimum on the side of the landing. The fire-resis-
tance-rated construction shall extend vertically from the ground to a point
10 feet (3048 mm) above the floor level of the area for assisted rescue or
to the roof line, whichever is lower. Openings within such fire-resistance-
rated exterior walls shall be protected in accordance with Section 716.
Exception: The fire-resistance rating and opening protectives are

not required in the exterior wall where the building is equipped
throughout with an automatic sprinkler system installed in accor-
dance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: An exterior area of assisted rescue must be

provided where the exit discharge path does not consist of an accessible
path from an exit at the level of exit discharge completely to a public way.
The exterior area of assisted rescue provides a location for the mobility-
impaired person to wait for assistance. As a general requirement, an area
of assisted rescue is to be protected from the interior of the building by
a minimum 1-hour fire-resistance-rated exterior wall with opening pro-
tectives. If the building is equipped with an automatic sprinkler system
designed to NFPA 13 or 13R, the required fire separation and opening
protection are no longer required.
1009.7.2 continues
45-minute opening
protective assembly
Extending a
minimum 10' 1-HR
vertically fire-resistance-rated
above landing
Extending a
minimum 10'
horizontally
beyond landing
Exterior area of assisted rescue in nonsprinklered application

100822524
1009.7.2 continued Section 1009.3.3, Exception 2 allows for the elimination of areas of
refuge in stairways and, where applicable, at elevators if the building is
fully sprinklered. The new exception to Section 1009.7.2 is based on the
area of refuge concept in that if the person is adequately protected inside
the building because it was sprinklered, now that the person is outside
the building, the level of protection should be equivalent at the least.
This exception only allows the elimination of the fire-resistance-rated
separation if the building is fully sprinklered. It does not eliminate the
need to provide the exterior area of assisted rescue. The exterior area of
assisted rescue must still be sized to provide one wheelchair space for
every 200 occupants, or portion thereof. It must also continue to be at
least 50 percent open to the outside air.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1010.1.4.4 ■ Locking Arrangements 169
1010.1.4.4
CHANGE SUMMARY: Guidance has been provided to allow for
enhanced security measures on educational classroom egress doors and
Locking
yet still continue to comply with applicable means of egress requirements. Arrangements in
Educational
2019 CODE: 1010.1.4.4 Locking arrangements in educational Occupancies
occupancies. In Group E and Group B educational occupancies, egress
doors from classrooms, offices and other occupied rooms shall be permit-
ted to be provided with locking arrangements designed to keep intruders
from entering the room where all of the following conditions are met:
1. The door shall be capable of being unlocked from outside the

room with a key or other approved means.
2. The door shall be openable from within the room in accordance
with Section 1010.1.9.
3. Modifications shall not be made to listed panic hardware, fire
door hardware or door closers.
1010.1.4.4.1 Remote operation of locks. Remote operation of locks

complying with Section 1010.1.4.4 shall be permitted.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: A high priority in educational facilities is the

safety of occupants while in classrooms and other occupied spaces dur-
ing the event of a threatening situation. It is important that the CBC pro-
vides criteria which balance the challenges of providing protection for
students and teachers in the classroom and at the same time provide for
free and immediate egress. Guidance has now been provided to allow for
enhanced security measures on educational classroom egress doors and
yet still continue to comply with applicable means of egress requirements.
Oftentimes locks or devices are added to doors to provide security,
but they do not allow free egress, or comply with the single operation
requirement. The new provisions provide guidance for combining secu-
rity while maintaining safe egress capabilities.
1010.1.4.4 continues
Photo courtesy of Schlage Lock Co., LLC
(part of Allegion plc)
Security hardware

100822524
1010.1.4.4 continued Door locksets with some type of “classroom security function” are
readily available at a comparable cost to the traditional “classroom func-
tion” door locksets. The most common configuration of a classroom secu-
rity function lockset is the ability to lock the door from inside the
classroom with a key preventing entry to the classroom; and for egress,
the door may be easily opened from inside the classroom without a key by
a single action on the lever handle. On the outside of the classroom, con-
sistent with tradition, the door may also be locked and unlocked with a
key. Many of the traditional locksets required the instructor to leave the
classroom and lock the door with a key from the hallway or exterior side,
then reenter the classroom for a defend-in-place strategy. This action
places instructors at risk by forcing them to leave the classroom and
become exposed. The classroom security function eliminates the need to
leave the classroom to lock the door and it still allows unrestricted egress
from inside the classroom.
Additionally, this language requires that the door shall be unlockable
from outside the classroom. This allows for school personnel, law enforce-
ment and emergency responders to obtain entry even after the door is
locked from the inside. This can be accomplished at the door with a key,
or other approved means, including remotely as permitted in Section
1010.4.4.1.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1010.1.9.8 ■ Use of Delayed Egress Locking Systems 171
1010.1.9.8
CHANGE SUMMARY: The allowance for the use of delayed egress lock-
ing systems has been expanded to also include egress doors serving Group Use of Delayed
E classrooms with an occupant load of less than 50, as well as secondary Egress Locking
exits or exit access doors serving courtrooms. Systems in Group
E Classrooms
2019 CODE: 1010.1.9.7 1010.1.9.8 Delayed egress. Delayed egress
locking systems shall be permitted to be installed on doors serving any
occupancy except Group A, E and H the following occupancies in build-
ings that are equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and an approved automatic smoke or
heat detection system installed in accordance with Section 907.
1. Group B, F, I, M, R, S and U occupancies.

2. Group E classrooms with an occupant load of less than 50.
Exception: Delayed egress locking systems shall be permitted to

be installed on exit or exit access doors, other than the main exit or
exit access door, serving a Group A courtroom in buildings that are
equipped throughout with an automatic sprinkler system in accor-
dance with Section 903.3.1.1 and approved automatic smoke or heat
detection system installed in accordance with Section 907.
Courtroom egress example


100822524
1010.1.9.8 continued 1010.1.9.8.1 Delayed egress locking system. The delayed egress
locking system shall be installed and operated in accordance with all of
the following:
1. The delay electronics of the delayed egress locking system shall

deactivate upon actuation of the automatic sprinkler system or
automatic fire detection system, allowing immediate free egress.
2. The delay electronics of the delayed egress locking system shall
deactivate upon loss of electrical power controlling the lock or
lock mechanism, allowing immediate free egress to any one of the
following:
2.1.
The egress-control device itself.
2.2.
The smoke detection system.
2.3.
Means of egress illumination as required by Section 1008.
3. The delayed egress locking system shall have the capability of
being deactivated at the fire command center and other approved
locations.
4. An attempt to egress shall initiate an irreversible process that shall
allow such egress in not more than 15 seconds when a physical
effort to exit is applied to the egress side door hardware for not
more than 3 seconds. Initiation of the irreversible process shall
activate an audible signal in the vicinity of the door. Once the delay
electronics have been deactivated, rearming the delay electronics
shall be by manual means only. The time delay established for each
egress-control device shall not be field adjustable. For applications
listed in Section 1.9.1 regulated by the Division of the State Archi-
tect-Access Compliance, see Chapter 11B, 11B-404.2.9.
Exception: In facilities housing Alzheimer’s or dementia cli-
ents, a delay of not more than 30 seconds is permitted on a
delayed egress door.
5. The egress path from any point shall not pass through more than
one delayed egress locking system.
Exceptions:
1.
In Group I-2 or I-3 occupancies, the egress path from any
point in the building shall pass through not more than two
delayed egress locking systems provided that the com-
bined delay does not exceed 30 seconds.
5.1.
A tactile sign shall also be provided in Braille and
raised characters, which complies with Chapter 11B,
Sections 11B-703.1, 11B-703.2, 11B-703.3 and
11B-703.5.
5.2. In Group I-4 occupancies, the egress path from any
point in the building shall pass through not more than
two delayed egress locking systems provided the com-
bined delay does not exceed 30 seconds and the build-
ing is equipped throughout with an automatic
sprinkler system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
6. A sign shall be provided on the door and shall be located above
and within 12 inches (305 mm) of the door exit hardware:
6.1.
For doors that swing in the direction of egress, the sign
shall read: PUSH UNTIL ALARM SOUNDS. DOOR CAN
BE OPENED IN 15 [30] SECONDS.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1010.1.9.8 ■ Use of Delayed Egress Locking Systems 173
6.2. For doors that swing in the opposite direction of egress,

the sign shall read: PULL UNTIL ALARM SOUNDS. DOOR
CAN BE OPENED IN 15 [30] SECONDS.
6.3.
The sign shall comply with the visual character require-
ments in Section 11B-703.5. Sign lettering shall be at least
1 inch (25 mm) in height and shall have a stroke of not
less than 1⁄8 inch (3.2 mm).
6.4.
A tactile sign shall also be provided in Braille and raised
characters, which complies with Chapter 11B, Sections
11B-703.1, 11B-703.2, 11B-703.3 and 11B-703.5.
Exception: Where approved, in Group I occupancies, the

installation of a sign is not required where care recipients
who because of clinical needs require restraint or contain-
ment as part of the function of the treatment area.
7. Emergency lighting shall be provided on the egress side of the door.
8. The delayed egress locking system units shall be listed in accor-
dance with UL 294.
9. Actuation of the panic bar or other door-latching hardware shall
activate an audible signal at the door.
10. The unlatching shall not require more than one operation.
11. Regardless of the means of deactivation, relocking of the egress-
control device shall be by manual means only at the door.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The acceptable use of delayed egress devices

was introduced in the code years ago to resolve the problem of an exit
door being illegally blocked by building operators desperate to stop the
theft of merchandise through unsupervised, secondary exits. Institu-
tional and residential occupancies have been more recently included
because it is perceived that they also have security issues that must be
addressed while maintaining viable exit systems. The allowance for the
use of delayed egress locking systems has now been expanded to also
include egress doors serving Group E classrooms with an occupant load
of less than 50, as well as secondary exits or exit access doors serving
courtrooms.
Previously, if a courtroom was classified as a Group B occupancy
because the occupant load was below 50, then delayed egress locking
devices were allowed by the code. The new exception to Section
1010.1.9.8 allows for delayed egress devices to also be installed on egress
doors within a courtroom classified as Group A-3. This exception only
permits delayed egress on the exit doors or exit access doors which are
not the main exit. This typically will be the doors on the judge’s side of
the bar. Note that for use in Group A-3 courtrooms, a fire sprinkler system
is required throughout the building. This differs a bit from the other
acceptable occupancies where either a fire sprinkler system or a fire

detection system is required if delayed egress is provided. A fire detection
system cannot be used in the Group A courtroom as a compliant condi-
tion to allow for delayed egress.
Delayed egress is also now allowed in Group E classrooms, but only
when the occupant load is less than 50. Delayed egress is often used to
prevent wandering or elopement of younger children. It provides
additional supervisory support while maintaining a fully functioning
means of egress.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: Previously limited to only those stairways serv-

Locks on Stairway ing four or fewer stories, the allowance for stairway doors to be locked on
Doors the stairway side until simultaneously unlocked from a signal by emer-
gency personnel is now applicable to all multi story conditions which are
not considered as high-rise buildings.
2019 CODE: 1010.1.9.11 1010.1.9.12 Stairway doors. Interior

stairway means of egress doors shall be openable from both sides without
the use of a key or special knowledge or effort.
Exceptions:
1.
Stairway discharge doors shall be openable from the egress
side and shall only be locked from the opposite side.
2.
This section shall not apply to doors arranged in accordance
3.
In stairways serving not more than four stories, Stairway exit
doors are permitted to be locked from the side opposite the
egress side, provided that they are openable from the egress
side and capable of being unlocked simultaneously without
unlatching upon a signal from the fire command center, if
present, or a signal by emergency personnel from a single
location inside the main entrance to the building.
4.
Stairway exit doors shall be openable from the egress side
and shall only be locked from the opposite side in Group B,
F, M and S occupancies where the only interior access to the
tenant space is from a single exit stairway where permitted in
Section 1006.3.2 1006.3.3.
Stairway
doors can be
locked from
stairway side
Exit discharge doors

from stairway cannot
be locked
Switch near main

entrance to release
locks on stairway doors
Locking of stairway doors

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1010.1.9.12 ■ Locks on Stairway Doors 175
5.
Stairway exit doors shall be openable from the egress side
and shall only be locked from the opposite side in Group R-2
occupancies where the only interior access to the dwelling
unit is from a single exit stairway where permitted in Section
1006.3.2 1006.3.3.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The general requirement for interior stair-

way doors is much broader than the general requirement for all means of
egress doors. Although the general mandate for all means of egress doors
is that they be openable from the egress side without the use of a key, spe-
cial effort, or special knowledge, interior stairway doors must be openable
from both sides under the same conditions. This allows for immediate
access from the stairway enclosure to the adjacent floor area for emer-
gency responders. In addition, in the unlikely event that the stairwell
becomes untenable during evacuation procedures, occupants may reenter
a floor level as an alternative means of egress. Exception 3 to this general
requirement provides an allowance for stairway doors to be locked on
the stairway side until simultaneously unlocked from a signal by emer-
gency personnel. Previously limited to only those stairways serving four
or fewer stories, this exception is now applicable to all multi story condi-
tions which are not considered as high-rise buildings.
In a high-rise building, stairway doors are permitted to be locked from
the side opposite egress under the provisions of Section 403.5.3. For
buildings other than high-rises, 2016 Section 1010.1.9.11 similarly
regulates the locking of stairway doors where the stairway serves up to
four stories. Although the high-rise allowance could be applied to non-
high-rise buildings, the stairway communication requirement for high-
rise conditions would apply in such cases. The revised scoping of the
exception now permits locking from the stairway side without the pres-
ence of a telephone or two-way communications system.
Much like the requirements for high-rise buildings, the doors must be
capable of being unlocked simultaneously without unlatching. The
unlocking action must occur when signaled by emergency personnel from
a single location inside the main entrance to the building. Where the
building has a fire command center, the signal may also originate from
that location.

100822524
1010.3.2 CHANGE TYPE: Addition
CHANGE SUMMARY: New conditions of use are now provided to the

Security Access building official with criteria to evaluate security access turnstiles that
Turnstiles are located in a manner to obstruct a means of egress.
2019 CODE: 1010.3 Turnstiles and similar devices. Turnstiles or

similar devices that restrict travel to one direction shall not be placed so
as to obstruct any required means of egress, except where permitted in
accordance with Sections 1010.3.1, 1010.3.2 and 1010.3.3.
Exception: 1010.3.1 Capacity. Each turnstile or similar device shall

be credited with a capacity based on not more than a 50-person occupant
load where all of the following provisions are met:
1. Each device shall turn free in the direction of egress travel when
primary power is lost and on the manual release by an employee
in the area.
2. Such devices are not given credit for more than 50 percent of the
required egress capacity or width.
3. Each device is not more than 39 inches (991 mm) high.
4. Each device has not less than 16½ inches (419 mm) clear width
at and below a height of 39 inches (991 mm) and not less than
22 inches (559 mm) clear width at heights above 39 inches
(991 mm).
1010.3.1.1 Clear width. Where located as part of an accessible route,

turnstiles shall have not less than 36 inches (914 mm) clear at and below
a height of 34 inches (864 mm), not less than 32 inches (813 mm) clear
width between 34 inches (864 mm) and 80 inches (2032 mm) and shall
consist of a mechanism other than a revolving device.
Security access devices

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1010.3.2 ■ Security Access Turnstiles 177
1010.3.2 Security access turnstiles. Security access turnstiles that

inhibit travel in the direction of egress utilizing a physical barrier shall
be permitted to be considered as a component of the means of egress, pro-
vided that all the following criteria are met:
1. The building is protected throughout by an automatic sprinkler

system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
2. Each security access turnstile lane configuration has a minimum
clear passage width of 22 inches (559 mm).
3. Any security access turnstile lane configuration providing a clear
passage width of less than 32 inches (810 mm) shall be credited
with a maximum egress capacity of 50 persons.
4. Any security access turnstile lane configuration providing a clear
passage width of 32 inches (810 mm) or more shall be credited
with a maximum egress capacity as calculated in accordance with
Section 1005.
5. Each secured physical barrier shall automatically retract or swing
to an unobstructed open position in the direction of egress, under
each of the following conditions:
5.1. Upon loss of power to the turnstile or any part of the access
control system that secures the physical barrier.
5.2. Upon actuation of a readily accessible and clearly identified
manual release device that results in direct interruption of
power to each secured physical barrier, after which such barri-
ers remain in the open position for not less than 30 seconds.
The manual release device shall be positioned at one of the
following locations:
5.2.1. On the egress side of each security access turnstile lane.
5.2.2. At an approved location where it can be actuated by an
employee assigned to the area at all times that the
building is occupied.
5.3. Upon actuation of the building fire alarm system, if provided,
after which the physical barrier remains in the open position
until the fire alarm system is manually reset.
Exception: Actuation of a manual fire alarm box.

5.4. Upon actuation of the building automatic sprinkler or fire de-
tection system, after which the physical barrier remains in the
open position until the fire alarm system is manually reset.
1010.3.1 1010.3.3 High turnstile. Turnstiles more than 39 inches

(991 mm) high shall meet the requirements for revolving doors or the
requirements of Section 1010.3.2 for security access turnstiles.
1010.3.2 1010.3.4 Additional door. Where serving an occupant load

greater than 300, each turnstile that is not portable shall have a side-
hinged swinging door that conforms to Section 1010.1 within 50 feet
(15 240 mm).
Exception: A side-hinged swinging door is not required at security

access turnstiles that comply with Section 1010.3.2.
1010.3.2 continues

100822524
1010.3.2 continued CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: As turnstiles within the means of egress sys-
tem typically create a considerable degree of obstruction to efficient use
of the system, they are strictly regulated by the code. Manufacturers of
turnstile devices have expanded into the security access control market
and currently have products that have physical barrier leaves that restrict
access into and out of buildings. These devices can vary in height and
sophistication to address building security concerns that may not meet
safety requirements related to the means of egress. Typically, these turn-
stile devices are located at building entrances and elevator lobbies. The
current requirements for turnstiles apply historically to the “three arm”
waist-high turnstiles for entertainment or transportation venues and do
not apply to the new installations. New conditions of use are now pro-
vided to the building official with criteria to evaluate these new modern
security access turnstiles.
To be considered for installation in the path of egress travel, a turn-
stile or similar device must provide a clear egress width of at least
22 inches. Such devices between 22 inches and 32 inches can only be
considered to accommodate a maximum of 50 occupants. Where the
device provides at least 32 inches of clear egress width, the maximum
egress capacity of the turnstile is calculated based upon the criteria of
Section 1005.
Turnstiles and similar devices which inhibit travel in the direction of
egress are only allowed if the building is protected with an approved,
supervised sprinkler system designed to the requirements of NFPA 13,
and the devices are capable of being retracted or opened automatically or
manually by a security guard or similar employee. Automatic operation
must occur upon actuation of the fire sprinkler system required in Item 1,
or fire alarm system, if one is provided. The manual override for the turn-
stile access is similar to that required for delayed egress locks.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1015.6, 1015.7 ■ Fall Arrest for Rooftop Equipment 179
1015.6,
CHANGE SUMMARY: The prescriptive provisions addressing the
installation of personal fall arrest/restraint anchorage where mechanical 1015.7
equipment or roof hatches are located close to a roof edge have now been
deleted with simply a reference to the ANSI/ASSE Z359.1 standard. Fall Arrest for
Rooftop Equipment
2019 CODE: 1015.6 Mechanical equipment, systems and devices.
Guards shall be provided where various components that require service
are located within 10 feet (3048 mm) of a roof edge or open side of a walk-
ing surface and such edge or open side is located more than 30 inches
(762 mm) above the floor, roof or grade below. The guard shall extend
not less than 30 inches (762 mm) beyond each end of such components.
The guard shall be constructed so as to prevent the passage of a sphere
21 inches (533 mm) in diameter.
Exception: Guards are not required where permanent personal fall

arrest/restraint anchorage connector devices that comply with ANSI/
ASSE Z359.1 are affixed for use during the entire roof covering life-
time. The devices shall be reevaluated for possible replacement when
the entire roof covering is replaced. The devices shall be placed not
more than 10 feet (3048 mm) on center along hip and ridge lines and
placed not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) from the roof edge or open side
of the walking surface installed.
1015.7 Roof access. Guards shall be provided where the roof hatch
opening is located within 10 feet (3048 mm) of a roof edge or open side
of a walking surface and such edge or open side is located more than
30 inches (762 mm) above the floor, roof or grade below. The guard shall
be constructed so as to prevent the passage of a sphere 21 inches (533 mm)
in diameter.
1015.6, 1015.7 continues
Fall arrest/restraint anchorage

100822524
1015.6, 1015.7 continued Exception: Guards are not required where permanent personal fall
arrest/restraint anchorage connector devices that comply with ANSI/
ASSE Z359.1 are affixed for use during the entire roof covering life-
time. The devices shall be reevaluated for possible replacement when
the entire roof covering is replaced. The devices shall be placed not
more than 10 feet (3048 mm) on center along hip and ridge lines and
placed not less than 10 feet (3048 mm) from the roof edge or open side
of the walking surface installed.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Guard protection is typically required at open

sides of walking surfaces, stairways, mezzanines and other elevated areas
where a significant fall could occur. Where mechanical equipment requir-
ing service or a roof hatch opening is located adjacent to a roof edge or
open side of a walking surface where the elevation change exceeds 30
inches to the surface below, a guard must be provided for fall protection
purposes. An exception was introduced in the 2016 CBC allowing for the
omission of such required guards where fall arrest/restraint anchorage
connector devices are installed. In addition to referencing the require-
ments of ANSI/ASSE Z359.1, the 2016 provisions addressed device
reevaluation triggered by roof covering replacement and the placement
locations of such devices. Through the removal of the language requiring
placement of anchors along hip or ridge lines and along roof edges, the
provisions now simply refer to ANSI/ASSE Z359.1 Safety Requirements
for Personal Fall Arrest Systems, Subsystems and Components, Part of
the Fall Protection Code for compliance criteria.
Section 102.4.1 specifies that when a conflict occurs between the
code and a referenced standard, the code language applies. Previously,
the anchors had to be installed at intervals of 10 feet based on the CBC
criteria, even if the standard did not require the same installation method.
Removing the criteria in the code allows the standard to govern for all
installations and eliminate any confusion. In addition, the revision allows
the anchors for each building to be designed based on the actual roof sys-
tem and equipment location. The standard provides guidance on anchor
placement and installation which can be applied on a case-by-case basis
to fit the specific activities that may occur on each individual roof.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1017.3, 202 ■ Measurement of Egress Travel 181
1017.3, 202
CHANGE SUMMARY: Additional language clarifies that the common
path of egress travel limitations must be applied to each room or space on
Measurement of
every story. Egress Travel
2019 CODE: 1017.3 Measurement. Exit access travel distance shall

be measured from the most remote point within a story of each room, area
or space along the natural and unobstructed path of horizontal and verti-
cal egress travel to the entrance to an exit.
Exception: In open parking garages, exit access travel distance is

permitted to be measured to the closest riser of an exit access stairway
or the closest slope of an exit access ramp.
COMMON PATH OF EGRESS TRAVEL. That portion of the exit access

travel distance measured from the most remote point within a story of
each room, area or space to that point where the occupants have separate
and distinct access to two exits or exit access doorways.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The means of egress shall be accessible in

terms of its arrangement so that the distance of travel from an occupied
point in the building to an exit is not excessive. Maximum distances per-
mitted to exits are established from any occupiable part of a building.
Such “travel distance” is measured to the door of an exit, such as an inte-
rior exit stairway or an exterior door at the discharge level. It has been
clarified that every room, space, or area shall be considered in the evalua-
tion of travel distance, not just from the remote point of the story. In addi-
tion, similar clarification has been provided regarding the evaluation of
“common paths of egress travel.”
1017.3, 202 continues
Janitorial
Reception
Choice of two
separate and distinct
egress paths
RR
Hands-on
Storage Classroom
training
Common path of
egress travel
Egress travel measurement

100822524
1017.3, 202 continued The provisions addressing the measurement of travel distance have
been revised along with the definition of “common path of egress travel”
to clarify that each room or space must be individually evaluated. If
applied literally, the 2016 CBC could be interpreted such that the com-
mon path of egress travel need only be considered from one point (the
most remote) on a given story.
Additionally, the deletion of the definition reference to a single story
allows for the common path of travel to continue to an adjacent level, as
provided in Section 1006.3. Common path of travel requirements could
potentially apply to a multi-level design condition. The definition is fur-
ther refined by specifying that common path of egress travel is measured
to the point where separate and distinct egress paths are available. The
reference to “separate and distinct” access to exits or exit access door-
ways clarifies that the egress paths must be independent.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1023.3.1 ■ Stairway Extensions 183
1023.3.1
CHANGE SUMMARY: Fire-resistance-rated separation is not required
between an interior exit stairway and its exit passageway extension where
Stairway Extensions
both the stair enclosure and exit passageway are pressurized.
2019 CODE: 1023.3.1 Extension. Where interior exit stairways and

ramps are extended to an exit discharge or a public way by an exit pas-
sageway, the interior exit stairway and ramp shall be separated from the
exit passageway by a fire barrier constructed in accordance with Section
707 or a horizontal assembly constructed in accordance with Section 711,
or both. The fire-resistance rating shall be not less than that required for
the interior exit stairway and ramp. A fire door assembly complying with
Section 716.5 shall be installed in the fire barrier to provide a means of
egress from the interior exit stairway and ramp to the exit passageway.
Openings in the fire barrier other than the fire door assembly are prohib-
ited. Penetrations of the fire barrier are prohibited.
Exceptions:
1.
Penetrations of the fire barrier in accordance with Section
1023.5 shall be permitted.
2.
Separation between an interior exit stairway or ramp and the
exit passageway extension shall not be required where there
are no openings into the exit passageway extension.
3. Separation between an interior exit stairway or ramp and the
exit passageway extension shall not be required where the
interior exit stairway and the exit passageway extension are
pressurized in accordance with Section 909.20.5.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Egress in an interior exit stairway not located

at the building’s perimeter typically is extended through an exit passage-
way to reach the exterior. The exit passageway provides a level of occu-
pant protection equivalent to that of the interior exit stairway. As a general
rule, the interior exit stairway must be separated from the exit passage-
way through the use of fire-resistance-rated construction with protected
1023.3.1 continues
No separation required between

the exit stairway and the exit
passageway where provided
with stairway pressurization
Extension of interior exit stairway

100822524
1023.3.1 continued openings. Where both the interior exit stairway and the exit passageway
are pressurized in accordance with Section 909.20.5, the separation is no
longer required.
In a high-rise building or an underground building, interior exit stair-
ways are required to be smokeproof enclosures. Exception 2 of Section
1023.11.1 already permits the elimination of the separation between the
smokeproof enclosure and the exit passageway where the exit passage-
way is pressurized in the same manner as the enclosure. The new excep-
tion to Section 1023.3.1 extends this allowance to all interior exit
stairways that are extended by an exit passageway.
Where a stair enclosure is pressurized, any accompanying exit pas-
sageway is also typically required to be pressurized because it is a con-
tinuation of the pressurized stair enclosure. A single mechanical system
is often provided to pressurize the exit stairway and exit passageway.
Technical compliance with the previous provisions would require sepa-
rate systems, if a separation is required to be maintained. In addition, the
introduction of a door and fire barrier between the exit passageway and
the stair enclosure creates an obstruction to airflow which inhibits the
combined pressurization of the stairway and passageway.
The addition of the fire-resistance-rated separation between the stair-
way and passageway does not provide any added level of safety, and
could actually impede egress. With the separation not required, the door
and wall are not required. This creates a single atmosphere for the exit
stairway and exit passageway.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1023.5, 1024.6 ■ Exit Stairway and Exit Passageway 185
1023.5,
CHANGE SUMMARY: Security system and two-way communication
system components are now specifically permitted to penetrate the fire- 1024.6
resistant-rated enclosure of exit passageways, interior exit stairways and
interior exit ramps. Exit Stairway and
Exit Passageway
2019 CODE: 1023.5 Penetrations. Penetrations into or through inte- Penetrations
rior exit stairways and ramps are prohibited except for the following:
1. Equipment and ductwork necessary for independent ventilation

or pressurization.
2. sprinkler piping, standpipes Fire protection systems.
3. Security systems.
4. Two-way communication systems.
5. Electrical raceway for fire department communication systems.
and
6. Electrical raceway serving the interior exit stairway and ramp
and terminating at a steel box not exceeding 16 square inches

(0.010 m²).
Such penetrations shall be protected in accordance with Section 714.

There shall not be penetrations or communication openings, whether pro-
tected or not, between adjacent interior exit stairways and ramps.

side of the interior exit stairway and ramp. Such penetrations shall be
protected in accordance with Section 714.4.2.
Stair enclosure penetrations
1024.6 Penetrations. Penetrations into or through an exit passageway

are prohibited except for the following:
1. Equipment and ductwork necessary for independent ventilation

or pressurization.
2. sprinkler piping, standpipes Fire protection systems.
3. Security systems.
4. Two-way communication systems.
5. Electrical raceway for fire department communication systems. and
6. Electrical raceway serving the interior exit stairway and ramp
and terminating at a steel box not exceeding 16 square inches
(0.010 m²).
Such penetrations shall be protected in accordance with Section 714.

There shall not be penetrations or communicating openings, whether pro-
tected or not, between adjacent exit passageways.

side of the exit passageway. Such penetrations shall be protected in
accordance with Section 714.4.2.
1023.5, 1024.6 continues

100822524
1023.5, 1024.6 continued CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Because the enclosure of interior exit stair-
ways, interior exit ramps and exit passageways is so fundamental to the
safety of building occupants and their ability to safely exit during a fire
emergency, the code is careful to protect the integrity of the enclosures
in every way possible. Therefore, penetrations into such enclosures are
prohibited unless necessary to service or protect the exit component.
Acceptable penetrations identified in the CBC have historically included
sprinkler piping, standpipes, and electrical conduits serving the enclo-
sures. Two additional items have been added to the list, security systems
and two-way communication systems.
Building security systems, including cameras, in stairway enclosures
are becoming more prevalent. Their components pose a concern to the
integrity of the fire-resistive enclosure due to their penetration of the
enclosure walls. However, if properly protected, a limited number of pen-
etrations for security systems will not result in an unacceptable level of
safety. It was deemed important to make it clear that such penetrations are
acceptable and sometimes required. As an example, NFPA 101 Life Safety
Code requires stairway video monitoring in high-rise buildings with an
occupant load of 4,000 or more persons.
In addition, the specified penetrations now include those related to
two-way communication systems that are required in areas of refuge for
accessibility purposes. The inclusion of these items now clearly allows
for these systems to be provided in the exit enclosure to provide for safety
and security of the building while still maintaining the integrity of the
enclosure.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1025.1 ■ Luminous Egress Path 187
1025.1
CHANGE SUMMARY: Luminous egress path marking is no longer r equired
in high-rise buildings classified as Group I-2, I-3, or I-4 occupancies.
Luminous Egress
Path Marking in
2019 CODE: 1025.1 General. Approved luminous egress path mark- Group I Occupancies
ings delineating the exit path shall be provided in high-rise buildings of
Group A, B, E, M or R-1 occupancies in accordance with this section.
Exception: Luminous egress path markings shall not be required on

the level of exit discharge in lobbies that serve as part of the exit path
in accordance with Section 1028.1, Exception 1.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The use of luminous egress path markings in

specified high-rise buildings is intended to provide for the visibility of
stair treads and handrails in interior exit stairways under emergency con-
ditions where both the building’s primary power supply and the emer-
gency power system fail. The use of photoluminescent or self-illuminating
materials to delineate the exit path has historically been required in inte-
rior exit stairways and exit passageways of high-rise buildings housing
Group A, B, E, I, M and R-1 occupancies. Such markings are no longer
required in those high-rise buildings classified as Groups I-2, I-3 or I-4.
The 2016 CBC mandates luminous egress path markings in all of the
Group I classifications. This requirement has been revised for Group I to
only require luminous egress path markings in Group I-1 occupancies.
Groups I-2 and I-3 have been removed because hospitals, nursing homes,
jails, and detention facilities have trained staff that operate with a defend-
in-place strategy. The emergency generators are continually monitored
and maintained, so the chance of the emergency egress lighting required
in the means of egress failing is extremely minimal. For the luminous
egress path marking to be utilized, both the normal power for means of
egress lighting and the emergency generator have to fail.
Group I-4 occupancies were also removed from the list of required
classifications. For the requirement for luminous path marking to apply,
the high-rise building would need to be a day care facility used for custo-
dial care. It was determined that there was a very limited chance that
such a use would occur in a high-rise condition.
Luminous egress path markings


100822524
1026.4, CHANGE TYPE: Modification
1026.4.1 CHANGE SUMMARY: The method for determining the minimum

required refuge area size where a horizontal exit has been provided has
been modified to allow for a more appropriate determination of the occu-
Refuge Areas for pant load assigned to the refuge area.
Horizontal Exits
2019 CODE: 1026.4 Refuge area. The refuge area of a horizon-
tal exit shall be a space occupied by the same tenant or a public area
and each such refuge area shall be adequate to accommodate the origi-
nal occupant load of the refuge area plus the occupant load anticipated
from the adjoining compartment. The anticipated occupant load from the
adjoining compartment shall be based on the capacity of the horizontal
exit doors entering the refuge area or the total occupant load of the adjoin-
ing compartment, whichever is less.
1026.4.1 Capacity. The capacity of the refuge area shall be computed

based on a net floor area allowance of 3 square feet (0.2787 m²) for each
occupant to be accommodated therein. Where the horizontal exit also
forms a smoke compartment, the capacity of the refuge area for Group
I-1, I-2 and I-3 occupancies and Group B ambulatory care facilities shall
comply with Sections 407.5.3, 408.6.2, 420.6.1 and 422.3.2 as applicable.
Exceptions: The net floor area allowable per occupant shall be as

follows for the indicated occupancies:
1. Six square feet (0.6 m²) per occupant for occupancies in
Group I-3.
2. Fifteen square feet (1.4 m²) per occupant for ambulatory
occupancies in Group I-2.
3. Thirty square feet (2.8 m²) per occupant for nonambulatory
occupancies in Group I-2.
Room A Room B
Occupant load = 140 Occupant load = 200
Horizontal exit
Capacity
160
Capacity
160
Refuge area sized

Refuge area sized for 340 persons
for 300 persons
140 initial occupant load of Room A 1 200 initial occupant load of Room B 1
160 door capacity from Room B 140 total OL from Room A
300 340
Calculation of refuge area occupant load


100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1026.4, 1026.4.1 ■ Refuge Areas for Horizontal Exits 189
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: A horizontal exit consists essentially of sep-

arating a story into portions by dividing it with construction having a
fire-resistance rating. The construction of one or more horizontal exit
walls divides the story into multiple compartments. The concept of the
horizontal exit is to permit each of these fire compartments to serve as
a refuge area for occupants in one or more of the fire compartments in
the event of a fire emergency. As a refuge area, each compartment must
provide sufficient space for the individuals to be protected in place until
such time further evacuation is possible or the fire has been suppressed.
The method for determining the minimum required refuge area size has
been modified to allow for a more appropriate determination of the occu-
pant load assigned to the refuge area.
Where one or more horizontal exits are established to serve as a
required portion of the means of egress, it is important to determine what
portion of the occupant load of the original space is to be added to the
refuge area occupant load in the calculation of the cumulative occupant
load that is necessary for sizing the required refuge area. In the 2015 IBC,
the capacity of the horizontal exit doors is to be added to the original
occupant load of the refuge area. This approach often results in an
assigned occupant load significantly higher than the actual occupant load
of the adjoining compartment. Section 1026.4 has been modified to indi-
cate that the anticipated occupant load assigned for refuge purposes is
based upon the capacity of the horizontal exit, but need not exceed the
total occupant load of the adjoining compartment.
A single egress door is required to provide a minimum clear width of
32 inches which, at 0.2 inches per person, can serve up to 160 occupants.
Where the occupant load of the space is more than 160, then the horizon-
tal exit door capacity becomes the limiting factor. Where the occupant
load of the space is less than 160, then the actual occupant load is the fac-
tor to be used for sizing the refuge area. Note that the entire occupant load
is to be assigned, even where the horizontal exit is only one exit of mul-
tiple exits available from the space. The entire occupant load will be used,
up to the capacity limit of the horizontal exit, rather than dividing the
occupant load among the available exits or exit access doorways. The pri-
mary concept of requiring multiple exit points is so that when one egress
path is blocked, there is another option. In the situation where the other
egress path is blocked, the entire occupant load will be using the horizon-
tal exit. Sizing the refuge area based on the total occupant load allows for
that situation.
Section 1026.4.1 has also been revised by relocating the exceptions
into the text and replacing the required floor area factors with a reference
to the code sections where the factors can be found. Since the defend-in-
place strategy is now included in the code, these items are no longer
exceptions but are accepted and required methods of providing egress in
Group I-1, I-2, and I-3 occupancies and Group B ambulatory care facilities.
This reformatting provides coordination of the requirements, as the indi-
vidual provisions may change in those sections dealing specifically with
each occupancy.

100822524
1029.6, CHANGE TYPE: Clarification
1029.6.3, CHANGE SUMMARY: The various assembly seating methods have been
clarified through the introduction of a new definition for open-air assem-
202 bly seating and an expanded definition for smoke-protected assembly

seating.
Open-Air Assembly 2019 CODE: 1029.6 Capacity of aisle for assembly. The required
Seating capacity of aisles shall be not less than that determined in accordance
with Section 1029.6.1 where smoke-protected assembly seating is not
provided, and with Section 1029.6.2 or 1029.6.3 where smoke-protected
assembly seating is provided and Section 1029.6.3 where open-air
assembly seating is provided.
1029.6.3 Outdoor smoke-protected Open-air assembly seating. The

In open-air assembly seating, the required capacity in inches (mm) of aisles
shall be not less than the total occupant load served by the egress element
multiplied by 0.08 (2.0 mm) where egress is by stepped aisle and multi-
plied by 0.06 (1.52 mm) where egress is by level aisles and ramped aisles.
Exception: The required capacity in inches (mm) of aisles shall be

permitted to comply with Section 1029.6.2 for the number of seats
in the outdoor smoke-protected open-air assembly seating where
Section 1029.6.2 permits less capacity.
OPEN-AIR ASSEMBLY SEATING. Seating served by means of egress

that is not subject to smoke accumulation within or under a structure
and is open to the atmosphere.
Open-air assembly seating

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1029.6, 1029.6.3, 202 ■ Open-Air Assembly Seating 191
SMOKE-PROTECTED ASSEMBLY SEATING. Seating served by means

of egress that is not subject to smoke accumulation within or under a
structure for a specified design time by means of passive design or by
mechanical ventilation.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Historically there have been two distinct

methods for determining assembly aisle capacities and travel distance
limitations, those assembly areas provided with smoke-protected seating
areas and those without. It has been recognized that where an essentially
smoke-free means of egress system can be maintained, the required limit
on egress time can be extended for the occupants under emergency con-
ditions. In addition, greater benefits are provided where the smoke pro-
tection is available due to the assembly seating facilities being outdoors.
Clarification of the various assembly seating methods has been made
through the introduction of a new definition for open-air assembly seat-
ing and an expanded definition for smoke-protected assembly seating.
The 2016 CBC uses the terms “smoke-protected assembly seating”
and “outdoor smoke-protected assembly seating.” The definition of
smoke-protected assembly seating has been revised by adding perfor-
mance language to better scope its application. The additional language
recognizes that travel will be slowed in a manner that extends the egress
time for an established period. In addition, either a passive system or
mechanical ventilation can be provided.
A definition has also been added for open-air assembly seating clari-
fying that the seating area is to be open to the atmosphere and should not
be subject to the accumulation of smoke where within or under a struc-
ture. The main distinction between these definitions is that open-air
assembly seating is open to the atmosphere. These two definitions, and
coordination of the terms, distinguish between the two types of systems
that provide smoke protection for assembly seating.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: Coordinates the CBC with the California Health

Group R-2.1 and Safety Code requirements for Residential Care Facilities for the
Emergency Escape Elderly (RCFEs).
and Rescue
Openings 2019 CODE: 1030.1 General. In addition to the means of egress
required by this chapter, emergency escape and rescue openings shall be
provided in the following occupancies:
1. Group R-2 occupancies located in stories with only one exit or ac-
cess to only one exit as permitted by Tables 1006.3.3(1) and
1006.3.3(2).
2. Group R-3 and R-4 occupancies.
Basements and sleeping rooms below the fourth story above grade
plane shall have not fewer than one exterior emergency escape and rescue
opening in accordance with this section. Where basements contain one or
more sleeping rooms, emergency escape and rescue openings shall be

required in each sleeping room, but shall not be required in adjoining
areas of the basement. Such openings shall open directly into a public
way or to a yard or court that opens to a public way.
Exceptions:
1.
In Groups R-1 and R-2 occupancies constructed of Type I,
Type IIA, Type IIIA or Type IV construction equipped
throughout with an approved automatic sprinkler system in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1.
2. Group R-2.1 occupancies, meeting the requirements for
delayed egress in accordance with Section 1010.1.9.8 may
have operable windows that are breakable in sleeping rooms
permanently restricted to a maximum of 4-inch open
position.
1.3. Basements with a ceiling height of less than 80 inches (2032
mm) shall not be required to have emergency escape and res-
cue openings.
2.4. Emergency escape and rescue openings are not required from
basements or sleeping rooms that have an exit door or exit
access door that opens directly into a public way or to a yard,
court or exterior exit balcony that opens to a public way.
3.5. Basements without habitable spaces and having not more
than 200 square feet (18.6 m2) in floor area shall not be
required to have emergency escape and rescue openings.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1030.1 ■ Group R-2.1 Emergency Escape 193
4.6. Within individual dwelling and sleeping units in Groups R

and R-3, where the building is equipped throughout with an
automatic sprinkler system installed in accordance with Sec-
tion 903.3.1.1, 903.3.1.2 or 903.3.1.3, sleeping rooms in base-
ments shall not be required to have emergency escape and
rescue openings provided that the basement has one of the
following:
4.1.6.1. One means of egress and one emergency escape
and rescue opening.
4.2.6.2. Two means of egress.
4.3.6.3.
In R-2.2 occupancies a certified fire escape is
acceptable as a secondary means of egress for
existing buildings for this section of the code.
7.
In Group R-2.2 occupancies a certified fire escape is accept-
able as a secondary means of egress for existing buildings for
this section of the code.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: This amendment is necessary to meet the

intent of the Health and Safety Code, Section 1531.15, which allows a
secure perimeter to be maintained for Residential Care Facilities for the
Elderly (RCFEs) housing residents with Alzheimer’s disease or other
dementia. Emergency egress openings in the form of operable windows
significantly elevate risk to the safety and security of memory care resi-
dents living in an RCFE due to the opening providing a breach in the
secured perimeter. Allowing the window opening to be limited to 4 inches
will continue to provide a secure perimeter and significantly reduce the
risk of elopement or a fall-related injury to RCFE residents.

100822524

100822524
PART
5
Accessibility
Chapters 11A and 11B
■ Chapter 11 Accessibility 11B-608

Transfer Type Shower Compartments
C
hapter 11 is intended to address the accessi- 11B-813
bility and usability of buildings and their ele- Adult Changing Facilities
ments to persons having physical disabilities.
The provisions within the chapter are generally con-
sidered as scoping requirements that state what and
where accessibility is required or how many accessi-
ble features or elements must be provided. The tech-
nical requirements, addressing how accessibility is
to be accomplished, are found in Chapters 11A and
11B. The concept of the code is to initially mandate
that all buildings and building elements be accessi-
ble and then to reduce the required accessibility
where logical and reasonable. ■
195

100822524
196 PART 5 ■ Accessibility
11B-608 CHANGE TYPE: Addition
CHANGE SUMMARY: New criteria for the allowance of transfer type

Transfer Type shower compartments.
Shower
Compartments 2019 CODE:
11B-608 Shower compartments
11B-608.2 Size and clearances for shower compartments. Shower

compartments shall have sizes and clearances complying with Section
11B-608.2.
11B-608.2.1 Reserved.
11B-608.2.1 Transfer type shower compartments. Transfer

type shower compartments shall be 36 inches (914 mm) by 36 inches
(914 mm) clear inside dimensions measured at the center points of
opposing sides and shall have a 36 inch (914 mm) wide minimum
entry on the face of the shower compartment. Clearance of 36 inches
(914 mm) wide minimum by 48 inches (1219 mm) long minimum
measured from the control wall shall be provided. Transfer type
shower compartments shall be permitted in transient lodging guest
rooms, multi-bedroom housing units in undergraduate student hous-
ing and residential dwelling units; and shall not be permitted at other
locations to meet the requirements of Section 11B-213.3.6.
11B-213.3 Plumbing fixtures and accessories. Plumbing fixtures

and accessories provided in a toilet room or bathing room required to
comply with Section 11B-213.2 shall comply with Section 11B-213.3.
11B-213.3.6 Bathing facilities. Where bathtubs or showers are

provided, at least one bathtub complying with Section 11B-607 or at
least one shower complying with Section 11B-608 shall be provided.
Where two or more accessible showers are provided within the same
functional area, at least one shower shall be opposite hand from
the other or others (that is, one left-hand controls versus right-hand
controls). Transfer type shower compartments shall be permitted in
transient lodging guest rooms, multi-bedroom housing units in under-
graduate student housing and residential dwelling units; and shall
not be permitted at other locations to meet the requirements of Sec-
tion 11B-213.3.6.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 11B-608 ■ Transfer Type Shower Compartments 197
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The CA State Architect is allowing the use of

transfer type showers in certain uses. These are smaller footprint showers
with all the capacity for persons with disabilities.

100822524
11B-813 CHANGE TYPE: Addition
CHANGE SUMMARY: New criteria for the requirement of Adult Chang-

Adult Changing ing Facilities.
Facilities
2019 CODE:
SECTION 202 DEFINITION
COMMERCIAL PLACE OF PUBLIC AMUSEMENT. An auditorium, conven-

tion center, cultural complex, exhibition hall, permanent amusement
park, sports arena, theater or movie house for which the maximum occu-
pancy is 2,500 or more for the facility. Cultural complexes include but
are not limited to art galleries, symphony, concert halls, and museums.
A commercial place of public amusement does not include any public or
private higher education facility or district agricultural associations.
CHAPTER 11B
11B-249 Adult changing facilities.
11B-249.1 General. Adult changing facilities shall comply with Section

11B-249.
11B-249.1.1 Where adult changing facilities are provided, each

adult changing facility shall comply with Section 11B-813.
11B-249.1.2 Newly constructed commercial places of public

amusement shall provide no fewer than one adult changing facility in
compliance with Section 11B-813.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 11B-813 ■ Adult Changing Facilities 199
DIVISION 8: SPECIAL ROOMS, SPACES, AND ELEMENTS
11B-813 Adult changing facilities. Adult changing facilities shall com-

ply with Section 11B-813.
11B-813.1 Location. Adult changing facilities shall be provided within

a unisex (single-user or family) toilet room or other similar private room.
11B-813.2 Features. Adult changing facilities shall provide features in

compliance with Section 11B-813.2.
11B-813.2.1 Adult changing table. Adult changing tables shall be

fixed to the floor or a wall and shall comply with Section 11B-813.2.1.
11B-813.2.1.1 Size. Adult changing tables shall have a chang-

ing surface of 70 inches (1778 mm) minimum length and 30
inches (762 mm) minimum width.
11B-813.2.1.2 Clearance. A 36 inches (914 mm) minimum

width side clearance shall be provided along the entire length of
one side of adult changing tables. At both ends of adult chang-
ing tables, clearance shall be provided measuring 36 inches (914
mm) minimum wide and a minimum length as long as the table
width plus the width of the side clearance. End and side clear-
ances shall be measured from the outermost extent of the table.
Floor or ground surface of clearance shall comply with Section
11B-302. Changes in level are not permitted.
11B-813.2.1.3 Height and operation. Adult changing table

height shall be adjustable from 17 inches (432 mm) above the
floor or ground to 38 inches (965 mm) above the floor or ground,
as measured to the top of the changing surface. Height adjustabil-
ity shall be powered. Operable parts shall comply with Section
11B.309.
11B-813.2.1.4 Capacity. Adult changing tables shall provide a

minimum weight capacity of 300 pounds (136 kg).
11B-813.2.1.5 Obstructions. When deployed, changing tables

shall not obstruct the required width of an accessible route except
as allowed by Section 11B-307.2.
11B-813.2.2 Water closet. No fewer than one water closet in compli-

ance with Section 11B-604.
11B-813.2.3 Lavatory. One lavatory in compliance with Section

11B-606.
11B-813 continues

100822524
11B-813 continued 11B-813.2.4 Waste receptacle. No fewer than one waste receptacle in
compliance with Section 11B-603.5.
11B-813.2.5 Coat hook. No fewer than one coat hook shall be pro-
vided in close proximity to the changing table and within one of the reach
ranges specified in Section 11B-308.
11B-813.2.6 Shelf. No fewer than one shelf shall be provided in close

proximity to the changing table at 40 inches (1016 mm) minimum and 48
inches (1219 mm) maximum above the finish floor.
11B-813.2.7 Accessories. Where provided, no fewer than one of each

accessory shall comply with Section 11B-603.5.
11B-813.2.8 Turning space. Turning space complying with Section

11B-304 shall be provided within adult changing facilities.
11B-813.2.9 Overlap. Required clear floor spaces, clearance at fix-

tures, and turning space shall be permitted to overlap.
11B-813.2.10 Door swing. A door, in any position, shall be permit-

ted to encroach into the turning space by 12 inches (305 mm) maximum.
Where a clear floor space complying with Section 11B-305.3 is provided
within the room beyond the arc of the door swing, doors shall be permit-
ted to swing into the clear floor space, clearance required for any fixture,
and clearance required for adult changing tables.
11B-813.2.11 Privacy latch. Each door to adult changing facilities

shall have a privacy latch.
11B-813.2.12 Signs. A room identification sign complying with Sec-

tion 11B-216 shall be provided at entrances to adult changing facilities.
The text of the room identification sign shall be “ADULT CHANGING
FACILITY”.
An informational sign complying with Section 11B-216 shall be pro-

vided within adult changing facilities and in close proximity to the chang-
ing table. The informational sign shall indicate the maximum weight
capacity of the adult changing table, as determined by the table
manufacturer.
Where the commercial place of public amusement has a central direc-

tory, the central directory shall indicate the location of adult changing
facilities. Where other directories indicate the location of toilet facilities,
the other directories shall also indicate the location of adult changing
facilities.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The CA State Architect has added the require-

ment for Adult Changing criteria where provided and in Commercial
Places of Public Amusement. This criteria will allow for those persons
who need facilities for changing adults for personal hygiene purposes.

100822524
PART
6
Building Envelope,
Structural Systems and
Construction Materials
■ Chapter 12 Interior Environment are located in Chapters 19 through 26. Structural materials
■ Chapter 13 Energy Efficiency regulated by the code include concrete, lightweight met-
No changes addressed als, masonry, steel and wood. Glass and glazing, gypsum
■ Chapter 14 Exterior Walls board, plaster and plastics are included as regulated non-
■ Chapter 15 Roof Assemblies and Rooftop structural materials. ■
Structures
■ Chapter 16 Structural Design
■ Chapter 17 Special Inspections and Tests 1206.2, 1206.3
■ Chapter 18 Soils and Foundations Engineering Analysis of Sound Transmission
■ Chapter 19 Concrete
■ Chapter 20 Aluminum TA B L E 1 4 0 4 . 2
No changes addressed Weather Covering Minimum Thickness
■ Chapter 21 Masonry
1404.18
No changes addressed
■ Chapter 22 Steel Polypropylene Siding
■ Chapter 23 Wood
1504.3.3
■ Chapter 24 Glass and Glazing
■ Chapter 25 Gypsum Board, Gypsum Panel Metal Roof Shingles
Products and Plaster 1507.1
■ Chapter 26 Plastic Underlayment
1507.18
T
he interior environment provisions of Chapter 12 Building-Integrated Photovoltaic Panels
include requirements for lighting, ventilation
and sound transmission. Regulations governing 1603.1
the building envelope are located in Chapters 14 and 15, Construction Documents
addressing exterior wall coverings and roof coverings,
1604.3.7
respectively. Structural systems are regulated through
the structural design provisions of Chapter 16, whereas Deflection of Glass Framing
structural testing and special inspections are addressed
1604.5.1
in C hapter 17. The provisions of Chapter 18 apply to
soils and foundation systems. The requirements for mate- Multiple Occupancies
rials of construction, both structural and non-structural,
201

100822524
1604.10 2209.2
Storm Shelters Cantilevered Steel Storage Racks
TA B L E 1 6 0 7 . 1 2211
Deck Live Load Cold-Formed Steel Light-Frame Construction
TA B L E 1 6 0 7 . 1 2303.2.2
Live Load Reduction Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood
1607.15.2 2303.6
Minimum Live Load for Fire Walls Nails and Staples
1609 TA B L E 2 3 0 4 . 9 . 3 . 2
Wind Loads Mechanically Laminated Decking
1613 TA B L E 2 3 0 4 . 1 0 . 1
Earthquake Loads Ring Shank Nails
1613.2.1 2304.10.5
Seismic Maps Fasteners in Treated Wood
1615, 1604.5 2304.11
Tsunami Loads Heavy Timber Construction
1704.6 2304.12.2.5, 2304.12.2.6
Structural Observation Supporting Members for Permeable Floors
and Roofs
1705.5.2
TA B L E 2 3 0 8 . 4 . 1 . 1 ( 1 )
Metal-Plate-Connected Wood Trusses
Header and Girder Spans—Exterior Walls
1705.12.1, 1705.13.1
TA B L E 2 3 0 8 . 4 . 1 . 1 ( 2 )
Seismic Force-Resisting Systems
Header and Girder Spans—Interior Walls
1705.12.6
2308.5.5.1
Fire Sprinkler Clearance
Openings in Exterior Bearing Walls
1804.4
2407.1
Site Grading
Structural Glass Baluster Panels
1807.2
2603.2.1
Retaining Walls
Labeling of Polystyrene Foam Insulation without
1810.3.8.3
Flame Retardants
Precast Prestressed Piles
2603.13
1901.2
Cladding Attachment over Foam Sheathing
Seismic Loads for Precast Concrete Diaphragms to Wood Framing
2207.1
SJI Standard
202

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1206.2, 1206.3 ■ Engineering Analysis 203
1206.2,
CHANGE SUMMARY: A performance-based alternative approach for
meeting the required sound transmission class ratings for unit separation 1206.3
walls and floor-ceiling assemblies in residential buildings has been intro-
duced which allows for the use of an engineering analysis based upon a Engineering
comparison to previously tested assemblies. Analysis of Sound
Transmission
2019 CODE: 1207.2 1206.2 Airborne sound. Walls, partitions and
floor-ceiling assemblies separating dwelling units and sleeping units from
each other or from public or service areas shall have a sound transmis-
sion class of not less than 50, or not less than 45 if field tested, for air-
borne noise where tested in accordance with ASTM E90. Alternatively,
the sound transmission class of walls, partitions and floor/ceiling assem-
blies shall be established by engineering analysis based on a comparison
of walls, partitions and floor-ceiling assemblies having sound transmis-
sion class ratings as determined by the test procedures set forth in ASTM
E90. Penetrations or openings in construction assemblies for piping; elec-
trical devices; recessed cabinets; bathtubs; soffits; or heating, ventilating
or exhaust ducts shall be sealed, lined, insulated or otherwise treated to
maintain the required ratings. This requirement shall not apply to entrance
doors; however, such doors shall be tight fitting to the frame and sill.
1207.3 1206.3 Structural-borne sound. Floor-ceiling assemblies

between dwelling units and sleeping units or between a dwelling unit or
sleeping unit and a public or service area within the structure shall have
an impact insulation class rating of not less than 50, or not less than 45 if
field tested, where tested in accordance with ASTM E492. Alternatively,
the impact insulation class of floor-ceiling assemblies shall be established
by engineering analysis based on a comparison of floor-ceiling assemblies
having impact insulation class ratings as determined by the test proce-
dures set forth in ASTM E492.
Exception: Impact sound insulation is not required for floor-ceiling

assemblies over nonhabitable rooms or spaces not designed to be
occupied, such as garages, mechanical rooms or storage areas.
1206.2, 1206.3 continues
1 layer 5/8" Type ‘X’ gypsum board
each side
51/2"
31/2" batt insulation

2 × 4 staggered studs
at 16" o.c. on 2 × 6 plate
STC Rating of 53
STC-rated wall assembly


100822524
204 PART 6 ■ Building Envelope, Structural Systems and Construction Materials
1206.2, 1206.3 continued 5/8-inch gypsum

concrete underlayment 5/8-inch oriented strand
board at right angles to I-joists
Minimum 91/2-inch
deep wood I-joists

Resilient channel
attached to wood
I-joists at 24-inches
o.c.
31/2-inch glass
fiber insulation
Base layer and face
layer of 1/2" Type X
gypsum board applied
IIC Rating of 51 at right angles to
resilient channels
IIC-rated floor-ceiling assembly
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: For the well-being of the occupants, it is

important that individual dwelling units and sleeping units be provided
with sound transmission separation from the remainder of the build-
ing. Sound control construction is mandated for both the walls (for air-
borne sound) and the floor-ceiling assemblies (for impact-sound control).
Compliance has historically been determined through the testing of each
individual wall and floor-ceiling assembly to the requirements of ASTM
E90 or ASTM E492, for airborne noise or impact sound, respectively. A
performance-based alternative approach for meeting the required sound
transmission class ratings has been introduced which allows for the use
of an engineering analysis based upon a comparison to previously tested
assemblies.
Section 703.3 sets forth a number of different methods or procedures
that can be used to establish fire-resistance ratings of building materials
and assemblies. Method #4 allows for an engineering analysis based on a
comparison of building element, component or assembly designs having
fire-resistance ratings as determined by the specified test procedures.
The new performance alternative for evaluating sound transmission is
similar to the approach established in Method #4 of Section 703.3 for
fire-resistance ratings. The sound transmission class of both walls and
floor-ceiling assemblies can now be determined by an engineering
analysis based on a comparison with previously tested assemblies.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition Table 1404.2 ■ Weather Covering Minimum Thickness 205
Table
CHANGE SUMMARY: The minimum required thickness of masonry and
stone veneer weather coverings has been updated to align with current 1404.2
industry standards.
Weather Covering
2019 CODE: Minimum Thickness
TABLE 1405.2 1404.2 (PARTIAL) Minimum Thickness of Weather
Coverings
Covering Type Minimum Thickness (inches)

Adhered masonry veneer 0.25
• Architectural cast stone 0.75
• Other 0.25
Anchored masonry veneer 2.625
• Stone (natural) 2.0
• Architectural cast stone 1.25
• Other 2.625
Stone (cast artificial, anchored) 1.5
Stone (natural) 2.0
(Portions of table and footnotes not shown remain unchanged.)
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Table 1404.2 addresses two types of masonry

veneer systems: anchored masonry and adhered masonry. Anchored
masonry veneer describes masonry attached with ties or anchors.
Adhered masonry veneer applies to masonry bonded using mortar or
other approved adhesive material to a wood-sheathed or concrete wall.
Adhered masonry is a thinner material than anchored masonry with an
adhesive bond that is relatively weak compared to an anchor tied into the
supporting wall behind the masonry veneer.
iStock.com/JamesYetMingAu-Photography
Decorative adhered masonry veneer

100822524
Table 1404.2 continued In previous editions of the CBC, anchored masonry veneer was
required to have a minimum thickness of 2.625 inches while the minimum
required thickness of adhered masonry veneer was established at 0.25
inches. In the 2019 CBC, the table for minimum veneer thickness has been
reorganized to clarify which minimum thickness requirements apply to
specific products on the market depending upon whether they are used as
an anchored or adhered veneer.
Additionally, changes in terminology have been added. The term
“stone cast artificial” is replaced with “architectural cast stone” to be con-
sistent with industry practice. The California Residential Code (CRC) has
historically allowed a minimum nominal thickness of anchored masonry
veneer to be 2 inches. Changes in the 2018 IBC clarify that anchored stone
shall have a minimum thickness of 2 inches. The minimum thickness of
anchored architectural cast stone has been reduced slightly from 1.5
inches to 1.25 inches, in order to be consistent with industry practices
and recommendations from the Cast Stone Institute. All other anchored
masonry continues to have a required minimum thickness of 2.625 inches.
A minimum thickness requirement of 0.75 inches for adhered archi-
tectural cast stone products has also been added. All other types of adhered
veneer continue to have a minimum required thickness of 0.25 inches.
The thinner limit is not appropriate for architectural cast stone due to pro-
duction, transportation, and installation constraints. The new minimum
thickness of 0.75 inches is consistent with industry practices and recom-
mendations from the Cast Stone Institute.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1404.18 ■ Polypropylene Siding 207
1404.18
CHANGE SUMMARY: Polypropylene siding is now specifically permit-
ted for use on exterior walls of any type of construction when other provi-
Polypropylene
sions of the California Building Code allow its use. Siding
2019 CODE: 1405.181404.18 Polypropylene siding. Polypropylene

siding conforming to the requirements of this section and complying with
Section 1404.12 1403.12 shall be limited to exterior walls of Type VB con-
struction located in areas where the wind speed specified in Chapter 16
does not exceed 100 miles per hour (45 m/s) and the building height is less
than or equal to 40 feet (12 192 mm) in Exposure C. Where construction is
located in areas where the basic wind speed exceeds 100 miles per hour (45
m/s), or building heights are in excess of 40 feet (12 192 mm), tests or cal-
culations indicating compliance with Chapter 16 shall be submitted. Poly-
propylene siding shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions. Polypropylene siding shall be secured to the building so as to
provide weather protection for the exterior walls of the building.
iStock.com/faustasyan
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: In the 2016 CBC, polypropylene siding was
only permitted on exterior walls of Type VB buildings. Type VB construc-
tion has the fewest limits on fire resistance for materials used to construct
a building. Additionally, Section 1406.2.1 allowed combustible materials
to be used as exterior wall coverings in Type I through IV construction if
the covering passed NFPA 268 testing requirements, met surface area and
height limits, and met the radiant heat energy limits in Table 1406.2.1.1.2. Polypropylene siding on a residential
In the 2019 CBC, polypropylene siding is now allowed on exterior building
walls in Type I through V construction if the siding meets the limits of
Section 1405.1.1 and all other applicable limits in the California Building
Code. Other limits in Section 1404.18 for polypropylene siding have been
maintained including a maximum height of construction and maximum
wind speed. For buildings that exceed these limits, tests or calculations
showing adequacy of the siding must be submitted with the construction
documents.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: Metal roof shingles are now addressed separately

Metal Roof Shingles from other metal panel roof systems with reference made to applicable
standards for the labeling and testing of wind resistance for the shingles.
Courtesy Metal Roofing Alliance
2019 CODE: 1504.3.3 Metal roof shingles. Metal roof shingles

applied to a solid or closely fitted deck shall be tested in accordance with
ASTM D3161, FM 4474, UL 580 or UL 1897. Metal roof shingles tested in
accordance with ASTM D3161 shall meet the classification requirements
of Table 1504.1.1 for the appropriate maximum basic wind speed and the
metal shingle packaging shall bear a label to indicate compliance with
ASTM D3161 and the required classification in Table 1504.1.1.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: In the 2016 edition of the California Building

Metal roof shingles Code (CBC), Section 1504.3 deals with the wind resistance of non-ballasted,
non-asphalt shingled roofs. In Section 1504.3.1, roof systems, including
metal panel roof systems, may be tested for wind uplift resistance using FM
4474, UL 580, or UL 1897. Additionally, in Section 1504.3.2, metal panel
roof systems functioning as both roof deck and roof covering may use the
standards FM 4474, UL 580, or ASTM E1592 to test wind uplift resistance.
Metal roof shingles are not listed as a separate roofing system, but are best
located under the structural metal panel roof systems.
In the 2019 CBC, new Section 1504.3.3 addresses metal roof shingles
separately from metal roof panel systems in Sections 1504.3.1 and
1504.3.2. Metal roof shingles are not similar in all respects to asphalt
shingles, addressed in Section 1504.1.1, nor to metal panel roof systems,
addressed in Sections 1504.3.1 and 1504.3.2.
To address the similarities between asphalt and metal shingles, ASTM
D3161, a fan-induced wind test originally developed for asphalt shingles,
has been added as an option for testing metal roof shingles. The 2015
edition of ASTM D3161 is no longer constrained to asphalt shingles, but
expanded to evaluate the wind resistance of discontinuous, air-permeable,
steep-slope roofing products. Inclusion of this standard as a compliance
path alleviates some difficulties experienced due to current language in
UL 1897 and UL 580, which test in a non-air-permeable fashion. This
change adds the standard as an option for testing while maintaining the
three standards for metal roof panel systems as well so manufacturers
meeting the standards referenced in the 2016 CBC will not need to retest
their products.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1507.1 ■ Underlayment 209
1507.1
CHANGE SUMMARY: Underlayment and ice barrier requirements have
been relocated from sections describing each type of roofing material and
Underlayment
placed into one new section describing the type, attachment and applica-
tion of underlayment.
2019 CODE: 1507.1 Scope. Roof coverings shall be applied in accor-

dance with the applicable provisions of this section and the manufactur-
er’s installation instructions.
1507.1.1 Underlayment. Underlayment for asphalt shingles, clay and

concrete tile, metal roof shingles, mineral-surfaced roll roofing, slate and
slate-type shingles, wood shingles, wood shakes, metal roof panels and
photovoltaic shingles shall conform to the applicable standards listed
in this chapter. Underlayment materials required to comply with ASTM
D226, D1970, D4869 and D6757 shall bear a label indicating compliance
to the standard designation and, if applicable, type classification indi-
cated in Table 1507.1.1(1). Underlayment shall be applied in accordance
with Table 1507.1.1(2). Underlayment shall be attached in accordance
with Table 1507.1.1(3).
Exceptions:
1.
As an alternative, self-adhering polymer modified bitumen
underlayment complying with ASTM D1970 and installed in
accordance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions
for the deck material, roof ventilation configuration and cli-
mate exposure for the roof covering to be installed shall be
permitted.
1507.1 continues
ng
athi
f she
Roo
Min. 2-inch
Min. 4-inch lap typical
lap typical
5
. 1 felt t.
No halt 6 f et
p i n. offs
as M ap
l
Underlayment for roof pitch of 4:12 or greater

100822524
1507.1 continued 2.
As an alternative, a minimum 4-inch (102 mm) wide strip
of self-adhering polymer modified bitumen membrane
complying with ASTM D1970 and installed in accordance
with the manufacturer’s installation instructions for the deck
material shall be applied over all joints in the roof decking.
An approved underlayment for the applicable roof covering
for design wind speeds less than 120 mph (54 m/s) shall be
applied over the 4-inch (102 mm) wide membrane strips.
3.
As an alternative, two layers of underlayment complying
with ASTM D226 Type II or ASTM D4869 Type IV shall
be permitted to be installed as follows: Apply a 19-inch
(483 mm) strip of underlayment parallel with the eave.
Starting at the eave, apply 36-inch (914 mm) wide strips of
underlayment felt, overlapping successive sheets 19 inches
(483 mm). The underlayment shall be attached with
corrosion-resistant fasteners in a grid pattern of 12 inches
(305 mm) between side laps with a 6-inch (152 mm) spacing
at side and end laps. End laps shall be 4 inches (102 mm) and
shall be offset by 6 feet (1829 mm). Underlayment shall be
attached using metal or plastic cap nails with a nominal cap
diameter of not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm). Metal caps shall
have a thickness of not less than 32-gage [0.0134 inch (0.34
mm)] sheet metal. Power-driven metal caps shall have a
thickness of not less than 0.010 inch (0.25 mm). Thickness
of the outside edge of plastic caps shall be not less than
0.035 inch (0.89 mm). The cap nail shank shall be not less
than 0.083 inch (2.11 mm) for ring shank cap nails and 0.091
inch (2.31 mm) for smooth shank cap nails. The cap nail
shank shall have a length sufficient to penetrate through the
roof sheathing or not less than 3⁄4 inch (19.1 mm) into the
roof sheathing.
4.
Structural metal panels that do not require a substrate or
underlayment.
1507.1.2 Ice barriers. In areas where there has been a history of ice
forming along the eaves causing a backup of water, an ice barrier shall be
installed for asphalt shingles, metal roof shingles, mineral-surfaced roll
roofing, slate and slate-type shingles, wood shingles, and wood shakes.
The ice barrier shall consists of not less than two layers of underlayment
cemented together, or a self-adhering polymer modified bitumen sheet
shall be used in place of normal underlayment and extend from the low-
est edges of all roof surfaces to a point not less than 24 inches (610 mm)
inside the exterior wall line of the building.
Exception: Detached accessory structures that do not contain con-

ditioned floor area.

100822524
TABLE 1507.1.1(1) Underlayment Types
Maximum Basic Design Wind Speed, Maximum Basic Design Wind Speed,
Roof Covering Section V , 140 mph V $ 140 mph
Asphalt shingles 1507.2 ASTM D226 Type I or II ASTM D226 Type II
ASTM D4869 Type I, II, III, or IV ASTM D4869 Type IV
ASTM D6757 ASTM D6757
Clay and concrete tiles 1507.3 ASTM D226 Type II ASTM D226 Type II
ASTM D2626 Type I ASTM D2626 Type I
ASTM D6380 Class M ASTM D6380 Class M
mineral surfaced roll roofing mineral surfaced roll roofing
Metal panels 1507.4 Manufacturer’s instructions ASTM D226 Type II
ASTM D4869 Type IV
Metal roof shingles 1507.5 ASTM D226 Type I or II ASTM D226 Type II
Mineral-surfaced roll 1507.6 ASTM D226 Type I or II ASTM D226 Type II
roofing ASTM D4869 Type I, II, III, or IV ASTM D4869 Type IV
Slate shingles 1507.7 ASTM D226 Type II ASTM D226 Type II
ASTM D4869 Type III or IV ASTM D4869 Type IV
Wood shingles 1507.8 ASTM D226 Type I or II ASTM D226 Type II
Wood shakes 1507.9 ASTM D226 Type I or II ASTM D226 Type II
Photovoltaic shingles 1507.17 ASTM D226 Type I or II ASTM D226 Type II
ASTM D6757 ASTM D6757
TABLE 1507.1.1(2) Underlayment Application
Roof Maximum Basic Design Wind Speed, Maximum Basic Design Wind Speed,
Covering Section V , 140 mph V $ 140 mph
Asphalt 1507.2 For roof slopes from two units vertical in 12 units Same as Maximum Basic Design Wind
shingles horizontal (2:12), up to four units vertical in 12 units Speed, V , 140 mph except all laps
horizontal (4:12), underlayment shall be two layers shall be not less than 4 inches (102 mm).
applied as follows: Apply a 19-inch (483 mm) strip
of underlayment felt parallel to and starting at the
eaves. Starting at the eave, apply 36-inch-wide
(914 mm) sheets of underlayment, overlapping
successive sheets 19 inches (483 mm). End laps shall
be 4 inches (102 mm) and shall be offset by 6 feet
(1829 mm). Distortions in the underlayment shall
not interfere with the ability of the shingles to seal.
For roof slopes of four units vertical in 12 units
horizontal (4:12) or greater, underlayment shall be
one layer applied as follows: Underlayment shall be
applied shingle fashion, parallel to and starting from
the eave and lapped 2 inches (51 mm). Distortions in
the underlayment shall not interfere with the ability
of the shingles to seal. End laps shall be 4 inches
(102 mm) and shall be offset by 6 feet (1829 mm).
1507.1 continues

100822524
1507.1 continued
Roof Maximum Basic Design Wind Speed, Maximum Basic Design Wind Speed,
Covering Section V , 140 mph V $ 140 mph
Clay and 1507.3 For roof slopes from two and one-half units vertical in Same as Maximum Basic Design Wind
concrete tile 12 units horizontal (2½:12), up to four units vertical in Speed, V , 140 mph except all laps
12 units horizontal (4:12), underlayment shall be shall be not less than 4 inches (102 mm).
not fewer than two layers underlayment applied as
follows: Starting at the eave, a 19-inch (483 mm) strip
of underlayment shall be applied parallel with the
eave. Starting at the eave, a 36-inch-wide (914 mm)
strips of underlayment felt shall be applied, overlapping
successive sheets 19 inches (483 mm). End laps shall be
4 inches (102 mm) and shall be offset by 6 feet (1829 mm).
horizontal (4:12) or greater, underlayment shall be one
layer applied as follows: Underlayment shall be applied
shingle fashion, parallel to and starting from the eave
and lapped 2 inches (51 mm), End laps shall be 4 inches
Metal roof 1507.4 Apply in accordance with the manufacturer’s For roof slopes from two units vertical
panels installation instructions. in 12 units horizontal (2:12), up to four
Metal roof 1507.5 units vertical in 12 units horizontal (4:12),
shingles underlayment shall be two layers applied
as follows: Apply a 19-inch (483 mm)
Mineral- 1507.6 strip of underlayment felt parallel to and
surfaced roll starting at the eaves. Starting at the eave,
roofing apply 36-inch-wide (914 mm) sheets of
Slate 1507.7 underlayment, overlapping successive
shingles sheets 19 inches (483 mm). End laps
Wood 1507.8 shall be 4 inches (102 mm) and shall be
shakes offset by 6 feet (1829 mm).
Wood 1507.9 For roof slopes of four units vertical

shingles in 12 units horizontal (4:12) or greater,
underlayment shall be one layer applied
as follows: Underlayment shall be applied
shingle fashion, parallel to and starting
from the eave and lapped 4 inches (102 mm).
End laps shall be 4 inches (102 mm) and
shall be offset by 6 feet (1829 mm).
Photovoltaic 1507.17 For roof slopes from three units vertical in 12 units Same as Maximum Basic Design Wind
shingles horizontal (3:12), up to four units vertical in 12 units Speed, V , 140 mph except all laps
horizontal (4:12), underlayment shall be two layers shall be not less than 4 inches (102 mm).
applied as follows: Apply a 19-inch (483 mm) strip
of underlayment felt parallel to and starting at the
eaves. Starting at the eave, apply 36-inch-wide
(914 mm) sheets of underlayment, overlapping
successive sheets 19 inches (483 mm). End laps shall
be 4 inches (102 mm) and shall be offset by 6 feet
(1829 mm). Distortions in the underlayment shall
not interfere with the ability of the shingles to seal.
horizontal (4:12) or greater, underlayment shall be
one layer applied as follows: Underlayment shall be
applied shingle fashion, parallel to and starting from
the eave and lapped 2 inches (51 mm). Distortions in
the underlayment shall not interfere with the ability
of the shingles to seal. End laps shall be 4 inches
For SI: 1 inch 5 25.4 mm, 1 foot 5 304.8 mm; 1 mile per hour 5 0.447 m/s.

100822524
TABLE 1507.1.1(3) Underlayment Attachment
Maximum Basic
Design Wind Speed,
Roof Covering Section V , 140 mph Maximum Basic Design Wind Speed, V $ 140 mph
Asphalt shingles 1507.2 The underlayment shall be attached with corrosion-resistant
fasteners in a grid pattern of 12 inches (305 mm) between side
laps with a 6-inch (152 mm) spacing at side and end laps.
Underlayment shall be attached using metal or plastic cap nails
or cap staples with a nominal cap diameter of not less than
1 inch. (25.4 mm) Metal caps shall have a thickness of not less than
Clay and 1507.3
32-gage [0.0134 inch (0.34 mm)] sheet metal. Power-driven metal
concrete tile Fastened sufficiently caps shall have a minimum thickness of 0.010 inch (0.25 mm).
to hold in place Minimum thickness of the outside edge of plastic caps shall be
0.035 inch (0.89 mm). The cap nail shank shall be not less than
0.083 inch (2.11 mm) for ring shank cap nails and 0.091 inch
Photovoltaic 1507.17 (2.31 mm) for smooth shank cap nails. Staples shall be not less
shingles than 21 gage [0.032 inch (0.81 mm)]. The cap nail shank and cap
staple legs shall have a length sufficient to penetrate through the
roof sheathing or not less than 0.75 inch (19.1 mm) into the roof
sheathing.
Metal roof The underlayment shall be attached with corrosion-resistant
1507.4
panels fasteners in a grid pattern of 12 inches (305 mm) between side
Metal roof laps with a 6-inch (152 mm) spacing at side and end laps.
1507.5
shingles Underlayment shall be attached using metal or plastic cap
Mineral- nails or cap staples with a nominal cap diameter of not less
surfaced roll 1507.6 than 1 inch (25.4 mm). Metal caps shall have a thickness of not
roofing Manufacturer’s less than 32-gage [0.0134 inch (0.34 mm)] sheet metal. Power-
installation driven metal caps shall have a minimum thickness of 0.010 inch
Slate shingles 1507.7 (0.25 mm). Minimum thickness of the outside edge of plastic
instructions
Wood shingles 1507.8 caps shall be 0.035 inch (0.89 mm). The cap nail shank shall
be not less than 0.083 inch (2.11 mm) for ring shank cap nails
and 0.091 inch (2.31 mm) for smooth shank cap nails. Staples
shall be not less than 21 gage [0.032 inch (0.81 mm)]. The cap
Wood shakes 1507.9 nail shank and cap staple legs shall have a length sufficient to
penetrate through the roof sheathing or not less than 0.75 inch
(19.1 mm) into the roof sheathing.
(As this code change affected substantial portions of Section 1507, the entire code change text is too extensive to be
included here. Changes may be seen in Section 1507 of the 2019 CBC or refer to code change S27 in the Complete
Revision History to the 2018 I-Codes for the complete text and history of the change.)
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: In the 2016 CBC, underlayment provisions

are specified individually for each type of roof covering. Many of the
roof-covering provisions contain similar and overlapping requirements
for underlayment type, application and attachment. Additionally, self-
adhering membrane is permitted as an alternative to the underlayment
provisions for high wind.
In the 2019 CBC, Section 1507 has been reorganized to move underlay-
ment provisions from individual roofing material sections to a single sec-
tion addressing underlayment and ice barriers for all roof-covering
materials. Three new tables have been added that address underlayment
type, application and attachment, respectively. Consolidating the under-
layment requirements into a single section makes the provisions more
1507.1 continues

100822524
1507.1 continued user-friendly and highlights the key differences between the requirements
for underlayment for the different types of roof coverings addressed by the
CBC.
Additionally, the wind speed threshold that triggers enhanced under-
layment provisions has been revised. The threshold changes from Vasd 5
120 mph to Vult 5 140 mph making the CBC and California Residential
Code (CRC) consistent. The original code change that placed this trigger
at 120 mph was developed to correspond with the wind speed maps in
the 2010 CBC and ASCE 7-05. New maps in ASCE 7-10 shifted the con-
tours closer to the coast for the entire hurricane-prone region, which
resulted in a reduction of the geographic area required to comply with
the enhanced underlayment provisions. The threshold was originally
chosen based upon a geographic location on the wind speed map rather
than a particular design limitation. This change in the wind speed
threshold maintains the intent of the provision.
In Section 1507.1.1 Exceptions, use of ASTM D1970, self-adhering
membrane as an underlayment, has also been clarified to require use of
the manufacturer’s installation instructions to install self-adhering mem-
brane, providing an equivalent level of water intrusion prevention in
regions with high winds.
In Section 1507.1.1 Exception 2, minimum four-inch strips of self-
adhering membrane may be applied over all joints in the roof decking to
seal the joints. Then a single layer of underlayment is applied over the
membrane strips. This alternate method is equivalent to the application
prescribed in Table 1507.1.1(2). Note, the proponent’s intent with this
exception was to allow underlayment applicable for wind speeds less
than Vasd 5 120 mph (now Vult 5 140 mph). The description of the type of
design wind speed is missing from this exception and the wind speed has
not been updated.
In Section 1507.1.1 Exception 3, a double layer of underlayment has
been added for prevention of water penetration when the primary roof
covering is lost due to high winds. Water penetration is well documented
from post-hurricane damage assessments where hurricane winds were
strong enough to blow off the primary roof covering, but not strong enough
to blow off roof sheathing. In such instances, significant property damage
and extended occupant displacement occurs due to water intrusion. The
damage is particularly common in inland areas, where hurricane-strength
winds occur and building codes and standards are not as stringent as in
coastal jurisdictions.
Tests conducted at the Insurance Institute for Business and Home
Safety (IBHS) Research Facility have found the double layer of underlay-
ment, new Exception 3, performs similar to self-adhering polymer-modi-
fied bitumen underlayment. As a result, this system of underlayment
application and attachment is now recognized by the Fortified Program
(IBHS) for creating a sealed roof deck. While this system is currently
required at the eave for roof slopes between 2:12 and 4:12, it provides an
equal level of water penetration protection for roof slopes greater than a
4:12 pitch.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1507.18 ■ Building-Integrated Photovoltaic Panels 215
1507.18
CHANGE SUMMARY: Building-integrated photovoltaic panel systems
have specific requirements as a roof-covering material in the California
Building-Integrated
Building Code. Photovoltaic Panels
2019 CODE: 1507.18 Building-integrated photovoltaic roof panels.

The installation of building-integrated photovoltaic (BIPV) roof panels shall
comply with the provisions of this section.
1507.18.1 Deck requirements. BIPV roof panels shall be applied to a

solid or closely fitted deck, except where the roof covering is specifically
designed to be applied over spaced sheathing.
1507.18.2 Deck slope. BIPV roof panels shall be used only on roof
slopes of two units vertical in 12 units horizontal (2:12) or greater.
1507.18.3 Underlayment. Underlayment shall comply with ASTM

D226, ASTM D4869 or ASTM D6757.
1507.18.4 Underlayment application. Underlayment shall be

applied shingle fashion, parallel to and starting from the eave, lapped
2 inches (51 mm) and fastened sufficiently to hold in place.
1507.18.4.1 High wind attachment. Underlayment applied in areas

subject to high winds [Vasd greater than 110 mph (49 m/s) as determined
in accordance with Section 1609.3.1] shall be applied in accordance
with the manufacturer’s instructions. Fasteners shall be applied along
the overlap at not more than 36 inches (914 mm) on center. Underlay-
ment installed where Vasd is not less than 120 mph (54 m/s) shall com-
ply with ASTM D226, Type III, ASTM D4869, Type IV, or ASTM D6757.
1507.18 continues
iStock.com/Kwangmoozaa
BIPV panels

100822524
1507.18 continued The underlayment shall be attached in a grid pattern of 12 inches (305
mm) between side laps with an 6-inch (152 mm) spacing at the side laps.
The underlayment shall be applied in accordance with Section 1507.1.1
except all laps shall be not less than 4 inches (102 mm). Underlayment
shall be attached using cap nails or cap staples. Caps shall be metal or
plastic with a nominal head diameter of not less than 1 inch (25.4 mm).
Metal caps shall have a thickness of not less than 0.010 inch (0.25 mm).
Power driven metal caps shall have a thickness of not less than 0.010
inch (0.25 mm). Thickness of the outside edge of plastic caps shall be not
less than 0.035 inch (0.89 mm). The cap nail shank shall be not less than
0.083 inch (2.11 mm) for ring shank cap nails and 0.091 inch (2.31 mm)
for smooth shank cap nails. Staple gage shall be not less than 21 gage
[0.032 inch (0.81 mm)]. Cap nail shank and cap staple legs shall have a
length sufficient to penetrate through the roof sheathing or a minimum of
3
⁄4 inch (19.1 mm) into the roof sheathing.
Exception: As an alternative, adhered underlayment complying

with ASTM D1970 shall be permitted.
1507.18.4.2 Ice barrier. In areas where there has been a history of ice
forming along the eaves causing a back-up of water, an ice barrier that
consists of at least two layers of underlayment cemented together or of
a self-adhering polymer modified bitumen sheet shall be used instead of
normal underlayment and extend from the lowest edges of all roof sur-
faces to a point not less than 24 inches (610 mm) inside the exterior wall
line of the building.
Exception: Detached accessory structures that contain no condi-

tioned floor area.
1507.18.5 Material standards. BIPV roof panels shall be listed and

labeled in accordance with UL 1703.
1507.18.6 Attachment. BIPV roof panels shall be attached in accor-

dance with the manufacturer’s installation instructions.
1507.18.7 Wind resistance. BIPV roof panels shall be tested in

accordance with UL 1897. BIPV roof panel packaging shall bear a label to
indicate compliance with UL 1897.
BUILDING-INTEGRATED PHOTOVOLTAIC ROOF PANEL (BIPV

ROOF PANEL). A photovoltaic panel that functions as a compo-
nent of the building envelope.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: A new definition for BIPV roof panels has

been added to Chapter 2 to identify the panels as a unique building-
integrated photovoltaic product. Building-integrated photovoltaic
(BIPV) roof panels form part of the building envelope and are subject to
the requirements for roof coverings. BIPV panels are larger than typical
BIPV shingles. The panels are a thin-film layer and can be the typical
rectangular panel shape or have a rounded shape. There are now clay roof
tile-shaped BIPVs available.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1507.18 ■ Building-Integrated Photovoltaic Panels 217
Section 1507.18 details proper application of BIPV roof panels. As

the BIPV panels act as a roof covering, wind resistance must be deter-
mined by UL 1897, Uplift Tests for Roof Covering Systems. This standard
is a lready referenced in the CBC for other roofing products including
built-up modified bitumen, single-ply and metal panel roof systems in
Section 1504.3.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: The construction document requirements for

Construction environmental and special loads have been updated for rain, snow and
Documents wind forces and their components.
2019 CODE: 1603.1 General. Construction documents shall show

the size, section and relative locations of structural members with floor
levels, column centers and offsets dimensioned. The design loads and
other information pertinent to the structural design required by Sections
1603.1.1 through 1603.1.8 1603.1.9 shall be indicated on the construction
documents.
Exception: Construction documents for buildings constructed in

accordance with the conventional light-frame construction provi-
sions of Section 2308 shall indicate the following structural design
information:
1.
Floor and roof dead and live loads.
2.
Ground snow load, Pg.
3.
Ultimate Basic design wind speed, Vult, (3-second gust),
miles per hour (mph) (km/hr) and nominal allowable stress
design wind speed, Vasd, as determined in accordance with
Section 1609.3.1 and wind exposure.
4.
Seismic design category and site class.
5.
Flood design data, if located in flood hazard areas established
in Section 1612.3.
6.
Design load-bearing values of soils.
7. Rain load data.
iStock.com/markirk
Flood waters in a canal

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1603.1 ■ Construction Documents 219

Snow on sloped roof
1603.1.3 Roof snow load data. The ground snow load, Pg, shall be
indicated. In areas where the ground snow load, Pg, exceeds 10 pounds
per square foot (psf) (0.479 kN/m2), the following additional informa-
tion shall also be provided, regardless of whether snow loads govern the
design of the roof:
1. Flat-roof snow load, Pf.

2. Snow exposure factor, Ce.
3. Snow load importance factor, Is.
4. Thermal factor, Ct.
5. Slope factor(s), Cs
5. 6. Drift surcharge load(s), Pd, where the sum of Pd and Pf exceeds
20 psf (0.96 kN/m2).
6. 7. Width of snow drift(s), w.
1603.1.4 Wind design data. The following information related to

wind loads shall be shown, regardless of whether wind loads govern the
design of the lateral force-resisting system of the structure:
1.
Ultimate Basic design wind speed, Vult, (3-second gust), miles per
hour (km/hr) and nominal allowable stress design wind speed,
Vasd, as determined in accordance with Section 1609.3.1.
(No changes to Items 2–5)
1603.1 continues

100822524
1603.1 continued 1603.1.8 Special loads. Special loads that are applicable to the design
of the building, structure or portions thereof, including but not limited to
the loads of machinery or equipment, and that are greater than specified
floor and roof loads shall be indicated along with the specified section of
this code that addresses the special loading condition specified by their
descriptions and locations.
1603.1.9 Roof rain load data. Rain intensity, i (in/hr) (cm/hr), shall
be shown regardless of whether rain loads govern the design.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The construction document requirements for

snow and rain loads have been updated to include critical design forces
and their components. The roof slope factor, Cs, has been added to the
required list of snow load data and factors. The roof slope factor is occa-
sionally overlooked in designs. Including the factor in the list of required
factors and loads to be listed in the submittal documents adds a reminder
for engineers to calculate and use the value. Inclusion creates a line item
to check during plan review. Requiring declaration of the value simplifies
checking roof snow load calculations for the building department.
Rain load data is added to the list of design loads required on con-
struction documents. Having the rain load intensity listed allows for a
quicker check by the building department of the rain load versus snow
load values to determine the controlling environmental load. Values for
snow and rain loads are to be determined using the 2016 edition of
ASCE 7, Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings
and Other Structures (ASCE 7-16).
Special loads are clarified while wind load terminology is updated to
match ASCE 7.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1604.3.7 ■ Deflection of Glass Framing 221
1604.3.7
CHANGE SUMMARY: Limits to the deflection of framing which sup-
ports glazing have been added to Section 1604.3.
Deflection of Glass
Framing
2019 CODE: 1604.3.7 Framing supporting glass. The deflection of
framing members supporting glass subjected to 0.6 times the ‘component
and cladding’ wind loads shall not exceed either of the following:
1. 1⁄175 of the length of span of the framing member, for framing mem-
bers having a length not more than 13 feet 6 inches (4115 mm).
2. 1⁄240 of the length of span of the framing member 1 1⁄4 inch
(6.4 mm), for framing members having a length greater than
13 feet 6 inches (4115 mm).
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The deflection limit given in Section 2403 is

appropriate for glass design and is similar to the limit in Section 1604.3.
But Chapter 24 has not historically addressed the deflection of the fram-
ing members surrounding glazing panels, in particular deflection over the
entire length of the frame’s span.
New Section 1604.3.7 clarifies the allowable deflection of exterior
wall framing members supporting the glazing on the basis of the framing
member spans. The change addresses serviceability issues by adding spe-
cific deflection limits, based on wind loads. The deflection limit is based
upon criteria in the American Architectural Manufacturers Association
(AAMA) publication TIR-A11, Maximum Allowable Deflection of Fram- Glazing in metal frame
ing Systems for Building Cladding Components at Design Wind Loads, the
industry standard for fenestration. Deflection limits in the AAMA TIR-A11
publication are based on using full allowable stress design wind loads
with mean recurrence intervals (MRI) of 50 or 100 years. The limits do not
allow a reduction to this design load for deflection analysis as was previ-
ously permitted by footnote f in the 2016 CBC Table 1604.3.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: The provisions addressing multiple occupancies

Multiple within a structure now include an exception exempting buildings in their
Occupancies entirety from needing to qualify as Risk Category IV buildings when a
storm shelter is part of the structure.
2019 CODE: 1604.5.1 Multiple occupancies. Where a building or

structure is occupied by two or more occupancies not included in the
same risk category, it shall be assigned the classification of the highest
risk category corresponding to the various occupancies. Where buildings
or structures have two or more portions that are structurally separated,
each portion shall be separately classified. Where a separated portion of a
building or structure provides required access to, required egress from or
shares life safety components with another portion having a higher risk
category, both portions shall be assigned to the higher risk category.
Exception: Where a storm shelter designed and constructed in

accordance with ICC 500 is provided in a building, structure or portion
thereof normally occupied for other purposes, the risk category for the
normal occupancy of the building shall apply unless the storm shelter
is a designated emergency shelter in accordance with Table 1604.5.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Risk categories are assigned to buildings to

account for consequences and risks to human life in the event of a struc-
tural failure. The intent is to assign higher risk categories, and hence
higher design criteria, to buildings or structures that, if they experience
a failure, would inhibit the availability of essential community services
necessary to cope with the emergency situation and therefore have grave
consequences to either the building occupants or the population around
the building that rely upon the provided services.
Building with multiple occupancies on separate floors

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1604.5.1 ■ Multiple Occupancies 223
Community storm shelters are defined in the CBC and ICC-500, Stan-
dard for the Design and Construction of Storm Shelters, as shelters that
either serve a nonresidential use or serve dwelling units and provide a
capacity exceeding 16 persons. The standard confirms that the area of a
building that has been constructed to the ICC 500 criteria has been spe-
cifically designed and constructed to provide life-safety protection for
people seeking refuge from a high wind event.
ICC 500-compliant storm shelters are designed and constructed to
account for extreme wind loads and have specific requirements for struc-
tural stability, vertical and horizontal load transfer, and egress that meet
or exceed the basic requirements of the building code for property protec-
tion. Even if the storm shelter is not structurally separated from the host
building, ICC 500 details the strength requirements for the members of the
host building that connect to the storm shelter. Issues related to protec-
tion of occupants due to building collapse have been considered and do
not need to be addressed for the other portions of the facility.
A storm shelter is a self-contained and defined space within the build-
ing that does not rely upon other portions of the building to provide life-
safety protection from high winds, floods, or structural collapse. Hardening
the other portions of the building that are outside the storm shelter or
increasing the risk category for portions of the building that may be used to
egress the space is not necessary. The statements in Section 1604.5.1 regard-
ing egress are to be applied when a building or portion thereof is being used
to provide long-term, post-disaster response capabilities the loss of which
would have considerable consequences to the community outside the occu-
pied building. Section 1604.5.1 does not apply to ICC 500-compliant storm
shelters.
The intent of the storm shelter is to provide short-term life safety in
the event of a severe storm when the host building cannot. This allows a
building owner to provide a storm shelter in one portion of the structure
while designing the entire structure to meet the risk category provisions
required for the primary use. The new exception in the 2019 CBC clarifies
this intent. While the storm shelter will be designed to meet the require-
ments of ICC 500, the rest of the building need only meet the require-
ments for the risk categories of its various occupancies.

100822524
1604.10 CHANGE TYPE: Addition
CHANGE SUMMARY: The development of loads for storm shelters is to

Storm Shelters be based on ICC 500 which provides wind speeds for tornado and hurri-
cane shelter design using ASCE 7 load combinations.
2019 CODE: 1604.10 Loads on storm shelters. Loads and load

combinations on storm shelters shall be determined in accordance with
ICC 500.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The California Building Code (CBC) Section

423, Storm Shelters, includes wind load criteria for storm shelters by ref-
erence to ICC 500, ICC/NSSA Standard for the Design and Construction
of Storm Shelters, which was first referenced in the 2010 edition of the
CBC. Chapter 16 of the CBC, which defines wind loads for buildings and
structures, does not include specific criteria for storm shelters. Although
wind loads are not specified, Table 1604.5 does regulate hurricane and
other emergency shelters as Risk Category IV.
Since Chapter 16 does not include other requirements for storm shel-
ter wind loads, Risk Category IV (RC IV) wind speeds may be interpreted
as appropriate for storm shelters. Unfortunately, RC IV wind speeds are
too low for a hurricane or tornado when considering an emergency s helter.
RC IV wind speeds use a mean recurrence interval (MRI) of 3,000 years,
an infrequent event. Meanwhile, ICC 500, the standard specifically for
emergency or storm shelters, uses wind speeds based on a MRI of 10,000
years for hurricane storm shelters and a MRI of approximately 20,000 to
1,000,000 years for tornado storm shelters, highly infrequent events. By
decreasing the probability that the storm may happen, the wind speed
iStock.com/Joe_Potato
Traditional protection from tornadoes

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1604.10 ■ Storm Shelters 225
assumed for designing the building greatly increases. We know from wind
speed measurements that wind speeds in and around a large tornado can
exceed 250 mph. A straight-line wind, caused by a thunderstorm or
seasonal storm, rarely has winds exceeding 70 mph. By adding a specific
reference in Section 1604.10, wind design for shelters is consistent with
the ICC 500 standard which contains appropriate wind speeds for a shelter
required to remain standing and protect people inside during a tornado.
The new code section also allows development of load combinations
based solely on ICC 500 which has load combination equations mirroring
ASCE 7, Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings
and Other Structures. This limits the need to simultaneously search for
design criteria in the CBC, ASCE 7 and ICC 500.

100822524
Table CHANGE TYPE: Modification
1607.1 CHANGE SUMMARY: Table 1607.1 is now consistent with provisions in

the 2010 and 2016 editions of ASCE 7 for minimum uniformly distributed
live loads on decks and balconies by increasing the deck live load to one
Deck Live Load and one-half times the live load of the area served.
2019 CODE:
TABLE 1607.1 (PARTIAL) Minimum Uniformly Distributed Live Loads,

L0, and Minimum Concentrated Live Loadsg
Occupancy Concentrated
or Use Uniform (psf) (pounds)
5. Balconies and 1.5 times the live load for the area —
decksh served, not required to exceed 100
Same as occupancy served
h. See Section 1604.8.3 for decks attached to exterior walls.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The 2019 California Building Code (CBC)

Table 1607.1 is now consistent with the provisions for live loads of decks
and balconies in the 2010 and 2016 editions of ASCE 7 Minimum Design
Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures (ASCE
iStock.com/microstocker
7-10 and ASCE 7-16). Live loads on decks have been increased to one and
one-half times the live load for the area served, but not greater than 100
psf. Balconies and decks are recognized as often having different loading
patterns than the interior of a building. A deck is often subjected to con-
centrated line loads from people congregating along the edge of the deck.
This loading condition is acknowledged in ASCE 7 as an increase of the
live load for the area served, up to the loading requirement for assembly
occupancies.
Typical deck in a commercial building Concern regarding deck failures, degradation over time, and overload-
ing of decks has encouraged this increase of the design live load to be
greater than the live load of the interior rooms served by the deck. As an
upper limit to the live load, given that balconies and decks are often used
as places of assembly, it is reasonable that the required live load need not
exceed the specified uniform live load required in assembly areas.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition Table 1607.1 ■ Live Load Reduction 227
Table
CHANGE SUMMARY: Table 1607.1 now clarifies where heavy live loads
of 100 psf or greater may be reduced. 1607.1
2019 CODE:
Live Load Reduction
TABLE 1607.1 (PARTIAL) Minimum Uniformly Distributed Live Loads,

L0, and Minimum Concentrated Live Loadsg
Occupancy or Use Uniform (psf) Concentrated (pounds)

mn
3. Armories and drill rooms 150 —
4. Assembly areas
Fixed seats (fastened to floor) 60m
Follow spot, projections 50
and control rooms
Lobbies 100m —
Movable seats 100m
Stage floors 150mn
Platforms (assembly) 100m
Other assembly areas 100m
14. Garages 40mo Note a
(passenger vehicles only)
Trucks and buses See Section 1607.7
19. Libraries
Corridors above first floor 80 1,000
Reading rooms 60 1,000
b, mn
Stack rooms 150 1,000
20. Manufacturing
Heavy 250mn 3,000
mn
Light 125 2,000
24. Recreational uses:
Bowling alleys, poolrooms
and similar uses 75m
Dance halls and ballrooms 100m
Gymnasiums 100m
—
Ice skating rink 250mn
Reviewing stands,
grandstands and bleachers 100c, m
Roller skating rink 100m
Stadiums and arenas with
fixed seats (fastened
to floor) 60c, m

100822524
Table 1607.1 continued

Occupancy or Use Uniform (psf) Concentrated (pounds)
26. Roofs
Occupiable roofs:
Roof gardens 100
Assembly areas 100m
All other similar areas Note l Note l
29. Sidewalks, vehicular 250d, mn 8,000e
driveways and yards,
subject to trucking
(Footnotes a–k not included for brevity.)

l. Areas of occupiable roofs, other than roof gardens and assembly areas, shall be designed
for appropriate loads as approved by the building official. Unoccupied landscaped
areas of roofs shall be designed in accordance with Section 1607.12.3 1607.13.3.
m. Live load reduction is not permitted unless specific exceptions of Section 1607.10
apply.
n. Live load reduction is only permitted in accordance with Section 1607.11.1.2 or
Item 1 of Section 1607.11.2.
o. Live load reduction is only permitted in accordance with Section 1607.11.1.3 or
Item 2 of Section 1607.11.2.
Source: Bathlander from Wikimedia Commons
Theater stage
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The 2016 CBC Table 1607.1 restricts the use
of the live load reduction equations in CBC Sections 1607.10.1 (basic) and
1607.10.2 (alternate), unless the specific exceptions of Section 1607.10
apply. This clause has caused confusion for both engineers and building
officials. Section 1607.10.1 states that, except for uniform live loads at
roofs, all other minimum uniformly distributed live loads are permitted
to be reduced. Section 1607.10.2 Item 3 reads, for live loads not exceed-
ing 100 psf the design live load for any structural member supporting
150 square feet or more is permitted to be reduced. These two provisions,

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition Table 1607.1 ■ Live Load Reduction 229
Library bookshelves Source: Rhododendrites from Wikimedia Commons
which conflict with Table 1607.1, have led to confusion about whether
live loads greater than 100 psf may be reduced.
Both building officials and engineers have on occasion maintained
that the provisions do allow any live load to be reduced. The intent of the
multiple provisions is that heavy live loads, greater than 100 psf, and the
live loads of passenger vehicle garages be reduced only when a member
supporting the large live load also supports two or more floors. Lastly,
Footnote m in Table 1607.1 was introduced in the 2013 CBC to align the
2013 CBC with ASCE 7-10. Assembly loads are not allowed to be reduced
in ASCE 7-10.
In the 2019 CBC, in order to clear up the confusion, two new footnotes
have been added to the table, and footnote m was modified. For reference
to live loads greater than 100 psf, new footnote n covers the exceptions
stated for heavy live loads. The footnote refers the user to exceptions in
Section 1607.11.1.2 and Section 1607.11.2 Item 1. New footnote o does the
same for passenger vehicle garage live loads by referencing an exception
in Section 1607.11.1.3 and Section 1607.11.2 Item 2.
Footnote m has been modified to completely prohibit any live load
reduction for the remaining items covered by CBC Table 1607.1, footnote
m. These clarifications make the restrictions on the application of live
load reductions clear for users of the CBC.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: The minimum lateral load that fire walls are
Minimum Live Load required to resist has been established at five pounds per square foot.
for Fire Walls
2019 CODE: 1607.15.2 Fire walls. In order to meet the structural
stability requirements of Section 706.2 where the structure on either
side of the wall has collapsed, fire walls and their supports shall be
designed to withstand a minimum horizontal allowable stress load of 5 psf
(0.240 kN/m2).
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: In the 2016 CBC, no horizontal fire wall load

criteria exist for walls not using the “deemed to comply” NFPA option.
A fire wall is a code defined term to describe a fire-resistance-rated wall
having protected openings, which restricts the spread of fire and extends
continuously from the foundation to or through the roof, with sufficient
structural stability under fire conditions to allow collapse of construction
on either side without collapse of the wall.
For the 2019 CBC, the minimum lateral loading that fire walls are
required to resist to meet the structural stability requirements of Section
706.2 is five pounds per square foot (psf). This load assumes the structure
on one side of a wall has collapsed and can no longer provide support.
This lateral load (horizontal) is required for fire walls in NFPA 221,
Standard for High Challenge Fire Walls, Fire Walls, and Fire Barrier Walls.
Jurisdictions vary in application of interior wall loads and potential
loads after a fire. Some jurisdictions require consideration of wind loads;
others only require a five psf lateral load. To create consistency, Section
1607.15.2 explicitly requires a five psf horizontal allowable stress design
(ASD) load.
iStock.com/JohnnyH5
Fires may remove portions of exterior walls

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1609 ■ Wind Loads 231
1609
CHANGE SUMMARY: Section 1609 now has updated wind speed maps,
including maps for the state of Hawaii. Terminology for describing wind
Wind Loads
speeds has been changed again, with ultimate design wind speeds now
called basic design wind speeds.
2019 CODE: Section 1602.1 Definitions: Notations.

Vasd 5 Nominal Allowable stress design wind speed (3-second gust),
miles per hour (mph) (km/hr) where applicable.
Vult 5 Ultimate Basic design wind speeds (3-second gust), miles per
hour (mph) (km/hr) determined from Figures 1609.3(1), 1609.3(2),
1609.3(3) through 1609.3(8) or ASCE 7.
1609.1.1.1 Applicability. The provisions of ICC 600 are applicable

only to buildings located within Exposure B or C as defined in Section
1609.4. The provisions of ICC 600, AWC WFCM and AISI S230 shall not
1609 continues
95(42)
100(45)
105(47)
101(45)
110(49)
105(47)
103(46)
90(40)
110(49)
115(51)
105(47) 120(54)
130(58)
114(51)
140(63)
107(48)
140(63)
105(47)
104(46) 150(67)
90(40)
95(42) 104(46)
100(45) 105(47)
105(47) 140(63)
105(47) 150(67)
160(72)
103(46) 160(72) 170(76)
150(67) 170(76)
140(63)
130(58) 105(47) 180(80)
120(54) 110(49)
110(49) 115(51) 150(67)
120(54) 140(63)
130(58)
110(49)
120(54)
Special Wind Region
130(58)
Location Vmph (m/s) 150(67) 160(72)
140(63) 170(76)
160(72) Guam 195 (87)
150(67)
Virgin Islands 165 (74)
160(72) American Samoa 160 (72)
Notes:
1. Values are nominal design 3-second gust wind speeds in miles per hour (m/s) at 33 ft (10 m) above ground for Exposure C category.
2. Linear interpolation is permitted between contours. Point values are provided to aid with interpolation.
3. Islands, coastal areas, and land boundaries outside the last contours shall use the last wind speed contour.
4. Mountainous terrain, gorges, ocean promontories, and special wind regions shall be examined for unusual wind conditions.
5. Wind speeds correspond to approximately a 7% probability of exceedance in 50 years (Annual Exceedance Probability = 0.00143, MRI = 700 Years).
6. Location-specific basic wind speeds shall be permitted to be determined using www.atcouncil.org/windspeed.
Basic Design Wind Speeds, V, For Risk Category II Buildings and Other Structures

100822524
1609 continued
100(45) 105(47)
110(49) 115(51) 110(49)
115(51)
115(51)
95(42) 110(49)
120(54)
130(58)
140(63)
122(55) 115(51) 150(67)
117(52)
120(54)
114(51)
150(67)
111(49)
160(72)
95(42)
100(45)
111(49)
112(50)
105(47)
160(72) 110(49) 112(50) 150(67)
150(67)
140(63) 160(72)
130(58) 170(76)
120(54)
115(51) 110(49) 170(76) 180(80)
180(80)
190(85)
115(51)
115(51) 120(54) 160(72) 200(89)
120(54) 130(58) 150(67)
140(63)
130(58)
140(63) 160(72) 170(76)
150(67) 180(80)
170(76)
160(72)
170(76)
Special Wind Region
Puerto Rico

Location Vmph (m/s)
Guam 210 (94)
Virgin Islands 175 (78)
American Samoa 170 (76)
Notes:
5. Wind speeds correspond to approximately a 3% probability of exceedance in 50 years (Annual Exceedance Probability = 0.000588, MRI = 1700 Years).
Basic Design Wind Speeds, V, For Risk Category III Buildings and Other Structures
apply to buildings sited on the upper half of an isolated hill, ridge or

escarpment meeting all of the following conditions:
1. The hill, ridge or escarpment is 60 feet (18 288 mm) or higher if

located in Exposure B or 30 feet (9144 mm) or higher if located
in Exposure C;
2. The maximum average slope of the hill exceeds 10 percent; and
3. The hill, ridge or escarpment is unobstructed upwind by other
such topographic features for a distance from the high point of
50 times the height of the hill or 1 mile 2 miles (1.613.22 km),
whichever is greater.
1609.3 Ultimate Basic design wind speed. The ultimate basic design
wind speed, Vult, in mph, for the determination of the wind loads shall
be determined by Figures 1609.3(1), 1609.3(2) and 1609.3(3) through
(8). The ultimate basic design wind speed, Vult, for use in the design of
Risk Category II buildings and structures shall be obtained from Figure

100822524
1609.3(1) and 1609.3(5). The ultimate basic design wind speed, Vult, for
use in the design of Risk Category III buildings and structures shall be
obtained from Figures 1609.3(2) and 1609.3(6). The basic design wind
speed, V, for use in the design of Risk Category IV buildings and struc-
tures shall be obtained from Figures 1609.3(2) 1609.3(3) and 1609.3(7).
The ultimate basic design wind speed, Vult, for use in the design of
Risk Category I buildings and structures shall be obtained from Figures
1609.3(3) 1609.3(4) and 1609.3(8). The ultimate basic design wind speed,
Vult, for the special wind regions indicated near mountainous terrain and
near gorges shall be in accordance with local jurisdiction requirements.
The ultimate basic design wind speeds, Vult, determined by the local juris-
diction shall be in accordance with Section 26.5.1 Chapter 26 of ASCE 7.
In nonhurricane-prone regions, when the ultimate basic design wind
speed, Vult, is estimated from regional climatic data, the ultimate basic
design wind speed, Vult, shall be determined in accordance with Section
26.5.3 Chapter 26 of ASCE 7.
(Hawaiian wind speed maps have many complex isolines and have not
been included in this section. See the 2019 CBC for Figures 1609.3(5)
through (8) which contain wind maps for the Hawaiian Islands.
1609 continues
105(47) 110(49)
115(51)
120(54) 115(51)
120(54)
115(51) 120(54) 125(56)

100(45) 130(58)
140(63)
127(57) 150(67)
122(55)
125(56)
119(53)
150(67)
160(72)
116(52)
170(76)
100(45)
105(47) 115(51)
160(72) 150(67) 110(49)

117(52)
140(63) 160(72)
130(58) 115(51) 115(51)
120(54) 170(76)
170(76) 150(67) 180(80)
180(80) 190(85) 190(85)
120(54)
125(56) 200(89)
130(58) 170(76)
120(54) 160(72)
130(58) 140(63)150(67)
Special Wind Region

140(63)
150(67) 160(72)
Location Vmph (m/s)
170(76) 190(85)
175(78) 160(72) Guam 220 (98)
170(76) Virgin Islands 180 (80) 180(80)
175(78) 180 (80)
American Samoa
Puerto Rico
Notes:
5. Wind speeds correspond to approximately a 1.6% probability of exceedance in 50 years (Annual Exceedance Probability = 0.00033, MRI = 3000 Years).
Basic Design Wind Speeds, V, For Risk Category IV Buildings and Other Structures

100822524
1609 continued Additionally, as this code change affected substantial portions of Section
1609, the entire code change text is too extensive to be included here.
Changes may be seen in Section 1609 of the 2019 CBC or refer to code
change S56 in the Complete Revision History to the 2018 I-Codes for the
complete text and history of the change.)
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: This code change aligns the 2019 CBC with
changes to provisions in the 2016 edition of ASCE 7 Minimum Design
Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures (ASCE
7-16).
The code changes harmonize terminology between the CBC and struc-
tural loads standard. Some of the changes include deleting the word “ulti-
mate” in favor of the term “basic” and deletion of the subscript “ult” from
the variable “V” for wind speed. It is thought that use of the term ultimate
with wind speeds is no longer necessary as users have had time using
ASCE 7-10 and either the 2013 or 2016 CBC; all of which use the ultimate
design wind speed terminology. Similarly, the word “nominal” is deleted
and the term “allowable stress” is added to express where use of older
terminology still exists. These changes allow for consistency with termi-
nology used in ASCE 7-16.
The increase in the minimum distance without obstructions from one
mile to two miles for buildings on the top of a hill, ridge, or escarpment in
Section 1609.1.1.1, Applicability, has been done to correct a discrepancy
between the code and ASCE 7. The load standard requires consideration
of topography when a building is on the upper half of a hill and winds are
unobstructed for at least two miles in the direction under consideration.
Limits for the use of other optional standards to determine loading do not
consider buildings on the top of a hill unprotected by other hills or ridges.
By changing the minimum distance to two miles without obstructions,
more buildings will be allowed to use ICC 600, AWC WFCM, or AISI 230
as an alternate loading standard.
The design wind speed maps in Figures 1609.3(1) through 1609.3(8)
have been updated to reflect the maps adopted into ASCE 7-16. During
the development of the ASCE 7-16 standard, the ASCE 7 Wind Load Sub-
committee made substantial revisions to the wind speed maps contained
within the standard, and the number of maps increased to eight maps.
These revisions include the development of separate maps for Risk
Category III and IV structures; reconstruction of the special wind regions
within the maps, correction for known deficiencies in the wind speed
contours; and modification of the basic wind speed based on updated
climatic and weather data. New hurricane contours in the northeastern
states were developed based on updated hurricane models, and the loca-
tions of the contours along the hurricane coastline were adjusted to reflect
new research into the decay rate of hurricanes over land.
New maps for the State of Hawaii were included to eliminate the state
as a “special wind region” and to provide guidance on the wind patterns
that occur because of the unique topography. There are maps for main
wind-force resisting systems and component and cladding design in the
ASCE 7-16 standard along with four new serviceability maps.
In the 2019 CBC, changes to the maps will decrease design wind
speeds for the majority of the United States. The basic design wind speeds
have been lowered in most locations based on the latest data available.
Along the hurricane coastline from Virginia to Texas, the wind speeds
remain nearly unchanged from the 2016 CBC maps. In some cases, there

100822524
is a small increase for Risk Category IV (RC IV) structures from values
assigned in the 2013 and 2016 CBC for some parts of the country. This is
caused by the new mean recurrence interval with a 1.6% probability of
exceedance for RC IV buildings. B ecause of the general reduction in
expected wind speeds, some regions will find that even RC IV buildings
do not have an increase in design wind speed while other regions will see
a slight increase.
The basic wind speeds for all four Risk Category maps decrease sig-
nificantly west of the continental divide. Wind speeds in the Northern
Great Plains states are similar to previous maps. In the rest of the conti-
nental United States south and east of the Great Plains, wind speeds gen-
erally decrease.
To look up the design wind speed, V, for a specific location two tools
are available online. The Applied Technology Council (ATC) has a wind
speed tool at windspeed.atcouncil.org for free. The American Society of
Civil Engineers (ASCE) has a hazard tool which will include snow, rain,
flood, ice wind, seismic and tsunami design information for a specific
location for a nominal fee.

100822524
1613 CHANGE TYPE: Modification
CHANGE SUMMARY: The site coefficients contained in the CBC have

Earthquake Loads now been brought into alignment with the newest generation of ground
motion attenuation equations.
2019 CODE: 1613.3.2 1613.2.2 Site class definitions. Based on

the site soil properties, the site shall be classified as Site Class A, B, C, D,
E or F in accordance with Chapter 20 of ASCE 7.
Where the soil properties are not known in sufficient detail to deter-
mine the site class, Site Class D, subjected to the requirements of Section
1613.2.3, shall be used unless the building official or geotechnical data
determines that Site Class E or F soils are present at the site.
Where site investigations that are performed in accordance with
Chapter 20 of ASCE 7 reveal rock conditions consistent with Site Class B,
but site-specific velocity measurements are not made, the site coefficients
Fa and Fv shall be taken at unity (1.0).
1613.3.31613.2.3 Site coefficients and adjusted maximum consid-

ered earthquake spectral response acceleration parameters. The
maximum considered earthquake spectral response acceleration for short
periods, SMS, and at 1-second period, SM1, adjusted for site class effects
shall be determined by Equations 16-3736 and 16-3837, respectively:
SMS 5 FaSs (Equation 16-3736)

SM1 5 FvS1 (Equation 16-3837)
but SMS shall not be taken less than SM1 except when determining the
seismic design category in accordance with Section 1613.2.5.
where:
Fa 5 Site coefficient defined in Table 1613.3.3(1)1613.2.3(1).
Fv 5 Site coefficient defined in Table 1613.3.3(2)1613.2.3(2).
SS 5 The mapped spectral accelerations for short periods as deter-
mined in Section 1613.3.11613.2.1.
S1 5
The mapped spectral accelerations for a 1-second period as
determined in Section 1613.3.11613.2.1.
TABLE 1613.3.3(1)1613.2.3(1) Values of Site Coefficient Faa
Mapped Risk Targeted Maximum Considered Earthquake (MCER) Spectral Response Acceleration
Parameter at short period
Site Class Ss # 0.25 Ss 5 0.50 Ss 5 0.75 Ss 5 1.00 Ss $5 1.25 Ss $ 1.5
A 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
B 0.91.0 0.91.0 0.91.0 0.91.0 0.91.0 0.9
C 1.3 1.2 1.31.2 1.21.1 1.21.0 1.21.0 1.2
D 1.6 1.4 1.2 1.1 1.0 1.0
E 2.4 2.5 1.7 1.31.2 Note b0.9 Note b0.9 Note b
F Note b Note b Note b Note b Note b Note b
a. Use straight-line interpolation for intermediate values of mapped spectral response acceleration at short period, Ss.
b. Values shall be determined in accordance with Section 11.4.7 11.4.8 of ASCE 7.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1613 ■ Earthquake Loads 237
TABLE 1613.3.3(2) 1613.2.3(2) Values of Site Coefficient Fva
Mapped Risk Targeted Maximum Considered Earthquake (MCER) Spectral Response Acceleration
Parameter at 1-second period
Site Class S1 # 0.1 S1 5 0.2 S1 5 0.3 S1 5 0.4 S1 $5 0.5 S1 $ 0.6
A 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
B 0.8 1.0 0.8 1.0 0.8 1.0 0.8 1.0 0.8 1.0 0.8
C 1.5 1.7 1.5 1.6 1.5 1.5 1.4 1.5 1.3 1.4
D 2.4 2.2c 2.0 2.0c 1.8 1.9c 1.6 1.8c 1.5 1.7c
E 4.2 3.5 3.3c 3.2 2.8c 2.4c 2.2c 2.4 2.0c
F Note b Note b Note b Note b Note b Note b
a. Use straight-line interpolation for intermediate values of mapped spectral response acceleration at 1-second period, S1.
b. Values shall be determined in accordance with Section 11.4.7 11.4.8 of ASCE 7.
c. See requirements for site-specific ground motions in Section 11.4.7 11.4.8 of ASCE 7.
(As multiple code changes affected substantial portions of Section 1613, the entire code change text is too extensive
to be included here. Refer to code changes S114, S119 and S242 in the Complete Revision History to the 2018
I-Codes for the complete text and history of the change.)
Where Site Class D is selected as the default site class per Section
1613.2.2, the value of Fa shall not be less than 1.2. Where the simplified
design procedure of ASCE 7 Section 12.14 is used, the value of Fa shall be
determined in accordance with ASCE 7 Section 12.14.8.1, and the values
of Fv, SMS, and SM1 need not be determined.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The site coefficients of Section 1613.2.3 con-

tained in the CBC date back to soil studies performed in the early 1990s.
These site coefficients, based on soil type, were tied to the ground motion
attenuation relationships that were used by the United States Geological
Survey (USGS) to develop the seismic zone map used by the legacy codes
of that era. The USGS maps contained in the 2010 edition of ASCE 7, and
in the 2013 and 2016 CBC, were based on an updated set of attenuation
relationships known as the next-generation attenuation or NGA equa-
tions. The 1990s-era site class coefficients are not appropriate for use with
ground motions derived using the NGA equations.
The Building Seismic Safety Council’s (BSSC) Provisions Update
Committee (PUC) performed extensive studies of the appropriate site
class coefficients to use with the NGA-derived ground motions and pro-
posed the new values in Tables 1613.2.3(1) and 1613.2.3(2). These values
come from the 2015 National Earthquake Hazard Reduction Program
(NEHRP) guidelines. ASCE 7-16 also contains these updated site class
coefficients.
In developing the updated site class values, the BSSC discovered that
the standard spectral shape derived using the SDS and SD1 parameters is
not conservative for the design of long period buildings (T . 1 second)
located on Site Class D or softer soils, when the seismic hazard is
dominated by large-magnitude earthquakes. The addition of footnote c in
1613 continues

100822524
1613 continued Table 1613.2.3(2) references ASCE 7 Section 11.4.8 which now requires
use of site-specific spectra to represent ground motions for such
buildings.
This code change aligns the 2019 California Building Code (CBC)
requirements for determining seismic design category with changes to the
provisions of the 2016 edition of ASCE 7 Minimum Design Loads and
Associated Criteria for Buildings and Other Structures (ASCE 7-16). ASCE 7
parameters for Fa and Fv site coefficients are mirrored within the CBC.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1613.2.1 ■ Seismic Maps 239
1613.2.1
CHANGE SUMMARY: The CBC seismic maps have been updated to
match new maps in the 2015 NEHRP Provisions and 2016 ASCE 7 standard. Seismic Maps
2019 CODE:
120° 110° 100°
150
30
50
125 0 90
70
10 0 8 100
50
70
60
1
28.5
40
30
35 90 5
1
33.5
35 90
35 80
150
125
100
90
60 1
70
26.8 100
90
200
10 25
0
90
50
60 45°
0
30 50
10
30
60
80
20
40
1
90
60
25.2
25 35
125
20
80
200
70 20 18.5
1
90
90
90
100
80 40
80
90
15
200
80
70 35 35
70
7
0
60 3
60
60
150
40
35
70
150
10
150
50 1
125
50
27.0
0
15
40
40
70
30 1
150 00
7.2
50
2
25 50 1 40°
50
150
15
7.2
150
0
70 8 40
0
35
150
150
50
1
35
70 9070 9.8
125
15
10
10
80 80 40
20
60 0 35 35
9
60
150
60
90
125
10
0 150
200
150
125 5
12
200 150 90 12 30 1 35
39.7
100
35
200 50 15
150
1
35
25
20 200 14.0
0
15
15
20
30
20
100
40
12
10
5
80 20
90 35°
30
35 40
15
50
0
1 25
16.2 25
1 20
7.0
35 30
35
1
24.6
1
18.5
30 15
DISCUSSION REFERENCES 35
Maps prepared by United States Geological Survey (USGS) in American Society of Civil Engineers, 2010, Minimum Design Loads 5
collaboration with the Federal Emergency Management Agency for Buildings and Other Structures: ASCE/SEI 7-10, ASCE
(FEMA)-funded Building Seismic Safety Council (BSSC) and the Structural Engineering Institute, Reston, Virginia.
American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE). The basis is Building Seismic Safety Council, 2009, NEHRP Recommended 30°
explained in commentaries prepared by BSSC and ASCE and in Seismic Provisions for New Buildings and Other Structures: FEMA 1
the references. P-750/2009 Edition, Federal Emergency Management Agency, 4.5
Ground motion values contoured on these maps incorporate: Washington, DC.
• a target risk of structural collapse equal to 1% in 50 years Huang, Yin-Nan, Whittaker, A.S., and Luco, Nicolas, 2008, Maximum
based upon a generic structural fragility spectral demands in the near-fault region, Earthquake Spectra,
• a factor of 1.1 to adjust from a geometric mean to the Volume 24, Issue 1, pp. 319–341.
maximum response regardless of direction Luco, N., Ellingwood, B.R., Hamburger, R.O., Hooper, J.D.,
• deterministic upper limits imposed near large, active faults, Kimball, J.K., and Kircher, C.A., 2007, Risk-Targeted versus
which are taken as 1.8 times the estimated median response Current Seismic Design Maps for the Conterminous United States, 1
6.6 5
to the characteristic earthquake for the governing fault Structural Engineers Association of California 2007 Convention
(1.8 is used to represent the 84th percentile response), but Proceedings, pp. 163–175.
not less than 150% g. Petersen, M.D., Moschetti, M.P., Powers, P.M., Mueller, C.S.,
As such, the values are different from those on the uniform- Haller, K.M., Frankel, A.D., Zeng, Y., Rezaeian, S., Harmsen, S.C.,
hazard 2014 USGS National Seismic Hazard Maps posted at: Boyd, O.L., Field, E.H., Chen, R., Rukstales, K.S., Luco, N.,
http://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/products/. Wheeler, R.L., Williams, R.A., and Olsen, A.H., 2014,
Larger, more detailed versions of these maps are not provided Documentation for the 2014 Update of the United States National
because it is recommended that the corresponding USGS web Seismic Hazard Maps: U.S. Geological Survey Open-File Report
tool (http://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/designmaps/ or 2014-1091, 224 p.
http://content.seinstitute.org) be used to determine the mapped
value for a specified location.
Risk-Targeted Maximum Considered Earthquake (MCER) Ground Motion Response

Accelerations for the Conterminous United States of 0.2-second Spectral Response
Acceleration (5% of Critical Damping)

100822524
90° 80° 70° 50°
100 0 100 200 300 400 500 Miles
100 0 100 200 300 400 500 Kilometers
30
40
35
25
45°
30
34.2
5
20
25
50 15
30
40
50
25
35
40
30
25
15 35
+ 20 +
18.3 15 18.2
15
15
20
10 30.0 40°
10 +
10
15
25
20
10
10
+ +
8.8 19.7 15
25
20
30
15
15
10 20
35
30
10 35
25
60
20
70 15
80 35°
125
30
25
10
40
90
200
5
35
60
70
50
40
150 0 30
60
30
10
35 35
+ 50 60
50
40
25 25.3 Explanation
10 150
40
35
40
70
20 Contour intervals, %g
+ 125
31.7 200
30
50
25
150
20
40 30 125
15
10
15 100 30°
90
80
10 70
60
50
40
35
30

25
20
15
10
5
10
Areas with a constant spectral
response acceleration of 150% g
5
10 Contours of spectral response 25°
10 acceleration expressed as a percent
10 of gravity. Hachures point in
10 10 direction of decreasing values
10
+ Point value of spectral response

acceleration expressed as a percent
5 16.9 of gravity

Accelerations for the Conterminous United States of 0.2-second Spectral Response

100822524
120° 110° 100°
60 20
25
30
10 15
15
25
1
60
30
11.8
25
40
30
75
30
30
30
30 30
40
30 20
45°
15
25
20
20
1
8.9 8
25
25
10
0
25
10
40
20 15
40
1 1 1
75
9.7 1 4.7 3.9
30
25
60
50
8.0
30
60
20
20
50
20
50
25
40
60
1
40
1 3.1
60
1
25
10.0
10
13.3
1
30
20
18.2
60 100 75
10
60
4
8 40°
50
60
25
50
8
25
60 40
30
60
20
8
50
50
40
25
6
25
40
15
20
40
60
50 50
60
40
40
1
75 40 10 11.6 1
60
4.8
60
60
15
60
40 1
6
6
5.0
10
4
1 15 10 35°
75
30
50
14.9
1 1 8
6.3 9.5
10
10
10
DISCUSSION REFERENCES
Maps prepared by United States Geological Survey (USGS) in American Society of Civil Engineers, 2010, Minimum Design Loads
collaboration with the Federal Emergency Management Agency for Buildings and Other Structures: ASCE/SEI 7-10, ASCE
(FEMA)-funded Building Seismic Safety Council (BSSC) and the Structural Engineering Institute, Reston, Virginia. © International Code Council
American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE). The basis is Building Seismic Safety Council, 2009, NEHRP Recommended 30°
explained in commentaries prepared by BSSC and ASCE and in 2
Seismic Provisions for New Buildings and Other Structures: FEMA
the references. P-750/2009 Edition, Federal Emergency Management Agency,
Ground motion values contoured on these maps incorporate: Washington, DC.
• a target risk of structural collapse equal to 1% in 50 years Huang, Yin-Nan, Whittaker, A.S., and Luco, Nicolas, 2008, Maximum
based upon a generic structural fragility spectral demands in the near-fault region, Earthquake Spectra,
• a factor of 1.3 to adjust from a geometric mean to the Volume 24, Issue 1, pp. 319–341.
maximum response regardless of direction Luco, N., Ellingwood, B.R., Hamburger, R.O., Hooper, J.D.,
• deterministic upper limits imposed near large, active faults, Kimball, J.K., and Kircher, C.A., 2007, Risk-Targeted versus
which are taken as 1.8 times the estimated median response 2
Current Seismic Design Maps for the Conterminous United States,
to the characteristic earthquake for the governing fault Structural Engineers Association of California 2007 Convention
(1.8 is used to represent the 84th percentile response), but Proceedings, pp. 163–175.
not less than 60% g. Petersen, M.D., Moschetti, M.P., Powers, P.M., Mueller, C.S.,
As such, the values are different from those on the uniform- Haller, K.M., Frankel, A.D., Zeng, Y., Rezaeian, S., Harmsen, S.C.,
hazard 2014 USGS National Seismic Hazard Maps posted at: Boyd, O.L., Field, E.H., Chen, R., Rukstales, K.S., Luco, N.,
http://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/products/. Wheeler, R.L., Williams, R.A., and Olsen, A.H., 2014,
Larger, more detailed versions of these maps are not provided Documentation for the 2014 Update of the United States National
because it is recommended that the corresponding USGS web Seismic Hazard Maps: U.S. Geological Survey Open-File Report
tool (http://earthquake.usgs.gov/hazards/designmaps/ or 2014-1091, 224 p.
http://content.seinstitute.org) be used to determine the mapped
value for a specified location.

Accelerations for the Conterminous United States of 1-second Spectral Response

100822524
90° 80° 70° 50°
100 0 100 200 300 400 500 Miles
100 0 100 200 300 400 500 Kilometers
10
45°
8
2
1
7.3
6
2
10
8
8
6
4
4
40°
6
.
1
3.8
1
4.8
6 1
8.1
4
10
1
6.9
6
4
25
2
8
35°
75
20
50
4
100
15
15
40
60 10
30
15
8 30
10
40
15
50
15 20
25 Explanation
Contour intervals, %g
10
8
100 30°
75
6 60
50
40
6 30
25
20
4 4 15

10
4 8
6
4
2
4 Areas with a constant spectral

response acceleration of 60% g
10 Contours of spectral response 25°

10 acceleration expressed as a
10 percent of gravity. Hachures
2 10 point in direction of decreasing
2 values
1 Point value of spectral response
10.7 acceleration expressed as a
percent of gravity
Risk-Targeted Maximum Considered Earthquake (MCER) Ground Motion Response Accel-

erations for the Conterminous United States of 1-second Spectral Response Acceleration
(5% of Critical Damping)
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: 2019 CBC Figures 1613.2.1(1) through (8)

include updated seismic hazard maps developed by the United States
Geological Survey (USGS) for the United States National Seismic Hazard
Maps, which include the latest seismic, geologic, and geodetic information
on earthquake rates and associated ground shaking.

100822524
The MCER ground motion maps incorporate the latest seismic hazard
models based on the national seismic hazard maps prepared by the USGS.
The maps are made in collaboration with the Federal Emergency Manage-
ment Agency (FEMA) and the Building Seismic Safety Council (BSSC). The
maps are consistent with those in the 2015 NEHRP Recommended Seismic
Provisions for New Buildings and Other Structures (FEMA P-1050-1) and
ASCE 7 Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria for Buildings and
Other Structures (ASCE 7-16). The maps incorporate significant new infor-
mation on earthquake faults and ground motion attenuation, and are more
consistent with the site-specific ground motion procedures of ASCE 7-16
Chapter 21.
The most significant changes for the 2014 USGS model used to make
the maps fall into four categories:
1. For Central and Eastern US (CEUS) sources:

• Development of a moment magnitude-based earthquake catalog
through 2012, replacing the 2008 catalog.
• Updated distribution for maximum magnitude (Mmax) based on a
new analysis of global earthquakes in stable continental regions.
• Updated New Madrid source model, including fault geometry,
recurrence rates of large earthquakes, and alternative magni-
tudes from M6.6 to M8.0.
• Updated treatment of earthquakes that are potentially induced
by underground fluid injection.
2. For Intermountain West and Pacific Northwest crustal sources:
• Updated earthquake catalog and treatment of magnitude
uncertainty in rate calculations.
• Updated fault parameters for faults in Utah based on new
datasets and models.
• Introduced new combined geologic and geodetic inversion
models for assessing fault slip rates on fault sources.
• Implemented new models for Cascadia earthquake-rupture
geometries and rates based on onshore (paleo-tsunami) and
offshore (turbidite) studies.
• Updated model for deep (intraslab) earthquakes along the
coasts of Oregon and Washington, including a new depth
distribution for intraslab earthquakes.
• Allowance for an Mmax up to M8.0 for crustal and intraslab
earthquakes.
• Addition of the Tacoma fault source and updated the South
Whidbey Island fault source in Washington.
3. For California sources:
• Development of a new seismic source model based on the
Uniform California Earthquake Rupture Forecast, Version 3
(UCERF3) and new earthquake forecasts for California, which
include many more multi-segment ruptures than in previous
editions of the maps.
• These models were developed over the past several years and
involved a major update of the methodology for calculating
earthquake recurrence.
1613.2.1 continues

100822524
1613.2.1 continued 4. For ground motion models (or “attenuation relations”):

• Included new earthquake ground motion models for active
shallow crustal earthquakes (NGA-West2) and subduction
zone-related interface and intraslab earthquakes.
• Incorporated new and evaluated older ground motion models:
five equations applied for the Western US (WUS), nine for the
CEUS, and four for the subduction interface and intraslab
earthquakes.
• Increased the maximum distance from 200 km to 300 km when
calculating ground motion from WUS crustal sources.
The new ground motions vary locally depending on complicated

changes in the underlying models. In the CEUS, the hazard increases in
some places, and the new ground-motion model-weighting scheme gener-
ally lowers the ground motions. The resulting maps for the CEUS can dif-
fer by ±20% compared to the 2008 maps due to interactions between the
various parts of model.
In the Intermountain West region the combined geologic and geodetic
inversion models increase the hazard along the Wasatch fault and central
Nevada region, but the new NGA-West2 ground motions tend to lower the
hazard on the hanging walls of normal faults with respect to the 2008
maps, the type of fault common to Nevada and Utah. These counteracting
effects can result in an increase or decrease of hazard.
In the Pacific Northwest, the new Cascadia source model causes the
hazard to increase by up to 40% in the southern Cascadia subduction
zone (Oregon and Northern California) due to the addition of possible M8
and greater earthquakes, but causes the hazard to decrease slightly along
the northern Cascadia subduction zone (Washington and British Colum-
bia) because of reduced earthquake rates relative to the 2008 USGS hazard
model. Subduction ground motions from the new models fall off faster
with distance than motions in previous models, but they also tend to be
higher near fault ruptures.
In California, the new UCERF3 model accounts for a single earth-
quake that ruptures multiple faults yielding a larger magnitude than
applied in the previous model, but with smaller recurrence rates. At a
specific site, it is important to examine all model changes to determine
why the ground motions may have increased or decreased.
Like previous versions of the USGS national seismic hazard model,
the 2014 model purposefully excludes swarms of earthquakes that may be
caused by industrial fluid processes such as fracking or wastewater
disposal.
Additional details on the technical reasons behind these changes are
documented in FEMA P-1050-1, Section C22. A copy of the 2015 NHERP
Guidelines (FEMA P-1050-1) is available at fema.gov/media-library/assets
/documents/107646.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1615, 1604.5 ■ Tsunami Loads 245
1615,
CHANGE SUMMARY: There are many coastal communities in the west-
ern United States which need tsunami-resistant design of critical infra- 1604.5
structure and essential facilities. New CBC Section 1615, Tsunami Loads,
has been added to address design of these facilities. Tsunami Loads
2019 CODE:
TSUNAMI DESIGN GEODATABASE. The ASCE database (version 2016-

1.0) of Tsunami Design Zone maps and associated design data for the
states of Alaska, California, Hawaii, Oregon and Washington.
TSUNAMI DESIGN ZONE. An area identified on the Tsunami Design

Zone map between the shoreline and the inundation limit, within which
certain structures designated in Chapter 16 are designed for or protected
from inundation.
1604.5 Risk category. Each building and structure shall be assigned

a risk category in accordance with Table 1604.5. Where a referenced
standard specifies an occupancy category, the risk category shall not be
taken as lower than the occupancy category specified therein. Where a
referenced standard specifies that the assignment of a risk category be in
accordance with ASCE 7, Table 1.5-1, Table 1604.5 shall be used in lieu of
ASCE 7, Table 1.5-1.
Exception: The assignment of buildings and structures to Tsunami

Risk Categories III and IV is permitted to be assigned in accordance
with Section 6.4 of ASCE 7.
1615, 1604.5 continues
iStock.com/AlexaScott
Tsunami warning sign

100822524
Source: Wknight94 from Wikimedia Commons

iStock.com/EyeMark
Tsunami route sign High-rises in locations at low elevation become potential vertical evacuation refuge
SECTION 1615
TSUNAMI LOADS
1615.1 General. The design and construction of Risk Category III and
IV buildings and structures located in the Tsunami Design Zones defined
in the Tsunami Design Geodatabase shall be in accordance with Chapter 6
of ASCE 7, except as modified by this code.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Many coastal areas in the western United States

are subject to potentially destructive tsunamis. There are many coastal com-
munities in Alaska, Washington, Oregon, California and Hawaii which need
tsunami-resistant design of critical infrastructure and essential facilities to
provide vital services necessary for post-disaster response and recovery, and
to enable the continued functioning of the community. These communities
are at low elevation with long evacuation route distances. The public safety
risk has been only partially mitigated through warning and preparedness for
evacuation; there are many areas in these five states where complete evacu-
ation prior to tsunami arrival cannot be ensured. Accordingly, these com-
munities need a standard for designated tsunami vertical evacuation refuge
structures as an alternative to nonexistent high ground.
A new chapter, Chapter 6 Tsunami Loads and Effects, has been added to
the 2016 edition of ASCE 7 Minimum Design Loads and Associated Criteria
for Buildings and Other Structures. The 2019 California Building Code ref-
erences Chapter 6. When referencing the requirements of ASCE 7 by the
CBC, only new construction qualifying as Risk Category III and IV struc-
tures must meet requirements to resist tsunami loads. Additionally, there is
an exception so that a local jurisdiction may evaluate the tsunami-inunda-
tion zone for physical and community risk when assigning these categories
to the facilities deemed vital to public health, safety and welfare.
For existing buildings, new structures outside tsunami hazard zones, and
new Risk Category I and II buildings within the tsunami hazard zones, there
are no mandatory requirements for tsunami protection in the CBC or ASCE 7.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1704.6 ■ Structural Observations 247
1704.6
CHANGE SUMMARY: Section 1704.6.1 has been added requiring struc-
tural observation of buildings that are considered a high-rise or assigned Structural
to Risk Category IV. Observations
2019 CODE: 1704.6 Structural observations. Where required by
the provisions of Section 1704.6.1, or 1704.6.2 or 1704.6.3, the owner
or the owner’s authorized agent shall employ a registered design profes-
sional to perform structural observations. Structural observation does not
include or waive the responsibility for the inspections in Section 110 or
the special inspections in Section 1705 or other sections of this code.
Prior to the commencement of observations, the structural observer
shall submit to the building official a written statement identifying the
frequency and extent of structural observations.
At the conclusion of the work included in the permit, the structural
observer shall submit to the building official a written statement that the
site visits have been made and identify any reported deficiencies that, to
the best of the structural observer’s knowledge, have not been resolved.
1704.6.1 Structural observations for structures. Structural obser-

vations shall be provided for those structures where one or more of the
following conditions exist:
1. The structure is classified as Risk Category IV.

2. The structure is a high-rise building.
3. Such observation is required by the registered design professional
responsible for the structural design.
4. Such observation is specifically required by the building official.
1704.6 continues
Courtesy of Peter Kulczyk
Structural observation

100822524
1704.6 continued 1704.6.11704.6.2 Structural observations for seismic resistance.

Structural observations shall be provided for those structures assigned
to Seismic Design Category D, E or F where one or more of the following
conditions exist:
1. The structure is classified as Risk Category III or IV.

2. The height of the structure is greater than 75 feet (22 860 mm)
above the base as defined in ASCE 7.
3. 2. The structure is assigned to Seismic Design Category E, is classi-
fied as Risk Category I or II, and is greater than two stories above
the grade plane.
4. When so designated by the registered design professional respon-
sible for the structural design.
5. When such observation is specifically required by the building
official.
1704.6.2 1704.6.3 Structural observations for wind requirements

resistance. Structural observations shall be provided for those struc-
tures sited where Structural observations shall be provided for those
structures sited where Vasd as determined in accordance with Section
1609.3.1 exceeds 110 mph is 130 mph (4958 m/sec) or greater and the
where one or more of the following conditions exist:
1. The structure is classified as Risk Category III or IV.

2. The building height is greater than 75 feet (22 860 mm).
3. When so designated by the registered design professional respon-
sible for the structural design.
4. When such observation is specifically required by the building
official.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The 2016 CBC requires structural observa-

tion only in the limited situations of high-rise buildings and higher-risk-
category structures located in high seismic or high wind regions. A 7-story
office building in San Francisco would require structural observation but
a 60-story high-rise or a 40,000-seat stadium in New York would not. It
was decided that structural observation should be required for all large or
important buildings throughout the country.
Quality of construction is increased when an engineering firm which
designed a structure verifies that construction is progressing according to
the design intent. Structural observation should be required wherever the
consequence of structural failure is greater by virtue of complexity of the
design, type of occupancy or size of the building, or an increased risk
from natural hazards. Structural observation is meant to augment the
detailed inspection provided by special inspectors.
In the 2019 CBC, public safety is increased by requiring that all high-
rise buildings (having floors more than 75 feet above the lowest level of
fire department vehicle access) and those assigned to Risk Category IV are
afforded the benefit of structural observation, not just structures at higher
risk of an earthquake or hurricane. Section 1704.6.1 has been added to
trigger observations for high-rise and high-risk buildings located in any
jurisdiction.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1705.5.2 ■ Metal-Plate-Connected Wood Trusses 249
1705.5.2
CHANGE SUMMARY: Five-foot-tall wood trusses requiring perma-
nent bracing now require a periodic special inspection to verify that the
Metal-Plate-
required bracing has been installed. Connected Wood
Trusses
2019 CODE: 1705.5.2 Metal-plate-connected wood trusses span-
ning 60 feet or greater. Where a truss clear span is Special inspections
of wood trusses with overall heights of 60 inches (1524 mm) or greater
shall be performed to verify that the installation of the permanent indi-
vidual truss member restraint/bracing has been installed in accordance
with the approved truss submittal package. For wood trusses with a clear
span of 60 feet (18 288 mm) or greater, the special inspector shall verify
during construction that the temporary installation restraint/bracing is
installed in accordance with the approved truss submittal package.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The BSCI, or Building Component Safety

Information, is an industry-standard truss-installation document used to
determine when and where temporary bracing should be placed. It also
gives generic information for permanent bracing requirements. These
requirements are often overlooked or misinterpreted by the installer. The
iStock.com/tfoxfoto
installation of the bracing is critical for the safe performance of wood
trusses, and if the bracing is not installed, or is installed incorrectly,
failure of the trusses is possible during erection or during the life of the
building. Failure of trusses in a number of jurisdictions brought this issue
to the code hearings. An engineering group became concerned about fail-
ures in shorter span trusses. They had inspected existing buildings after
failures and discovered that the truss systems often had missing or incor- Tall wood trusses
rectly installed bracing.
The engineers believed the inspection requirements of the 2016 CBC
were insufficient. A provision has been added to CBC Section 1705.5.2 to
require periodic special inspection any time permanent bracing is
required and the wood trusses are at least five feet tall. This change now
requires most trusses with permanent bracing to have special inspection.
The truss designer, as part a design, determines if and where an indi-
vidual truss needs to be braced to prevent out-of-plane buckling (roll
over) when subjected to the design loads. This permanent truss bracing is
often described as “truss restraint.”
This code change does not require special inspection when temporary
bracing alone is required.

100822524
1705.12.1, CHANGE TYPE: Clarification
1705.13.1 CHANGE SUMMARY: The exceptions for special inspection of seismic

force-resisting systems have been clarified for structures in moderate and
high seismic regions.
Seismic Force-
Resisting Systems 2019 CODE: 1705.12.1.1 Seismic force-resisting systems. Special
inspections of structural steel in the seismic force-resisting systems in
buildings and structures assigned to Seismic Design Category B, C, D, E
or F shall be performed in accordance with the quality assurance require-
ments of AISC 341.
Exception: Special inspections are not required in the seismic

force-resisting systems of buildings and structures assigned to Seis-
mic Design Category B or C that are not specifically detailed for seis-
mic resistance, with a response modification coefficient, R, of 3 or
less, excluding cantilever column systems.
Exceptions:
1. In buildings and structures assigned to Seismic Design
Category B or C, special inspections are not required for
iStock.com/alina_hart
structural steel seismic-force-resisting systems where the

response modification coefficient, R, designated for “Steel
systems not specifically detailed for seismic resistance,
excluding cantilever column systems” in ASCE 7,
Table 12.2-1 has been used for design and detailing.
2. In structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E,
Steel concentric braced frame or F, special inspections are not required for structural steel
seismic-force-resisting systems where design and detailing
in accordance with AISC 360 is permitted by ASCE 7,
Table 15.4-1.
1705.12.1.2 Structural steel elements. Special inspections of struc-

tural steel elements in the seismic force-resisting systems of buildings
and structures assigned to Seismic Design Category B, C, D, E or F other
than those covered in Section 1705.12.1.1, including struts, collectors,
chords and foundation elements shall be performed in accordance with
the quality assurance requirements of AISC 341.
Exception: Special inspections of structural steel elements are not

required in the seismic force-resisting systems of buildings and struc-
tures assigned to Seismic Design Category B or C with a response
modification coefficient, R, of 3 or less.
Exceptions:
1. In buildings and structures assigned to Seismic Design
Category B or C, special inspections of structural steel
elements are not required for seismic force-resisting systems
with a response modification coefficient, R, of 3 or less.
2. In structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E, or F,
special inspections of structural steel elements are not

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1705.12.1, 1705.13.1 ■ Seismic Force-Resisting Systems 251
required for seismic force-resisting systems where design and

detailing other than AISC 341 is permitted by ASCE 7, Table
15.4-1. Special inspection shall be in accordance with the ap-
plicable reference standard listed in ASCE 7, Table 15.4-1.
(Changes to the exceptions in Sections 1705.13.1.1 and 1705.13.1.2 mir-

ror changes in Section 1705.12.1.1 and 1705.12.1.2.)
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: In the 2016 CBC, Sections 1705.12.1 and

1705.13.1 were in conflict with Sections 2205.2.1 and 2205.2.2 in the
steel chapter. Chapter 17 appeared to require special inspections and
nondestructive testing in accordance with AISC 341, for structural steel
seismic force-resisting (SFRS) systems and structural steel elements in
non-steel SFRS that were not required to be designed using AISC 341.
The 2019 CBC now clarifies the appropriate standard to use with each
exception to special inspection and nondestructive testing for specific
structural steel SFRS and structural steel elements in non-steel SFRS in
Sections 1705.12.1 and 1705.13.1.
Modifications to the first exception in Sections 1705.12.1.1, and
1705.13.1.1 are editorial so that the sections coordinate with CBC Section
2205.2.1. The new second exception in Sections 1705.12.1.1 and
1705.13.1.1 recognizes that a few structural steel SFRS in high seismic
regions—SDC D, E and F—are designed and detailed using AISC 360 rather
than AISC 341, as permitted in ASCE 7-16 Chapter 15, Seismic design
requirements for nonbuilding structures. These exceptions specify special
inspection and nondestructive testing in accordance with AISC 360.
Modifications to the first exception in Sections 1705.12.1.2 and
1705.13.1.2 align the exceptions with CBC Section 2205.2.2. The new
second exception in Sections 1705.12.1.2 and 1705.13.1.2 recognizes that,
in high seismic regions, some structural steel elements in concrete or
masonry SFRS are designed in accordance with AISC 360 instead of AISC
341, as permitted by ASCE 7-16, Chapter 15. For these structural steel
elements, special inspection and nondestructive testing are permitted in
accordance with AISC 360.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: Section 1705.12.6 adds a provision for spe-

Fire Sprinkler cial inspection of minimum clearance of fire sprinkler components to
Clearance mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems.
2019 CODE: 1705.12.6 Plumbing, mechanical and electrical com-

ponents. Periodic special inspection of plumbing, mechanical and
electrical components shall be required for the following:
(No changes to Items 1 through 5.)
6. Installation of mechanical and electrical equipment, including

duct work, piping systems and their structural supports, where
automatic fire sprinkler systems are installed in structures
assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F to verify one
of the following:
6.1. Minimum clearances have been provided as required by
Section 13.2.3 ASCE/SEI 7.
6.2. A nominal clearance of not less than 3 inches (76 mm) has
been be provided between fire protection sprinkler system
drops and sprigs and: structural members not used collec-
tively or independently to support the sprinklers; equipment
attached to the building structure; and other systems’ piping.
Where flexible sprinkler hose fittings are used, special inspec-

tion of minimum clearances is not required.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Experience in recent earthquakes has shown

that pounding between sprinkler piping drops and sprigs and adjacent
Fire sprinkler system attachment

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1705.12.6 ■ Fire Sprinkler Clearance 253
nonstructural components such as pipes and ducts has resulted in pipe

connection failures and accidental activation, which caused flooding
and potentially compromised the operability of the system should a fire
follow the earthquake. In Section 1705.12.6, sprinkler systems were not
directly addressed as designated seismic systems.
ASCE 7 identifies fire protection sprinkler systems as components
that are required to function for life-safety purposes after an earthquake,
classifying them as a designated seismic system. ASCE 7 Section 13.2.3
requires that interaction, in other words pounding, between designated
seismic systems and adjacent components must be avoided. A new
minimum clearance requirement is added to the 2016 edition of ASCE 7
for fire sprinklers.
Section 13.2.3.1 requires an installed clearance of three inches between
any sprinkler drop or sprig and permanently attached equipment including
its support and bracing and as well as other distribution systems. An
exception is added for sprinklers with flexible sprinkler hose. This
information was previously in Section 13.3.2.
Section 13.3.2 intends that seismic displacements consider both relative
displacement between multiple points of support and, for mechanical and
electrical components, displacement within the component assemblies.
Impact of components must be avoided, unless the components are
fabricated of ductile materials that have been shown to be capable of accom-
modating the expected impact loads. For example, in older suspended ceil-
ing installations, excessive lateral displacement of a ceiling system may
fracture sprinkler heads that project through the ceiling. A similar situation
may arise if sprinkler heads projecting from a small-diameter branch line
pass through a rigid ceiling system. Although the branch line may be prop-
erly restrained, it may still displace sufficiently between lateral support
points to affect other components or systems.
Maintaining adequate clearances is critical to good seismic perfor-
mance of fire protection sprinkler systems. Since the clearance require-
ment is critical, new Section 1705.12.6 Item 6 is added to the 2019 CBC to
ensure that the minimum clearance is verified by periodic special inspec-
tion in regions of significant seismic risk. The minimum nominal 3-inch
clearance from adjacent items is identical to the NFPA 13 clearance
requirement from structural members to avoid pounding.
Due to their inherent flexibility, a minimum clearance between listed
flexible sprinkler hose fittings and other components, equipment or
structural members is not required.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: As an exception, impervious surfaces are allowed

Site Grading to slope less than 2% near doors to meet the egress requirements in
Chapter 10.
2019 CODE: 1804.4 Site grading. The ground immediately adjacent

to the foundation shall be sloped away from the building at a slope of not
less than one unit vertical in 20 units horizontal (5-percent slope) for a min-
imum distance of 10 feet (3048 mm) measured perpendicular to the face
of the wall. If physical obstructions or lot lines prohibit 10 feet (3048 mm)
of horizontal distance, a 5-percent slope shall be provided to an approved
alternative method of diverting water away from the foundation. Swales used
for this purpose shall be sloped a minimum of not less than 2 percent where
located within 10 feet (3048 mm) of the building foundation. Impervious
surfaces within 10 feet (3048 mm) of the building foundation shall be sloped
a minimum of not less than 2 percent away from the building.
Exceptions:
1. Where climatic or soil conditions warrant, the slope of the
ground away from the building foundation shall be permitted
to be reduced to not less than one unit vertical in 48 units
horizontal (2-percent slope).
2. Impervious surfaces shall be permitted to be sloped less than
2 percent where the surface is a door landing or ramp that is
required to comply with Section 1010.1.5, 1012.3 or 1012.6.1.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: While the intent of Section 1804.4 is to

require a minimum slope away from the building to allow for proper
water drainage, the minimum slope does not take into account walking
surfaces, door landings or ramp landings adjacent to a building that have
iStock.com/shansekala
Front entry slope

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1804.4 ■ Site Grading 255
a maximum cross-slope of 2%. This leaves no room for error in construc-

tion methods providing not only drainage at a minimum of 2% but also
a maximum cross-slope of no more than 2%. Designers often choose a
cross-slope of less than 2% in these areas, which in strict accordance with
this section, is not compliant for site grading.
The addition of an exception to the 2019 CBC Section 1804.4 pro-
vides clarification of the controlling factor in the site grading requirement
versus maximum slopes permitted for accessibility. This added exception
allows a site slope of less than 2% in areas which need the flat surface for
accessibility.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: The requirement for consideration of a keyway

Retaining Walls in the sliding analysis of retaining walls has been deleted from Section
1807.2.
2019 CODE: 1807.2 Retaining walls. Retaining walls shall be

designed in accordance with Sections 1807.2.1 through 1807.2.3. [OSHPD
1R, 2 & 5] Freestanding cantilever walls shall be designed in accordance
1807.2.1 General. Retaining walls shall be designed to ensure stabil-

ity against overturning, sliding, excessive foundation pressure and water
uplift. Where a keyway is extended below the wall base with the intent
to engage passive pressure and enhance sliding stability, lateral soil
pressures on both sides of the keyway shall be considered in the sliding
analysis.
1807.2.2 Design lateral soil loads. Retaining walls shall be designed

iStock.com/Feverpitched
for the lateral soil loads set forth in Section 1610. [OSHPD 1R, 2 & 5]
Retaining wall lateral soil loads determined by a geotechnical investiga-
tion report in accordance with Section 1803.5.12 and shall not be less
than 80 percent of the lateral soil loads determined in accordance with
Section 1610. For use with the load combinations, lateral soil loads due
to gravity load surcharge shall be considered gravity loads and seismic
earth pressure increases due to earthquake shall be considered as seismic
Retaining walls loads. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or F, the
design of retaining walls supporting more than 6 feet (1829 mm) of back-
fill height shall incorporate the additional seismic lateral earth pressure
in accordance with the geotechnical investigation where required in Sec-
tion 1803.2.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The application of soil pressure on both sides

of a keyway is a recent addition to the model codes, and has caused con-
cern and opposition from the geotechnical engineering community. The
keyway concept is in conflict with accepted engineering practice and the
principles of soil mechanics. 2016 CBC language was vague and ambigu-
ous with respect to lateral soil pressures on the keyway.
The application of “lateral earth pressures on both sides of the key-
way” is commonly interpreted to require a deepening of the active soil
pressure to the bottom of the keyway. Active soil pressure requires move-
ment of the key, which is contrary to the intent of the provision.
As there has been ongoing confusion over the intent of consideration
of lateral earth pressure on both sides of the keyway and confusion about
the purpose of the keyway, in the 2019 CBC the requirement for a keyway
is deleted. A keyway may still be used when designed using the princi-
ples of soil mechanics and accepted engineering practice.
New text in Section 1807.2.2 adds a pointer for the structural design
of retaining walls to resist lateral loads identified in the geotechnical
report. The new requirement provides coordination with the require-

ments of Section 1803.5.12, geotechnical investigations in Seismic Design
Categories D, E and F, for lateral earth pressure on retaining walls.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1810.3.8.3 ■ Precast Prestressed Piles 257
1810.3.8.3
CHANGE SUMMARY: Equations in Section 1810.3.8.3 addressing pre-
cast prestressed piles have been updated.
Precast Prestressed
Piles
2019 CODE: 1810.3.8.3.2 Seismic reinforcement in Seismic Design
Category C. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, pre-
cast prestressed piles shall have transverse reinforcement in accordance
with this section. The volumetric ratio of spiral reinforcement shall not be
less than the amount required by the following formula for the upper 20
feet (6096 mm) of the pile.
rs 5 0.04(f 9c /fyh)[2.8 1 2.34P/f 9cAg)] (Equation 18-5)
where:
Ag 5 Pile cross-sectional area square inches (mm2).
f 9c 5 Specified compressive strength of concrete, psi (MPa).
fyh 5 Yield strength of spiral reinforcement # 85,000 psi (586 MPa).
P 5 Axial load on pile, pounds (kN), as determined from Equations
16-5 and 16-7.
rs 5 Spiral reinforcement index or volumetric ratio (vol. spiral/vol.
core).
Not less than At least one-half the volumetric ratio required by Equa-
tion 18-5 shall be provided below the upper 20 feet (6096 mm) of the pile.
Exception: The minimum spiral reinforcement index required by

Equation 18-5 shall not apply in cases where the design includes full
consideration of load combinations specified in ASCE 7, Section 2.3.6
and the applicable overstrength factor, Ω0. In such cases, minimum
spiral reinforcement index shall be as specified in Section 1810.3.8.1.
1810.3.8.3.3 Seismic reinforcement in Seismic Design Categories D

through F. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E or
F, precast prestressed piles shall have transverse reinforcement in accor-
dance with the following:
(No changes to items 1 through 4.)
5. Where the transverse reinforcement consists of circular spirals,

the volumetric ratio of spiral transverse reinforcement in the
ductile region shall comply with the following:
rs 5 0.06(f 9c /fyh)[2.8 1 2.34P/f 9cAg)] (Equation 18-6)
but not exceed:
rs 5 0.021 (Equation 18-7)
where:
Ag 5 Pile cross-sectional area, square inches (mm2).
f 9c 5 Specified compressive strength of concrete, psi (MPa).
fyh 5 Yield strength of spiral reinforcement # 85,000 psi (586 MPa).

100822524
1810.3.8.3 continued P 5 Axial load on pile, pounds (kN), as determined from Equations
16-5 and 16-7.
rs 5 Volumetric ratio (vol. spiral/vol. core).
This required amount of spiral reinforcement is permitted to be

obtained by providing an inner and outer spiral.
Exception: [OSHPD 1R, 2 & 5] Not permitted by OSHPD. The mini-

mum spiral reinforcement required by Equation 18-6 shall not apply
in cases where the design includes full consideration of load combi-
nations specified in ASCE 7, Section 2.3.6 and the applicable over-
strength factor, Ω0. In such cases, minimum spiral reinforcement shall
be as specified in Section 1810.3.8.1.
(No changes to item 6.)
1810.3.8.3.4 Axial load limit in Seismic Design Categories C

through F. For structures assigned to Seismic Design Category C, D, E,
or F, the maximum factored axial load on precast prestressed piles sub-
jected to a combination of seismic lateral force and axial load shall not
exceed the following values:
1.
0.2f 9c Ag for square piles
2.
0.4f 9c Ag for circular or octagonal piles
(As multiple sections of Section 1810.3.8.3 were affected, the entire code
change text is too extensive to be included here. Refer to code change S227
in the Complete Revision History to the 2018 I-Codes for the complete text
and history of the change.)
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Recent research considered the relationship

between curvature ductility demand on prestressed piles and overall system
ductility demand. From results of the research, a new equation was created
which results in curvature ductility capacities exceeding 12, established as
a minimum limit needed for areas of moderate seismicity—in other words,
in Seismic Design Category C (SDC C). Note, below 20 feet of depth, in the
lower portion of the pile, required reinforcement is allowed to be reduced
by fifty percent.
Stringent code provisions require significant pile ductility in the top
35 feet of the pile for sites in Seismic Design Categories D, E and F. This
ductility requirement is driven by concerns over soil-structure interaction
model accuracy under seismic loading including the effects of liquefaction
and findings from post-earthquake foundation evaluations. Recent research
considering the relationship between curvature on prestressed piles and
overall system ductility demand influenced derivation of a new equation
which results in curvature ductility capacities exceeding 18, which is now
a minimum limit for areas of high seismicity. The limit is based on average
curvature ductility capacity minus one standard deviation.
For other codes and standards, the highest ductility demand for
buildings is in the New Zealand Standard (NZS 3101, 2006) where
designs must be based on a minimum curvature ductility capacity of 20.
Similarly, ATC-32 (1996) sets the curvature ductility capacity target for
vertical compression members at 13 with the expectation that fifty per-
cent more capacity is available.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1810.3.8.3 ■ Precast Prestressed Piles 259
In the 2019 CBC, the equation for the volumetric ratio of spiral trans-
verse reinforcement in moderate seismic regions has been updated. Addi-
tionally, a new exception in Section 1810.3.8.3.2, similar to other
overstrength statements in the CBC, recognizes that the volumetric ratio
of spiral reinforcement required may be limited to that required for driv-
ing and handling stresses, when the pile foundation system is designed
with inclusion of overstrength in the load combinations. The minimum
spiral reinforcement required per Section 1810.3.8.1 for driving and han-
dling stresses is sufficient when the design includes the effect of over-
strength as the increased resistance to axial forces, shear forces and
bending moments in the piling provide a large factor of safety against
nonlinear pile behavior.
In Section 1810.3.8.3.3, an updated Equation 18-6 provides a volu-
metric steel ratio that is 50% higher than that required for SDC C. The
updated equations are based on a prescriptive design philosophy that
requires spiral confinement in accordance with maximum expected pile
curvature ductility demands resulting from the design earthquake. The
spiral ratio required is expressed as a function of the curvature ductility
capacity of the prestressed pile as follows:
rs 5 0.06(f 9c/fyh)(μw/18)[2.8 1 1.25P/(0.53f 9c Ag)]
where μw is the ductility capacity of the prestressed pile.
prariwat phirat/Shutterstock.com
Precast prestressed concrete piles

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: A new requirement requiring the use of ASCE 7

Seismic Loads for Section 14.2.4 has been established for the design of precast concrete dia-
Precast Concrete phragms in high seismic regions.
Diaphragms
2019 CODE: 1901.2 Plain and reinforced concrete. Structural con-
crete shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the require-
ments of this chapter and ACI 318 as amended in Section 1905 of this
code. Except for the provisions of Sections 1904 and 1907, the design
and construction of slabs on grade shall not be governed by this chapter
unless they transmit vertical loads or lateral forces from other parts of the
structure to the soil. Precast concrete diaphragms in buildings assigned to
Seismic Design Category C, D, E or F shall be designed in accordance with
the requirements of ASCE 7, Section 14.2.4.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Because the 2016 CBC directly referenced

material standards, ASCE 7 Chapter 14, Material specific seismic design
and detailing requirements, is exempted from reference by the CBC.
This practice of excluding Chapter 14 formed a streamlined process
when referencing material standards such as the concrete design stan-
dard, ACI 318. The CBC only referenced one document, ACI 318, for
general material design.
With the 2016 edition of ASCE 7, one section in Chapter 14 is needed
for seismic design of precast concrete assemblies. ASCE 7-16 references
Section 14.2.4 for an integral part of the precast diaphragm design proce-
dure. Section 14.2.4 contains a connector qualification methodology that
Floating floor treatment
Precast unit
Gypsum board Screed (sand and cement)
Precast concrete slab

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 1901.2 ■ Seismic Loads 261
was created in the course of development of a seismic design methodology

for precast diaphragms. The 2014 edition of ACI 318 does not contain this
methodology.
In the 2016 CBC, seismic design of diaphragms referenced ASCE 7-10
Section 12.10. In the 2019 CBC, a new alternative seismic design force for
diaphragms has been added in new Section 12.10.3 of ASCE 7-16. The
alternative design force is the required design methodology for precast
concrete diaphragms in buildings assigned to Seismic Design Category
(SDC) C and above. The methodology is also a permitted design for pre-
cast concrete diaphragms in lower seismic regions, and for cast-in-place
concrete diaphragms and wood diaphragms in any seismic region.
ASCE 7-16 Section 12.10.3 is automatically referenced by the 2019
CBC. However, Section 12.10.3 requires use of Section 14.2.4 which has
always explicitly not been adopted by the CBC. To clarify the reference
process, Section 1613.1, scoping for seismic design in the 2019 CBC, has
been updated to explicitly state that provisions from Chapter 14 of ASCE
7 may be used if referenced in the CBC while Section 1901.2 is updated to
require use of ASCE 7 Section 14.2.4 when designing precast concrete
diaphragms.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: The 2015 edition of the combined SJI-100, Stan-

SJI Standard dard Specification for K-Series, LH-Series, and DLH-Series Open Web
Steel Joists and Joist Girders, is the new referenced standard for steel
joists.
2019 CODE: 2207.1 General. The design, manufacture and use of

open-web steel joists and joist girders shall be in accordance with one of
the following Steel Joist Institute (SJI) specifications: either SJI CJ or SJI
100, as applicable.
1. SJI CJ
2. SJI K
3. SJI LH/DLH
4. SJI JG
CHAPTER 35
SJI Steel Joist Institute
SJI 100—15, 44th Edition Standard Specification Load Tables and Weight
Tables for Steel Joists and Joist Girders K-Series, LH-Series, DHL-Series,
Joist Girders
SJI 200—15: Standard Specification for Composite Steel Joists, CJ-Series
CJ—10 Standard Specification for Composite Steel Joists, CJ-series.
JG—10, Standard Specification for Joist Girders,
K—10 , Standard Specification for Open Web Steel Joists, K-series,
LH/DLH—10, Standard Specification for Longspan Steel Joists, LH-
series and Deep Longspan Steel Joists, DLH-series
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The 2015 edition of the combined SJI-100,

Standard Specification for K-Series, LH-Series, and DLH-Series Open
Web Steel Joists and Joist Girders (44th Edition), is the new referenced
standard for structural steel joists. The publication of SJI 100-15 repre-
sents a significant change in the presentation of the SJI specifications.
Previously, there were three separate specifications (all found in the 43rd
Edition), covering K-Series, LH/DLH-Series, and Joist Girders, each one
an independent ANSI standard. The newly combined ANSI standard is
intended to simplify work for designers.
Beyond combination of the standards, additional changes are found
in the new SJI standard, including:
1. Concentrated loads:
• For concentrated loads, the 100-pound allowance is now
included in the specification, provided that certain conditions
are met. (Section 4.1.2)
• For known concentrated load locations, a joist must be
designed so no field-applied web members are required.
All bracing must be applied at the fab shop. (Section 4.1.2)

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 2207.1 ■ SJI Standard 263
2. For built-up web members comprised of two interconnected

shapes, a modified slenderness ratio has been introduced.
(Section 4.3.5)
3. SJI welding provisions now match AWS D1.1 and D1.3 require-
ments with a modified acceptance criteria as permitted by AWS
D1.1 Clause 6.8. (Section 4.5.1)
4. Changes have been made to the k factors for web and chord
slenderness. (Section 4.3)
5. The K-Series (including KCS) bending exemption for interior pan-
els of less than 24 inches has been removed.
6. The criteria for joint eccentricity have been merged to create crite-
ria based upon the number of web components, but independent
of the joist series. (Section 4.5.4)
7. Criteria for bearing seat and bearing plate width, which had previ-
ously been only in the SJI Code of Standard Practice, have been
added to the specification. (Section 5.4)
8. The criteria for bearing seat depth, to achieve the end reaction
farther over the support, has been rewritten for greater clarity.
(Section 5.4.3)
9. Connection welds have been added to applicable bridging tables.
(Section 5.5)
10. The existing “Minkoff” equation for determination of erection
bridging requirements has now been added to the specification.
(Section 5.5.2.1)
11. Guidance on seismic loads has been added. (Section 5.13)
Courtesy of Steel Joist Institute
SJI 100-15 standard

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: Reference to the cantilevered storage rack stan-

Cantilevered Steel dard, RMI ANSI/MH 16.3, has been added to clarify the characteristics,
Storage Racks essential differences and requirements for cantilevered storage racks.
2019 CODE: 2209.2 Cantilevered steel storage racks. The design,

testing, and utilization of cantilevered storage racks made of cold-formed
or hot-rolled steel structural members shall be in accordance with RMI
ANSI/MH 16.3. Where required by ASCE 7, the seismic design of canti-
levered steel storage racks shall be in accordance with Section 15.5.3 of
ASCE 7.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The Rack Manufacturers Institute’s (RMI)

standard ANSI/MH 16.1 Specification for the Design, Testing and Utilization
of Industrial Steel Storage Racks, referenced in the 2016 CBC, applies to
industrial pallet racks, movable shelf racks and stacker racks made of cold-
formed or hot-rolled steel structural members. The standard MH 16.1 spe-
cifically does not apply to cantilever racks, portable racks, or drive-in or
drive-through racks, nor to racks made of materials other than structural
steel.
This code change coordinates the definition of cantilevered storage racks
with the 2016 CBC definition of steel storage racks. A direct reference is made
to the cantilevered storage rack standard, Rack Manufacturers Institute’s (RMI)
standard ANSI/MH 16.3, Specification for the Design, Testing and Utilization
of Industrial Steel Cantilevered Storage Racks. Having a separate standard for
cantilevered storage racks will help clarify, for designers and users of industrial
steel storage racks, the characteristics, essential differences, and requirements
in the design, construction, use, and behavior of cantilevered storage racks as
distinguished from the more conventional systems commonly known as
“pallet racks” or “selective racks.”
iStock.com/nycshooter
Cantilevered storage rack


100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 2211 ■ Cold-Formed Steel Light-Frame Construction 265
2211
CHANGE SUMMARY: The 2015 editions of the AISI standards for cold-
formed steel, including AISI S240, AISI S400 and AISI S202, have been
Cold-Formed Steel
referenced in the 2019 CBC. Light-Frame
Construction
2019 CODE: 2211.1 General Structural framing. The For cold-
formed steel light-frame construction, the design and installation of the
following structural framing systems, including their members and non-
structural members utilized in cold-formed steel light-frame construction
where the specified minimum base steel thickness is not greater than
0.1180 inches (2.997 mm) connections, shall be in accordance with AISI
S200 S240, and Sections 2211.2 2211.1.1 through 2211.7, or AISI S220
2211.1.3, as applicable.:
1. Floor and roof systems.

2. Structural walls.
3. Shear walls, strap-braced walls and diaphragms to resist in-plane
lateral loads.
4. Trusses.
2211.1.1 Seismic requirements for cold-formed steel structural

systems. The design of cold-formed steel light-frame construction to
resist seismic forces shall be in accordance with the provisions of Section
2211.1.1.1 or 2211.1.1.2, as applicable.
2211.1.1.1 Seismic Design Categories B and C. Where a response

modification coefficient, R, in accordance with ASCE 7, Table 12.2-1 is
2211 continues
Cold-formed steel framing

100822524
2211 continued used for the design of cold-formed steel light-frame construction assigned
to Seismic Design Category B or C, the seismic force-resisting system
shall be designed and detailed in accordance with the requirements of
AISI S400.
Exception: The response modification coefficient, R, designated for

“Steel systems not specifically detailed for seismic resistance, exclud-
ing cantilever column systems” in ASCE 7, Table 12.2-1 shall be permit-
ted for systems designed and detailed in accordance with AISI S240
and need not be designed and detailed in accordance with AISI S400.
2211.1.1.2 Seismic Design Categories D through F. In cold-formed

steel light-frame construction assigned to Seismic Design Category D, E
or F, the seismic force-resisting system shall be designed and detailed in
accordance with AISI S400.
[OSHPD 1R, 2 & 5]:

1. Cold-formed steel stud foundation plates or sills shall be bolted or
fastened to the foundation or foundation wall in accordance with
Section 2304.3.4, Item 2.
2. Shear wall assemblies in accordance with Sections E5, E6 and E7
of AISI S400 are not permitted within the seismic force-resisting
system of buildings.
2211.7 2211.1.2 Prescriptive framing. No change to text.
2211.3 2211.1.3 Truss design. Cold-formed steel trusses shall be

designed in accordance comply with AISI S214, the additional provisions
of Sections 2211.3.1 2211.1.3.1 through 2211.3.4 and accepted engineer-
ing practice 2211.1.3.3.
[OSHPD 1R, 2 & 5] Complete engineering analysis and truss design
drawings shall accompany the construction documents submitted to the
enforcement agency for approval. When load testing is required, the test
report shall be submitted with the truss design drawings and engineering
analysis to the enforcement agency.
2211.3.1 2211.1.3.1 Truss design drawings. The truss design draw-

ings shall conform to the requirements of Section B2.3 I1 of AISI S214
S202 and shall be provided with the shipment of trusses delivered to the
job site. The truss design drawings shall include the details of permanent
individual truss member restraint/bracing in accordance with Section
B6(a) or B 6(c) I1.6 of AISI S214 S202 where these methods are utilized to
provide restraint/bracing.
2211.3.3 2211.1.3.2 Trusses spanning 60 feet or greater. No

change to text.
2211.3.4 2211.1.3.3 Truss quality assurance. Trusses not part of

a manufacturing process that provides requirements for quality control
done under the supervision of a third-party quality control agency in
accordance with AISI S240 Chapter D shall be manufactured fabricated in
compliance with Sections 1704.2.5 and 1705.2, as applicable.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 2211 ■ Cold-Formed Steel Light-Frame Construction 267
2211.2 Nonstructural members. For cold-formed steel light-frame

construction, the design and installation of nonstructural members and
connections shall be in accordance with AISI S220.
[OSHPD 1R, 2 & 5] For noncomposite assembly design. Where nonstruc-
tural members do not qualify for design under AISI S220, the design and
installation of nonstructural members and connections shall be in accor-
dance with AISI S240 or S100.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The 2015 editions of AISI standards for cold-

formed steel have been adopted in the 2019 CBC. These new standards
include AISI S240, North American Standard for Cold-Formed Steel
Structural Framing; AISI S400, North American Standard for Seismic
Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Systems; and AISI S202, Code of
Standard Practice for Cold-Formed Steel Structural Framing.
AISI S240, the North American Standard for Cold-Formed Steel
Structural Framing, addresses requirements for construction with cold-
formed steel structural framing that are common to prescriptive and engi-
neered light-frame construction. This comprehensive standard was
formed by merging the following AISI standards:
• AISI S200—General Provisions

• AISI S210—Floor and Roof System Design
• AISI S211—Wall Stud Design
• AISI S212—Header Design
• AISI S213—Lateral Design
• AISI S214—Truss Design
AISI S240 supersedes all previous editions of these individual AISI

standards. Additionally, the standard builds upon this foundation by add-
ing the first comprehensive chapter on quality control and quality assur-
ance (special inspection) for cold-formed steel light-frame construction.
AISI S400-15, North American Standard for Seismic Design of Cold-
Formed Steel Structural Systems, addresses the design and construction
of cold-formed steel structural members and connections used in the seis-
mic force-resisting systems in buildings and other structures. AISI S400
supersedes AISI S110 and the seismic design provisions of AISI S213 and
is intended to be applied in conjunction with both AISI S100 and AISI
S240, as applicable. This first edition primarily represents a merging of
the requirements from the following standards:
• AISI S110—Special Bolted Moment Frame, 2007 edition with

Supplement No. 1-2009 edition
• AISI S213—Lateral Design, 2007 edition with Supplement
No. 1-2009 edition seismic requirements
• ANSI/AISC 341-10, Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Build-
ings, which is developed by the American Institute of Steel Con-
struction (AISC) for layout of systems and source of many of the
seismic design requirements
2211 continues

100822524
2211 continued Reference to AISI S400 is made for the design of cold-formed steel
seismic force-resisting systems. Since the relationship between AISI S240
and AISI S400 is similar to that between AISC 360 and AISC 341, the
charging language in CBC Section 2211.1.1 has been modified to parallel
the language in Section 2205.2 for structural steel. The CBC references
AISI S400 and exempts seismic force-resisting systems only where the
seismic design category is B or C and the seismic response modification
coefficient, R, equals 3. This is done to recognize that ASCE 7, Table 12.2-1,
Section H exempts steel systems from seismic detailing requirements in
SDC B and C when R is less than or equal to 3. These systems are designed
in accordance with AISI S240. Requirements for the cold-formed steel
special-bolted moment frames are now located in AISI S400.
AISI S202, Code of Standard Practice for Cold-Formed Steel Struc-
tural Framing, is intended to serve as a state-of-the-art mandatory docu-
ment for establishing contractual relationships between various parties in
a construction project where cold-formed steel structural materials, com-
ponents, and assemblies are used. While the entire standard is not directly
referenced in the CBC, portions of AISI S202 establishing minimum
requirements for cold-formed steel truss design drawings are directly
referenced.
All AISI standards are available for free download at: www.aisistan
dards.org.
Courtesy American Iron and Steel Institute

Courtesy American Iron and Steel Institute
AISI S240 AISI S400

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 2303.2.2 ■ Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood 269
2303.2.2
CHANGE SUMMARY: The types of chemical treatment allowed for fire-
retardant-treated lumber have been clarified.
Fire-Retardant-
Treated Wood
2019 CODE: 2303.2.2 Other means during manufacture. For
wood products produced impregnated with chemicals by other means
during manufacture, the treatment shall be an integral part of the manu-
facturing process of the wood product. The treatment shall provide per-
manent protection to all surfaces of the wood product. The use of paints,
coating, stains or other surface treatments is not an approved method of
protection as required in this section.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: In the 2016 CBC, requirements for treatment

of lumber broke into two paths: (1) pressure impregnation under Section
2303.2.1 and (2) other means during manufacture under Section 2303.2.2.
Fire-retardant-treated wood is typically solid sawn lumber or plywood
and pressure-treated. For engineered lumber the phrase “other means
during manufacture” describes a process where fire-retardant chemicals
are applied to wood veneers, chips, or adhesive during manufacture. This
process is considered to achieve impregnation with chemicals under the
definition of fire-retardant-treated wood and does not require a vacuum
chamber or pressure-treatment process. In some cases, the phrase “other
means during manufacture” has been broadly interpreted to omit need for
the wood product to be impregnated with chemicals in accordance with
the definition of fire-retardant-treated wood.
In the 2019 CBC, the minimum alternative process for engineered
lumber is clarified in Section 2303.2.2. Wood products produced by other
means during manufacture must be impregnated with chemicals.
Additionally, language is clarified to clearly state that wood products
protected by paints, stains and other surface treatments are not fire-
retardant-treated wood. The suitability of surface treatments as a method
of protection must be evaluated as an alternate method under Section
2303.2.2 continues
Courtesy of BB&S Treated Lumber of New England
Treated lumber

100822524
2303.2.2 continued 104.11, Alternative materials, design and methods of construction and
equipment. Surface treatments are evaluated using acceptance criteria
which create a path to demonstrate equivalent protection for sheathing
and lumber when compared to fire-retardant-treated lumber. Tested attri-
butes of factory-applied surface coatings in acceptance criteria include:
• Durability of the coating
• Potential degradation from exposure to rain during installation
• Flaking or peeling due to shrinkage and expansion
• Effects on strength and stiffness of the wood substrate
Treatment using this alternative process will have an evaluation
report or research report showing equivalence with fire-retardant treat-
ment by impregnation of lumber.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 2303.6 ■ Nails and Staples 271
2303.6
CHANGE SUMMARY: Nails and staples are required to conform to the
standard ASTM F1667 including Supplement 1. In addition, minimum
Nails and Staples
average bending moment values have been added for staples.
2019 CODE: 2303.6 Nails and staples. Nails and staples shall con-
form to requirements of ASTM F1667, including Supplement 1. Nails
used for framing and sheathing connections shall have minimum aver-
age bending yield strengths as follows: 80 kips per square inch (ksi)
(551 MPa) for shank diameters larger than 0.177 inch (4.50 mm) but not
larger than 0.254 inch (6.45 mm), 90 ksi (620 MPa) for shank diameters
larger than 0.142 inch (3.61 mm) but not larger than 0.177 inch (4.50 mm)
and 100 ksi (689 MPa) for shank diameters of at least not less than 0.099
inch (2.51 mm) but not larger than 0.142 inch (3.61 mm). Staples used for
framing and sheathing connections shall have minimum average bending
moment as follows: 3.6 in.-lbs (0.41 N-m) for No. 16 gage staples, 4.0 in.-
lbs (0.45 N-m) for No. 15 gage staples, and 4.3 in.-lbs (0.49 N-m) for No.
14 gage staples.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Section 2303.6 of the 2016 CBC contains

strength requirements for nails and lacks similar strength requirements
for staples. To further describe nail and staple minimum quality; ASTM
F1667, Standard Specification for Driven Fasteners: Nails, Spikes, and
Staples, contains minimum size requirements for nails and staples.
Additionally, the standard addresses bending strength requirements in
a supplementary section where it lists minimum requirements for nails.
ASTM F1667 Supplement S1 is a set of supplementary requirements, not
a mandatory enforcement unless specifically referenced by the local juris-
diction or state.
The American Wood Council’s National Design Specification for
Wood Construction (AWC NDS) also contains minimum requirements for
fastener yield strengths in Appendix I which is non-mandatory. Lastly,
AWC NDS and ASTM F1667 Supplement S1, do not include staple
strength requirements.
To determine staple strength, values were taken from testing results
listed in the International Staple, Nail, and Tool Association (ISANTA)
ICC-ES Report 1539. If the ISANTA report was not used, testing method-
ology for bending strength in staples was left to the discretion of the
building official.
Why is this an issue? During the last two code cycles, staples have
become fully integrated into the building code, and are recognized
directly in the CBC as an alternative for nails in structural applications.
As staples no longer required an alternative material procedure, it became
possible for a staple manufacturer to produce code referenced staples
which didn’t meet minimum strength requirements.
As the two primary references for staples do not contain bending
strength requirements, the 2019 CBC has added language for minimum
bending moment values for staples. This gives the IBC bending strength
values for both nails and staples.
2303.6 continues

100822524
2303.6 continued The current sole source of staple performance testing is found in
ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria AC201. AC201 uses the ASTM F1575 nail test
method as the basis for its testing procedure and modifies testing as
needed for the unique conditions of staples.
The ASTM F1667 Supplement S1, Section S1.3 requires use of the
testing procedure of ASTM F1575 to determine yield strength, so use of
AC 201 mirrors requirements for nails. Additionally, the 2018 IBC now
specifically references Supplement S1 of ASTM F1667 for nails.

16 gage staples

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition Table 2304.9.3.2 ■ Mechanically Laminated Decking 273
Table
CHANGE SUMMARY: A new alternative fastener schedule for construc-
tion of mechanically laminated decking has been added to the 2019 CBC 2304.9.3.2
giving equivalent power-driven fasteners for the 20 penny nail.
Mechanically
2019 CODE: Laminated Decking
TABLE 2304.9.3.2 Fastening Schedule for Mechanically Laminated Decking Using Laminations of 2-inch
Nominal Thickness
Maximum Spacing Between

Face Nailsa,b (inches)
Minimum Nail Size Decking Supports Decking Supports Number of Toenails
(Length 3 Diameter) (inches) # 48 inches o.c. . 48 inches o.c. into Supportsc
4 3 0.192 30 18 1
4 3 0.162 24 14 2
4 3 0.148 22 13 2
3½ 3 0.162 20 12 2
3½ 3 0.148 19 11 2
3½ 3 0.135 17 10 2
3 3 0.148 11 7 2
3 3 0.128 9 5 2
2¾ 3 0.148 10 6 2
2¾ 3 0.131 9 6 3
2¾ 3 0.120 8 5 3
For SI: 1 inch 5 25.4 mm

a. Nails shall be driven perpendicular to the lamination face, alternating between top and bottom edges.
b. Where nails penetrate through two laminations and into the third, they shall be staggered one-third of the spacing in adjacent
laminations. Otherwise, nails shall be staggered one-half of the spacing in adjacent laminations.
c. Where supports are 48 inches (1219 mm) on center or less, alternate laminations shall be toenailed to alternate supports; where
supports are spaced more than 48 inches (1219 mm) on center, alternate laminations shall be toenailed to every support.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Building inspectors, plan reviewers, contrac-

tors and designers have all questioned whether proprietary power-driven
nails commonly used by contractors onsite replace the code-required
20 penny 4-inch long nail. In the 2016 CBC, an expanded fastener table,
Table 2304.10.1, for hand-driven nails attempted to expand the “equiv-
alent sizes” available for power-driven nails. Additionally, the Interna-
tional Staple, Nail and Tool Association (ISANTA) ICC-ES Evaluation
Report ESR-1539, Power-Driven Staples and Nails, listed equivalent sizes
for the nails in CBC Table 2304.10.1. But there continue to be questions
about whether a specific manufacturer’s nail is equivalent to or better than
the minimum nail called out in the fastening schedule, Table 2304.10.1.
A new alternative fastener schedule for construction of mechanically
laminated decking has been added to the 2019 CBC giving equivalent
power-driven fasteners for the 20 penny nail. The table provides specific
guidance for use of today’s typical m
echanically driven nails using smaller
Table 2304.9.3.2 continues

100822524
Table 2304.9.3.2 continued
Courtesy Western Wood Structures

Mechanically laminated deck
diameter nails than the 20d common nail. The alternative fastening sched-
ule is based on equivalency to the referenced 20d common nail required in
the 2016 CBC Section 2304.9.3.2 for laminations with a 2-inch nominal
thickness. Nails listed in the table provide equivalent lateral strength, shear
stiffness and withdrawal capacity, as calculated in accordance with the
American Wood Council (AWC)’s standard, the National Design Specifica-
tion for Wood Construction (NDS). These nails, while smaller, are spaced
more closely than the 20d nail providing equivalent or better strength.
Additional proprietary nails can be used by referencing the ISANTA ICC‑ES
Evaluation Report ESR-1539, Power-Driven Staples and Nails or other
applicable evaluation reports.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition Table 2304.10.1 ■ Ring Shank Nails 275
Table
CHANGE SUMMARY: The 2019 CBC and CRC are now aligned by
requiring 8-penny common or ring shank nails when nailing 6 inches and 2304.10.1
12 inches on center for roof sheathing.
Ring Shank Nails
2019 CODE:
TABLE 2304.10.1 (PARTIAL) Fastening Schedule, roof requirements
Wood structural panels (WSP), subfloor, roof and interior wall sheathing to framing
and particleboard wall sheathing to framinga
Spacing and Location
Intermediate
Building Edges supports
Element Number and Type of Fastener (inches) (inches)
31. 30. 8d box common or deformed (2½0 3 0.1130.1310) (roof),
6 12
3
⁄80 - ½0 or RSRS-01 (23⁄80 3 0.1130) nail (roof)d
23⁄80 3 0.1130 nail (roof) 4 8
1¾0 16 gage staple, ⁄16 0 crown (roof )
7
3 6
32. 31. 8d common or deformed (2½0 3 0.1310) (roof), or
6 12
19
⁄320 - ¾0 RSRS-01 (23⁄80 3 0.1130) nail (roof)d
23⁄80 3 0.1130 nail; or
4 8
20 16 gage staple, 7⁄160 crown
33. 32. 10d common (30 3 0.1480); or
6 12
7
⁄80 - 1¼0 8d deformed (2½0 3 0.1310)
For SI: 1 inch 5 25.4 mm.

d. RSRS-01 is a Roof Sheathing Ring Shank nail meeting the specifications in ASTM F1667.
(No changes to footnotes a–c.)
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: In the 2016 California Residential Code (CRC),

ring shank nails are an option for attaching roof sheathing. Testing has
shown them to be equivalent to or better than conventional nail options
including 8d common nails. The 2016 California Building Code (CBC)
did not address ring shank nails and only required an 8d box nail. Test-
ing has also shown that the 8d box nail is insufficient for lower-density
roof sheathing in higher wind regions, for example regions with basic, or
ultimate, wind speeds of 130 and 140 miles per hour.
The 2019 CBC and CRC are now aligned by requiring an 8d common
or ring shank nail for roof sheathing with wider nail spacing. Two addi-
tional fasteners, the smaller 8d box nail and a 7⁄160 crown, 16 gage staple,
remain additional options but require tighter spacing of the fasteners.
This change brings consistency for the two codes when determining mini-
mum nail size for roof sheathing attachment with 6:12 nail spacing.
The deformed nail option (2½0 3 0.1310) is based on the assumption
that the deformed nail, which has non-standard deformations, has at least
the same withdrawal capacity and head pull-through performance as the
equivalent diameter 8d common (2½0 3 0.1310) smooth shank nail.
Table 2304.10.1 continues

100822524
Table 2304.10.1 continued The Roof Sheathing Ring Shank (RSRS) nail is standardized in ASTM
F1667 and added as equivalent to the 8d common nail to resist uplift of
roof sheathing. This standardized ring shank nail provides improved
withdrawal resistance. A head size of 0.281-inch diameter is specified for
the RSRS-01 nail in ASTM F1667 which is equivalent to the head diame-
ter of the 8d common nail.

Deformed nails

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 2304.10.5 ■ Fasteners in Treated Wood 277
2304.10.5
CHANGE SUMMARY: Staples in preservative-treated wood and fire-
retardant-treated wood are now required to be made of stainless steel.
Fasteners in Treated
Wood
2019 CODE: 2304.10.5 Fasteners and connectors in contact with
preservative-treated and fire-retardant-treated wood. Fasteners,
including nuts and washers, and connectors in contact with preserva-
tive-treated and fire-retardant-treated wood shall be in accordance with
Sections 2304.10.5.1 through 2304.10.5.4. The coating weights for zinc-
coated fasteners shall be in accordance with ASTM A153. Stainless steel

driven fasteners shall be in accordance with the material requirements of
ASTM F1667.
2304.10.5.1 Fasteners and connectors for preservative-treated

wood. Fasteners, including nuts and washers, in contact with preser-
vative-treated wood shall be of hot-dipped zinc-coated galvanized steel,
stainless steel, silicon bronze or copper. Staples shall be of stainless steel.
Fasteners other than nails, staples, timber rivets, wood screws and lag
screws shall be permitted to be of mechanically deposited zinc-coated
Stainless steel staples
steel with coating weights in accordance with ASTM B695, Class 55 mini-
mum. Connectors that are used in exterior applications and in contact
with preservative-treated wood shall have coating types and weights in
accordance with the treated wood or connector manufacturer’s recom-
mendations. In the absence of manufacturer’s recommendations, a min-
imum of not less than ASTM A653, Type G185 zinc-coated galvanized
steel, or equivalent, shall be used.
Exception: Plain carbon steel fasteners, including nuts and wash-

ers, in SBX/DOT and zinc borate preservative-treated wood in an
interior, dry environment shall be permitted.
2304.10.5.3 Fasteners for fire-retardant-treated wood used in

exterior applications or wet or damp locations. Fasteners, includ-
ing nuts and washers, for fire-retardant-treated wood used in exterior
applications or wet or damp locations shall be of hot-dipped zinc-coated
galvanized steel, stainless steel, silicon bronze or copper. Staples shall be
of stainless steel. Fasteners other than nails, staples, timber rivets, wood
screws and lag screws shall be permitted to be of mechanically deposited
zinc-coated steel with coating weights in accordance with ASTM B695,
Class 55 minimum.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: During the last two code cycles, staples have
been added as an alternative fastener for use in various types of wood-to-
wood connections. The phrase “other than nails and timber rivets” has
now been rewritten to include staples as a code-accepted solution. Staples
are also now specifically limited to stainless steel where exposed to cor-
rosive environments. The thin wire gages used in staple fasteners (16ga–
14ga) are much thinner than those used in nails, and are consequentially
more susceptible to corrosion. Due to the thin gage, stainless steel staples
are currently the only option in installations requiring increased corro-
sion resistance.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: The heavy timber provisions of Chapter 23 have

Heavy Timber been reorganized and the 2016 CBC table on engineered lumber dimen-
Construction sional equivalencies previously located in Section 602.4 has been moved
into Section 2304.11.
2019 CODE: 2304.11 Heavy timber construction. Where a struc-

ture or, portion thereof is, or individual structural elements are required
to be of Type IV construction by other provisions of this code to be of
heavy timber, the building elements therein shall comply with the appli-
cable provisions of Sections 2304.11.1 through 2304.11.52304.11.4.
Minimum dimensions of heavy timber shall comply with the applicable
requirements in Table 2304.11 based on roofs or floors supported and the
configuration of each structural element, or in Sections 2304.11.2 through
2304.11.4. Lumber decking shall also be in accordance with Section
2304.9.
2304.11.1 Columns Details of heavy timber structural members.

Columns Heavy timber structural members shall be detailed and con-
structed in accordance with Sections 2304.11.1.1 through 2304.11.1.3.
continuous or superimposed throughout all stories by means of reinforced
concrete or metal caps with brackets, or shall be connected by properly
designed steel or iron caps, with pintles and base plates, or by timber
splice plates affixed to the columns by metal connectors housed within
the contact faces, or by other approved methods.
2304.11.1.1 Column connections Columns. Minimum dimensions

of columns shall be in accordance with Table 2304.11. Columns shall
be continuous or superimposed throughout all stories and connected in
an approved manner. Girders and beams at column connections shall be
Courtesy of Nordic Structures
Heavy timber construction

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 2304.11 ■ Heavy Timber Construction 279
closely fitted around columns and adjoining ends shall be cross tied to each
other, or intertied by caps or ties, to transfer horizontal loads across joints.
Wood bolsters shall not be placed on tops of columns unless the columns
support roof loads only. Where traditional heavy timber detailing is used,
connections shall be by means of reinforced concrete or metal caps with
brackets, by properly designed steel or iron caps, with pintles and base
plates, by timber splice plates affixed to the columns by metal connectors
housed within the contact faces, or by other approved methods.
2304.11.22304.11.1.2 Floor framing. Minimum dimensions of floor

framing shall be in accordance with Table 2304.11. Approved wall plate
boxes or hangers shall be provided where wood beams, girders or trusses
rest on masonry or concrete walls. Where intermediate beams are used to
support a floor, they shall rest on top of girders, or shall be supported by
ledgers or blocks securely fastened to the sides of the girders, or they shall
be supported by an approved metal hanger into which the ends of the
beams shall be closely fitted. Where traditional heavy timber detailing is
used, these connections shall be permitted to be supported by ledgers or
blocks securely fastened to the sides of the girders.
2304.11.32304.11.1.3 Roof framing. Minimum dimensions of roof

framing shall be in accordance with Table 2304.11. Every roof girder and
at least not less than every alternate roof beam shall be anchored to its
supporting member; and every monitor and every sawtooth construction
shall be anchored to the main roof construction. Such anchors shall con-
sist of steel or iron bolts of sufficient strength to resist vertical uplift of the
roof. to resist forces as required in Chapter 16.
602.4.82304.11.2 Partitions and walls. Partitions and walls shall

comply with Section 602.4.8.12304.11.2.1 or 602.4.8.22304.11.2.2.
602.4.8.22304.11.2.1 Exterior walls. Exterior walls shall be permit-

ted to be of one of the following:
1. Noncombustible materials.
1. Not less than 6 inches (152 mm) in thickness and constructed of
one of the following:
1.1. Fire-retardant-treated wood in accordance with Section 2303.2
and complying with Section 602.4.1.
1.1. cross-laminated timber complying with meeting the require-
ments of Section 602.4.22303.1.4.
602.4.8.12304.11.2.2 Interior walls and partitions. No change to text.
602.4.62304.11.3 Floors. Floors shall be without concealed spaces.

Wood floors shall be constructed in accordance with Section 602.4.6.1
2304.11.3.1 or 602.4.6.22304.11.3.2.
602.4.6.22304.11.3.1 Cross-laminated timber floors. Cross-lami-

nated timber shall be not less than 4 inches (102 mm) in actual thickness.
2304.11 continues

100822524
2304.11 continued Cross-laminated timber shall be continuous from support to support and
mechanically fastened to one another. Cross-laminated timber shall be
permitted to be connected to walls without a shrinkage gap providing
swelling or shrinking is considered in the design. Corbelling of masonry
walls under the floor shall be permitted to be used.
602.4.6.12304.11.3.2 Sawn or glued-laminated plank floors. No

change to text.
2304.11.4 Floor decks. Floor decks and covering shall not extend
closer than ½ inch (12.7 mm) to walls. Such ½-inch (12.7 mm) spaces
shall be covered by a molding fastened to the wall either above or below
the floor and arranged such that the molding will not obstruct the expan-
sion or contraction movements of the floor. Corbeling of masonry walls
under floors is permitted in place of such molding.
2304.11.5 2304.11.4 Roof decks. Roofs shall be without concealed

spaces and roof decks shall be constructed in accordance with Section
2304.11.4.1 or 2304.11.4.2. Other types of decking shall be an alterna-
tive that provides equivalent fire resistance and structural properties.
Where supported by a wall, roof decks shall be anchored to walls to resist
uplift forces determined in accordance with Chapter 16. Such anchors
shall consist of steel bolts, lags, screws or iron boltsapproved hardware
of sufficient strength to resist vertical uplift of the roof.prescribed forces.
602.4.72304.11.4.1 Roof Cross-laminated timber roofs. Roofs shall

be without concealed spaces and wood roof decks shall be sawn or glued
laminated, splined or tongue-and-groove plank, not less than 2 inches
(51 mm) nominal in thickness; 11⁄8-inch-thick (32 mm) wood structural
panel (exterior glue); planks not less than 3 inches (76 mm) nominal in
width, set on edge close together and laid as required for floors; or of
cross- laminated timber. Other types of decking shall be permitted to be
used if providing equivalent fire resistance and structural properties.
Cross-laminated timber roofs shall be not less than 3 inches (76 mm)
nominal in thickness and shall be continuous from support to support
and mechanically fastened to one another.
2304.11.4.2 Sawn, wood structural panel, or glued-laminated

plank roofs. Sawn, wood structural panel, or glued-laminated plank
roofs shall be one of the following:
1. Sawn or glued laminated, splined or tongue-and-groove plank,

not less than 2 inches (51 mm) nominal in thickness.
2. 11⁄8-inch-thick (32 mm) wood structural panel (exterior glue).
3. Planks not less than 3 inches (76 mm) nominal in width, set on
edge close together and laid as required for floors.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 2304.11 ■ Heavy Timber Construction 281
TABLE 602.4TABLE 2304.11 Wood Member Size Equivalencies Minimum Dimensions of Heavy Timber
Structural Members
Minimum Minimum
Minimum
Glued- Structural
Nominal Solid
laminated Net Composite Lumber
Sawn Size
Size Net Size
Heavy Timber Structural Width, Depth, Width, Depth, Width, Depth,
Supporting Elements inch inch inch inch inch inch
• Columns;
•
Framed sawn or glue-laminated
Floor loads only timber arches which spring 8 8 6¾ 8¼ 7 7½
or combined floor from the floor line
and roof loads
•
Framed timber trusses
•
Wood beams and girders 6 10 5 10½ 5¼ 9½
•
Columns (roof and ceiling loads)
•
Lower half of wood-frame or glue- 6 8 5 8¼ 5¼ 7½
laminated arches which spring
from the floor line or from grade
•
Upper half of wood-frame or glue-
laminated arches which spring 6 6 5 6 5¼ 5½
Roof loads only from the floor line or from grade
•
Framed timber trusses and other
roof framinga
•
Framed or glue-laminated 4b 6 3b 67⁄8 3½b 5½
arches that spring from the top
of walls or wall abutments
For SI: 1 inch 5 25.4 mm.

a. Spaced members shall be permitted to be composed of two or more pieces not less than 3 inches (76 mm) nominal in thickness
where blocked solidly throughout their intervening spaces or where spaces are tightly closed by a continuous wood cover plate
of not less than 2 inches (51 mm) nominal in thickness secured to the underside of the members. Splice plates shall be not less
than 3 inches (76 mm) nominal in thickness.
b. Where protected by approved automatic sprinklers under the roof deck, framing members shall be not less than 3 inches (76 mm)
nominal in width.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Heavy timber structural elements have long

been referenced throughout other parts of the code where a specific heavy
timber structural element is detailed for use in another type of construc-
tion, in other words in non-heavy timber construction. Requirements for
heavy timber construction, including Cross Laminated Timber (CLT),
have been moved into one location.
The CLT product standard was added as a reference in the 2016 CBC.
A second code change allowed CLT to be utilized for the construction of
2-hour exterior walls in Type IV—heavy timber construction.
In the 2019 CBC, these provisions are moved into one location within
Chapter 23. Section 602.4 retains the provisions specific to Type IV
construction including sections on fire-retardant-treated wood and cross-
laminated timber in exterior walls, use of heavy timber columns and
arches in exterior walls, and a reference to the requirements for heavy
timber materials located in Section 2304.11.
2304.11 continues

100822524
2304.11 continued Section 2304.11 can best be described as the section for all things
heavy timber. Heavy timber requirements removed from Section 602.4 are
combined and organized with the existing content of Section 2304.11.
Table 602.4 is renamed, moved and updated with a description of the
components for timber elements based on whether the element supports
roof loads and floor loads or only roof loads. Specific footnotes about the
size and protection of spaced truss elements and the reduction of roof
beam width for sprinklers are noted where applicable. The non-size-
related detailing provisions for framing members and connections (col-
umns, floor framing, and roof framing) are placed in Sections 2304.11.1.1,
2304.11.1.2 and 2304.11.1.3.
Sections 2304.11.2 through 2304.11.4 contain pertinent thickness and
detailing requirements for walls, roof and floor deck construction.
TABLE 23-1 New Locations for Heavy Timber Requirements
2019 CBC 2016 CBC Provision

602.4 602.4 Type IV construction
602.4.1, 602.4.2 602.4.1 Wall assembly thickness
602.4.3 602.4.3 Exterior structural members
2304.11 2304.11 Heavy timber construction
Table 2304.11 Table 602.4 Minimum dimensions
2304.11.1 New Details of heavy timber
structural members
2304.11.1.1 602.4.3, 2304.11.1 Columns
2304.11.1.2 602.4.4, 2304.11.2 Floor framing
2304.11.1.3 602.4.5, 2304.11.3 Roof framing
2304.11.2.1 602.4.8.2 Exterior walls
2304.11.2.2 602.4.8.1 Partitions and interior walls
2304.11.3 602.4.6 Floors
2304.11.3.1 602.4.6.2 CLT floors
2304.11.3.2 602.4.6.1, 2304.11.4 Sawn or glued-laminated
plank floors
2304.11.4 2304.11.5 Roof decks

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 2304.12.2.5, 2304.12.2.6 ■ Supporting Members 283
2304.12.2.5,
CHANGE SUMMARY: The provisions for permeable floors and roofs
have been modified to require positive drainage of water and ventilation 2304.12.2.6
below the floor or roof to protect supporting wood construction.
Supporting Members
2019 CODE: 2304.12.2.5 Supporting members for permeable for Permeable Floors
floors and roofs. Wood structural members that support moisture per- and Roofs
meable floors or roofs that are exposed to the weather, such as concrete or
masonry slabs, shall be of naturally durable or preservative-treated wood
unless separated from such floors or roofs by an impervious moisture bar-
rier. The impervious moisture barrier system protecting the structure sup-
porting floors shall provide positive drainage of water that infiltrates the
moisture-permeable floor topping.
2304.12.2.6 Ventilation beneath balcony or elevated walking

surfaces. Enclosed framing in exterior balconies and elevated walking
surfaces that are exposed to rain, snow or drainage from irrigation shall be
provided with openings that provide a net free cross-ventilation area not
less than 1⁄150 of the area of each separate space.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: A key requirement of impervious moisture

barrier systems installed under permeable floor systems exposed to water
are elements that provide for drainage of water passed through the per-
meable floor system. Without a properly functioning method to transport
this water out, the floor assembly can stay saturated for long periods of
time, potentially contributing to failure of the supporting wood structure.
2016 CBC Section 2304.12.2.5 requires an impervious moisture bar-
rier when wood that is not preservative-treated or naturally durable sup-
ports moisture-permeable floors or roofs exposed to weather such as
concrete and masonry slabs. When such assemblies are a roof, and there
is a leak in the impervious barrier, the occupants typically know about it
and repairs are made. When the assembly supports a walking surface
such as a balcony, there may be no early warning of a leak or decay
because leaks can be located over unoccupied areas outside of the struc-
ture’s building envelope.
The 2016 CBC requirement called for separation of the floor and sup-
porting walls by an impervious moisture barrier when the supporting
wood is not preservative-treated or naturally durable. The 2019 CBC
2304.12.2.5, 2304.12.2.6 continues
Permeable floor
Moisture barrier
Blocking
Blocking Wood joists Control joint Post
Permeable floor

100822524
2304.12.2.5, 2304.12.2.6 further requires that the impervious moisture barrier system protect the
continued substructure supporting a floor by providing a positive drainage mecha-
nism for water.
Section 1203 of the 2016 CBC is generally applied by many to require
ventilation where wood supports a balcony and is enclosed. The key
word is enclosed. Whenever the wood framing supporting such structures
is
enclosed it is more difficult for water in the assembly to depart
regardless of the source of the water. It is critical to provide ventilation to
enclosed areas, especially to the wood substructure supporting an
elevated balcony exposed to the weather.
For the 2019 CBC, the concept in Chapter 12 is duplicated Chapter 23
to emphasize that the requirement for ventilation applies to wood con-
struction and specifically to enclosed balconies. Additionally, the provi-
sion clarifies that when a balcony or elevated walking surface serves as a
weather-resistant barrier and the joist spaces below are enclosed, cross
ventilation is required similar to enclosed rafter spaces in roofs.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition Table 2308.4.1.1(1) ■ Header and Girder Spans 285
Table
CHANGE SUMMARY: The header and girder spans for the exterior bear-
ing wall table have been updated to allow No. 2 Southern Pine rather than 2308.4.1.1(1)
a minimum No. 1 Southern Pine lumber.
Header and Girder
2019 CODE: Spans—Exterior Walls
TABLE 2308.4.1.1(1) (PARTIAL) Header and Girder Spansa,b for Exterior Bearing Walls
Ground Snow Load (psf)e

30 50
Building Widthc (feet)
Headers and Girders 12 24 36 12

Supporting Size Span f
NJ d
Span f
NJ d
Span f
NJ d
Span f
NJd
1-2 3 6 4-0 1 3-1 2 2-7 2 3-5 1
1-2 3 8 5-1 2 3 - 11 2 3-3 2 4-4 2
1-2 3 10 6-0 2 4-8 2 3 - 11 2 5-2 2
1-2 3 12 7-1 2 5-5 2 4-7 3 6-1 2
2-2 3 4 4-0 1 3-1 1 2-7 1 3-5 1
2-2 3 6 6-0 1 4-7 1 3 - 10 1 5-1 1
2-2 3 8 7-7 1 5-9 1 4 - 10 2 6-5 1
Roof and Ceiling 2-2 3 10 9-0 1 6 - 10 2 5-9 2 7-8 2
2-2 3 12 10 - 7 2 8-1 2 6 - 10 2 9-0 2
3-2 3 8 9-5 1 7-3 1 6-1 1 8-1 1
3-2 3 10 11 - 3 1 8-7 1 7-3 2 9-7 1
3-2 3 12 13 - 2 1 10 - 1 2 8-6 2 11 - 3 2
4-2 3 8 10 - 11 1 8-4 1 7-0 1 9-4 1
4-2 3 10 12 - 11 1 9 - 11 1 8-4 1 11 - 1 1
4-2 3 12 15 - 3 1 11 - 8 1 9 - 10 2 13 - 0 1
1-2 3 6 3-3 1 2-7 2 2-2 2 3-0 2
Roof, ceiling and
one center-bearing 1-2 3 8 4-1 2 3-3 2 2-9 2 3-9 2
floor 1-2 3 10 4 - 11 2 3 - 10 2 3-3 3 4-6 2
For SI: 1 inch 5 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square foot 5 0.0479 kPa.
a. Spans are given in feet and inches.
b. Spans are based on minimum design properties for No. 2 grade lumber of Douglas fir-larch, hem-fir, Southern pine and spruce-
pine-fir. No. 1 or better grade lumber shall be used f or Southern Pine.
c. Building width is measured perpendicular to the ridge. For widths between those shown, spans are permitted to be interpolated.
d. NJ - Number of jack studs required to support each end. Where the number of required jack studs equals one, the header is
permitted to be supported by an approved framing anchor attached to the full-height wall stud and to the header.
e. Use 30 psf ground snow load for cases in which ground snow load is less than 30 psf and the roof live load is equal to or less than
20 psf.
f. Spans are calculated assuming the top of the header or girder is laterally braced by perpendicular framing. Where the top of the
header or girder is not laterally braced (for example, cripple studs bearing on the header), tabulated spans for headers consisting
of 2x8, 2x10, or 2x12 sizes shall be multiplied by 0.70 or the header or girder shall be designed.
Table 2308.4.1.1(1) continues

100822524
Table 2308.4.1.1(1) continued

Dropped header in exterior wall Raised header in exterior wall
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The 2016 CBC Table 2308.4.1.1(1), header

and girder spans for exterior bearing walls, was updated to deal with
changes in Southern Pine (SP) design values. Due to those changes, No. 1
SP lumber was required for use of the table. Locally, No. 1 SP has not
been consistently available, and designers, contractors, and building
departments requested that the American Wood Council (AWC), which
created the original and updated tables, change spans to reflect a No. 2 SP
maximum span rather than a No. 1 SP span.
In the 2019 CBC, Table 2308.4.1.1(1) uses No. 2 SP as one of the
lumber options. In calculating spans using No. 2 SP as well as other com-
mon lumber species, AWC reviewed their original assumptions that were
included in the initial table in 1997. Generally, No. 2 SP bending values
or No. 2 Hem-fir (HF) deflection controls the allowable span. Loading
assumptions changed slightly as well causing an overall decrease in span
by about ten percent.
Footnote f has been added to clarify that header spans assume a
header is raised into a floor or roof container. For dropped headers, head-
ers not braced on the backside by perpendicular joists, a factor of 0.7 must
be applied, reducing the span length by 30% to determine the maximum
span. Alternatively, a header or girder calculation including an adjust-
ment for potential buckling can be done to determine the maximum span.
If the dropped header is of 238, 2310, or 2312 framing, the 0.7 reduction
factor must be applied. For 234 and 236 lumber, the reduction is not
required but may be applied. An example of a dropped header is a header
with cripple or pony wall studs above.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 2308.4.1.1(2) ■ Header and Girder Spans—Interior 287
2308.4.1.1(2)
CHANGE SUMMARY: The header and girder spans for the interior bear-
ing walls table have been updated to allow No. 2 Southern Pine for spans
Header and Girder
rather than No. 1 Southern Pine lumber. Building width is updated in the Spans—Interior
table as well, supplying span lengths for narrower building areas. Walls
2019 CODE:
TABLE 2308.4.1.1(2) Header and Girder Spansa,b for Interior Bearing Walls
Building Widthc (feet)

Headers and Girders 12 24 36
Supporting Size Span e
NJ d
Span e
NJ d
Span e
NJd
2-2 3 4 4-1 1 2 - 10 1 2-4 1
2-2 3 6 6-1 1 4-4 1 3-6 1
2-2 3 8 7-9 1 5-5 1 4-5 2
2-2 3 10 9-2 1 6-6 2 5-3 2
2-2 3 12 10 - 9 1 7-7 2 6-3 2
One floor only 3-2 3 8 9-8 1 6 - 10 1 5-7 1
3-2 3 10 11 - 5 1 8-1 1 6-7 2
3-2 3 12 13 - 6 1 9-6 2 7-9 2
4-2 3 8 11 - 2 1 7 - 11 1 6-5 1
4-2 3 10 13 - 3 1 9-4 1 7-8 1
4-2 3 12 15 - 7 1 11 - 0 1 9-0 2
2-2 3 4 2-7 1 1 - 11 1 1-7 1
2-2 3 6 3 - 11 1 2 - 11 2 2-5 2
2-2 3 8 5-0 1 3-8 2 3-1 2
2-2 3 10 5 - 11 2 4-4 2 3-7 2
2-2 3 12 6 - 11 2 5-2 2 4-3 3
Two floors 3-2 3 8 6-3 1 4-7 2 3 - 10 2
3-2 3 10 7-5 1 5-6 2 4-6 2
3-2 3 12 8-8 2 6-5 2 5-4 2
4-2 3 8 7-2 1 5-4 1 4-5 2
4-2 3 10 8-6 1 6-4 2 5-3 2
4-2 3 12 10 - 1 1 7-5 2 6-2 2
For SI: 1 inch 5 25.4 mm, 1 pound per square foot 5 0.0479 kPa.
a. Spans are given in feet and inches.
b. Spans are based on minimum design properties for No. 2 grade lumber of Douglas fir-larch, hem-fir, Southern pine and spruce-
pine-fir. No. 1 or better grade lumber shall be used f or Southern Pine.
c. Building width is measured perpendicular to the ridge. For widths between those shown, spans are permitted to be interpolated.
d. NJ - Number of jack studs required to support each end. Where the number of required jack studs equals one, the header is permitted
to be supported by an approved framing anchor attached to the full-height wall stud and to the header.
e. Spans are calculated assuming the top of the header or girder is laterally braced by perpendicular framing. Where the top of the
header or girder is not laterally braced (for example, cripple studs bearing on the header), tabulated spans for headers consisting of
2x8, 2x10, or 2x12 sizes shall be multiplied by 0.70 or the header or girder shall be designed.
2308.4.1.1(2) continues

100822524

Dropped header in interior wall Raised girder in interior wall
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The 2016 CBC Table 2308.4.1.1(2), header and

girder spans for interior bearing walls, was updated to deal with changes in
SP design values. Due to those changes, No. 1 SP lumber was required in the
table. Locally, No. 1 SP has not been consistently available and designers, con-
tractors and building departments requested that the American Wood Council
(AWC), which created the original tables and the updated tables, change spans
to reflect a No. 2 SP maximum span rather than a No. 1 SP maximum span.
Table 2308.4.1.1(2) in the 2019 CBC is updated with maximum spans
based on No. 2 SP lumber. For a building width of 36 feet, spans have
decreased or remained the same depending upon whether the span for No. 2
SP was shorter than the maximum span for the other lumber varieties. In
calculating spans using No. 2 SP as well as other common lumber species,
AWC reviewed their original assumptions that were included in the initial
table in 1997. Generally, No. 2 SP bending values or deflection of No. 2
Hem-fir (HF) controls the allowable span. Loading assumptions changed
slightly as well causing an overall decrease in span by about ten percent.
The previous spans of 20 and 28 feet have been updated to a span of 12 and
24 feet for building width. This allows a longer span when looking at building
widths less than 20 feet. Often an irregular-shaped structure will have a seg-
ment that is narrower than 20 feet. If the former spans of 20 or 28 feet are
desired, the tables may be interpolated to determine a maximum span length
rather than using the next larger building width to determine the span length.
Footnote e has been added to clarify that header spans assume a header is
raised into a floor or roof container. For dropped headers, headers not braced
on the backside by perpendicular joists, a factor of 0.7 must be applied,
decreasing the span length by 30% to determine the maximum span. Alterna-
tively, a header or girder calculation including an adjustment for potential
buckling can be done to determine the maximum span. When the dropped
header is 238, 2310, or 2312 framing, the 0.7 reduction factor must be applied.
For 234 and 236 lumber, the reduction is not required but may be applied. An
example of a dropped header is a header with cripple or pony wall studs above.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 2308.5.5.1 ■ Openings in Exterior Bearing Walls 289
2308.5.5.1
CHANGE SUMMARY: Single-member lumber headers are now permit-
ted in prescriptive wood framing.
Openings in Exterior
Bearing Walls
2019 CODE: 2308.5.5.1 Openings in exterior bearing walls.
Headers shall be provided over each opening in exterior bearing walls.
The size and spans in Table 2308.4.1.1(1) are permitted to be used for one-
and two-family dwellings. Headers for other buildings shall be designed
in accordance with Section 2301.2, Item 1 or 2. Headers shall be of two
or more pieces of nominal 2-inch (51 mm) framing lumber set on edge as
shall be permitted by in accordance with Table 2308.4.1.1(1) and nailed
together in accordance with Table 2304.10.1 or of solid lumber of equiva-
lent size.
Single member headers of nominal 2-inch (51 mm) thickness shall be
framed with a single flat 2-inch-nominal (51 mm) member or wall plate
not less in width than the wall studs on the top and bottom of the header
in accordance with Figures 2308.5.5.1(1) and 2308.5.5.1(2) and face
nailed to the top and bottom of the header with 10d box nails (3 inches 3
0.128 inches [76 mm 3 3.3 mm]) spaced 12 inches (305 mm) on center.
Wall studs shall support the ends of the header in accordance with
Table 2308.4.1.1(1). Each end of a lintel or header shall have a bearing
length of not less than 1½ inches (38 mm) for the full width of the lintel.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The 2019 CBC allows single headers under

limited loading conditions to increase energy efficiency of the build-
ing. Installation of a single header in an exterior wall results in a greater
thickness of cavity insulation to reduce heat loss through the header.
The single-header configuration may be used for small openings only.
Single member header in an exterior wall

100822524
2308.5.5.1 continued
Top plate
Cripple stud
King stud

Header
Jack stud
Components of a single member header
Top plate
King stud

Single-ply header
Jack stud
Components of an alternative single member header
Table 2308.4.1.1(1) allows use of the single header on any story, but the
maximum span is typically only two to four feet.
Section 2305.5.1 adds minimum connection requirements for single
headers. These new single-member (single-ply) header requirements are
consistent with the California Residential Code and Wood Frame Con-
struction Manual (WFCM). Additionally, provisions of Section 2308.5.5.1
are revised to coordinate with the tabulated header sizes of Table
2308.4.1.1(1).
Two new figures clarify the installation details for single headers with
two different top plate conditions. In the first figure, a cripple wall or
pony wall, may be built above the header to finish out the space between
the top plate and header. Or the header may fill the entire space between
the top plate above the header and the plate at the top of the opening, as
shown in the second figure.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 2407.1 ■ Structural Glass Baluster Panels 291
2407.1
CHANGE SUMMARY: Requirements for glass panels that are used as a
structural component in a guard have been clarified.
Structural Glass
Baluster Panels
2019 CODE: 2407.1.1 Loads. The panels and their support system
shall be designed to withstand the loads specified in Section 1607.8.
A design Glass guard elements shall be designed using a factor of safety of
four shall be used for safety.
2407.1.2 Support Structural glass baluster panels. Each handrail

Guards with structural glass baluster panels shall be installed with an
attached top rail or guard section handrail. The top rail or handrail shall
be supported by a minimum of not fewer than three glass balusters balus-
ter panels, or shall be otherwise supported to remain in place should one
glass baluster panel fail. Glass balusters shall not be installed without an
attached handrail or guard.
Exception: A An attached top rail shall or handrail is not be

required where the glass balusters baluster panels are laminated glass
iStock.com/Andry5
with two or more glass plies of equal thickness and of the same glass
type when approved by the building official. The panels shall be
designed to withstand the loads specified in Section 1607.8 tested
to remain in place as a barrier following impact or glass breakage in
accordance with ASTM E2353.
Structural glass baluster panels
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Code requirements for glass panels used as a
structural component in a guard have been clarified. Imperfections in glass
can cause the panel to fail at loads that are well below its nominal resis-
tance value. A top rail or a handrail at stairs provides additional fall pro-
tection for a person leaning on the guard, should a glass panel fail. Having
a handrail attached to at least three panels also provides backup when
grabbing the handrail to prevent a fall. As an alternative, an exception
allows glass-only guards (without an attached top rail or handrail) if the
balusters are laminated glass. The 2016 CBC exempts glass balusters from
having a top rail, if approved by the building official. While laminated
glass provides backup against total panel failure, the glass baluster system
must be designed to support the full loads for guards, as specified in Sec-
tion 2407.1.1.
In the 2019 CBC, requirement for approval by the building official has
been deleted as there was no criterion to base approval upon. A new pro-
vision requiring testing to ASTM E2353-14 has been added. ASTM E2353,
Standard Test Methods for Performance of Glazing in Permanent Railing
Systems, Guards and Balustrades, was developed to test the ability of
glazing materials in guard assemblies to remain in place as a barrier after
impact or glass breakage. Testing glass baluster systems that have no top
rails in accordance with this standard helps to ensure that they remain in
place as a barrier after impact or glass breakage.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: Establishes labeling requirements for polystyrene

Labeling of foam insulating boards.
Polystyrene Foam
Insulation without 2019 CODE: 2603.2.1 Labeling of polystyrene foam insulation with-
Flame Retardants out flame retardants. In addition to the requirements of Section 2603.2,
polystyrene foam insulation boards manufactured with no flame retar-
dants added shall be labeled in accordance with this section.
1. Each board shall be labeled on each face every 8 square feet in

red ½-inch text with the following information:
WARNING – FIRE HAZARD
This product is required to be installed below a minimum 3.5-
inch thick concrete slab on grade.
NOT FOR VERTICAL OR ABOVE GRADE APPLICATIONS
This product contains NO flame retardants
Not tested for flame spread or smoke development require-
ments of the model building codes
2. Each package shall be labeled on at least two sides in red ½-inch
text with the following information:
WARNING – COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL
Keep away from ignition sources
Maintain code required separation between product storage
and structures under construction (minimum 30 feet).
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: This code change establishes labeling stan-

dards for polystyrene foam insulation boards manufactured with no
flame retardants. This amendment will allow the use of non-fire retardant
treated polystyrene foam insulation board in horizontal applications for
frost-protected shallow foundations installed in accordance with ASCE
32, or under a 3.5-inch concrete slab when labeled in accordance with
this section.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 2603.13 ■ Cladding Attachment over Foam Sheathing 293
2603.13
CHANGE SUMMARY: Requirements for cladding over foam sheathing
and wood framing have been added to the California Building Code con-
Cladding
sistent with the California Residential Code and cold-formed steel stud Attachment over
requirements. Foam Sheathing to
Wood Framing
2019 CODE: 2603.13 Cladding attachment over foam s heathing
to wood framing. Cladding shall be specified and installed in
accordance with Chapter 14 and the cladding manufacturer’s installa-
tion instructions. Where used, furring and furring attachments shall be
designed to resist design loads determined in accordance with Chapter
16. In addition, the cladding or furring attachments through foam sheath-
ing to framing shall meet or exceed the minimum fastening requirements
of Section 2603.13.1 or Section 2603.13.2, or an approved design for sup-
port of cladding weight.
Exceptions:
1. Where the cladding manufacturer has provided approved
installation instructions for application over foam sheathing,
those requirements shall apply.
2. For exterior insulation and finish systems, refer to Section 1407.
3. For anchored masonry or stone veneer installed over foam
sheathing, refer to Section 1404.
2603.13 continues
Wood framing
Wood structural
panel
Foam sheathing
Furring
Cladding
Cladding attachment over furring

100822524
2603.13 continued 2603.13.1 Direct attachment. Where cladding is installed directly

over foam sheathing without the use of furring, minimum fastening
requirements to support the cladding weight shall be as specified in Table
2603.13.1.
2603.13.2 Furred cladding attachment. Where wood furring is

used to attach cladding over foam sheathing, furring minimum fastening
requirements to support the cladding weight shall be as specified in Table
2603.13.2. Where placed horizontally, wood furring shall be preservative-
treated wood in accordance with Section 2303.1.9 or naturally durable
wood and fasteners shall be corrosion resistant in accordance with Sec-
tion 2304.10.5.
TABLE 2603.13.1 Cladding Minimum Fastening Requirements for Direct Attachment over Foam Plastic
Sheathing to Support Cladding Weighta
Maximum Thickness of Foam Sheathingc (inches)

160 o.c. Fastener 240 o.c. Fastener
Cladding Cladding Horizontal Spacing Horizontal Spacing
Fastener Fastener Type Cladding
Cladding Weight: Cladding Weight:
Through Foam and Minimum Fastener Vertical
Sheathing into: Sizeb Spacing (inches) 3 psf 11 psf 18 psf 25 psf 3 psf 11 psf 18 psf 25 psf
6 2.00 1.45 0.75 DR 2.00 0.85 DR DR
0.1130 diameter
8 2.00 1.00 DR DR 2.00 0.55 DR DR
nail
12 2.00 0.55 DR DR 1.85 DR DR DR
6 3.00 1.70 0.90 0.55 3.00 1.05 0.50 DR
0.1200 diameter
8 3.00 1.20 0.60 DR 3.00 0.70 DR DR
nail
Wood Framing 12 3.00 0.70 DR DR 2.15 DR DR DR
(minimum 1¼ -
6 4.00 2.15 1.20 0.75 4.00 1.35 0.70 DR
inch penetration) 0.1310 diameter
8 4.00 1.55 0.80 DR 4.00 0.90 DR DR
nail
12 4.00 0.90 DR DR 2.70 0.50 DR DR
6 4.00 3.55 2.05 1.40 4.00 2.25 1.25 0.80
0.1620 diameter 8 4.00 2.55 1.45 0.95 4.00 1.60 0.85 0.50
nail
12 4.00 1.60 0.85 0.50 4.00 0.95 DR DR
For SI: 1 inch 5 25.4 mm; 1 pound per square foot (psf) 5 0.0479 kPa
DR 5 design required
o.c. 5 on center
a. Wood framing shall be spruce-pine-fir or any wood species with a specific gravity of 0.42 or greater in accordance with ANSI/AWC
NDS.
b. Nail fasteners shall comply with ASTM F1667, except nail length shall be permitted to exceed ASTM F1667 standard lengths.
c. Foam sheathing shall have a minimum compressive strength of 15 psi in accordance with ASTM C578 or ASTM C1289.

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 2603.13 ■ Cladding Attachment over Foam Sheathing 295
TABLE 2603.13.2 Furring Minimum Fastening Requirements for Application over Foam Plastic Sheathing
to Support Cladding Weighta,b
Maximum Thickness of Foam Sheathingd (inches)

Minimum Fastener 160 o.c. Furringe 240 o.c. Furringe
Fastener Penetration Spacing
Siding Weight: Siding Weight:
Type and into Wall in
Furring Framing Minimum Framing Furring 3 11 18 25 3 11 18 25
Material Member Size (inches) (inches) psf psf psf psf psf psf psf psf
0.1310 8 4.00 2.45 1.45 0.95 4.00 1.60 0.85 DR

diameter 1¼ 12 4.00 1.60 0.85 DR 4.00 0.95 DR DR
nail 16 4.00 1.10 DR DR 3.05 0.60 DR DR
0.1620 8 4.00 4.00 2.45 1.60 4.00 2.75 1.45 0.85

diameter 1¼ 12 4.00 2.75 1.45 0.85 4.00 1.65 0.75 DR
nail 16 4.00 1.90 0.95 DR 4.00 1.05 DR DR
Minimum Minimum
1x Wood 2x Wood 12 4.00 2.30 1.20 0.70 4.00 1.40 0.60 DR
Furringc Stud No. 10
wood 1 16 4.00 1.65 0.75 DR 4.00 0.90 DR DR
screw
24 4.00 0.90 DR DR 2.85 DR DR DR
12 4.00 2.65 1.50 0.90 4.00 1.65 0.80 DR
¼0 lag 16 4.00 1.95 0.95 0.50 4.00 1.10 DR DR
1½
screw
24 4.00 1.10 DR DR 3.25 0.50 DR DR
For SI: 1 inch 5 25.4 mm; 1 pound per square foot (psf) 5 0.0479 kPa
DR 5 design required
o.c. 5 on center
a. Wood framing and furring shall be spruce-pine-fir or any wood species with a specific gravity of 0.42 or greater in accordance with
ANSI/AWC NDS.
b. Nail fasteners shall comply with ASTM F1667, except nail length shall be permitted to exceed ASTM F1667 standard lengths.
c. Where the required cladding fastener penetration into wood material exceeds ¾ inch (19 mm) and is not more than 1½ inches
(38 mm), a minimum 2x wood furring or an approved design shall be used.
d. Foam sheathing shall have a minimum compressive strength of 15 psi in accordance with ASTM C578 or ASTM C1289.
e. Furring shall be spaced not greater than 24 inches (610 mm) on center in a vertical or horizontal orientation. In a vertical
orientation, furring shall be located over wall studs and attached with the required fastener spacing. In a horizontal orientation,
the indicated 8-inch (203 mm) and 12-inch (305 mm) fastener spacing in furring shall be achieved by use of two fasteners into
studs at 16 inches (406 mm) and 24 inches (610 mm) on center, respectively.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Requirements for cladding attachment over

foam sheathing to wood framing were approved in the 2016 California
Residential Code (CRC). Similar requirements for steel framing with clad-
ding over foam sheathing were approved in the 2016 CBC and CRC. This
code change in the 2019 CBC creates congruent information within the
CBC and CRC for exterior wall covering assemblies on wood-frame walls
that include foam sheathing.
At the request of the brick industry, this provision includes an 18 psf
cladding weight category intended for use with brick veneer. The foam
thickness values are rounded to the nearest 0.05-inch thickness to align
with actual thicknesses of foam sheathing products rather than nominal
thicknesses. Similar changes o ccur for steel framing in the CBC and wood
and steel framing in the CRC.
The prescriptive fastening requirements for cladding materials
installed over foam sheathing are based on a project sponsored by the
New York State Energy Research and Development Agency (NYSERDA).
2603.13 continues

100822524
2603.13 continued The project goal was to ensure adequate performance of cladding over
rigid foam sheathing. The project included testing of cladding attach-
ments through various thicknesses of foam sheathing using various fas-
tener types on steel frame wall assemblies, including supplemental test
data to address attachments to wood framing. The cladding attachment
requirements and foam sheathing thickness limits are based on the
National Design Specification for Wood Construction (NDS) yield equa-
tions verified by test data to limit cladding connection movement to no
more than 0.015-inch slip under cladding weight or dead load. This
deflection-controlled approach generally resulted in safety factors in the
range of 5 to 8 for the average shear capacity and demonstrated adequate
long-term deflection control.

100822524
PART
7
Building Services,
Special Devices
and Special Conditions
■ Chapter 27 Electrical right-of-way, and Chapter 33 addresses safety during

No changes addressed construction and the protection of adjacent public
■ Chapter 28 Mechanical Systems and private properties. ■
■ Chapter 29 Plumbing Systems
No changes addressed 3001.2
■ Chapter 30 Elevators and Conveying Emergency Elevator Communication Systems
Systems
■ Chapter 31 Special Construction 3006.2.1
■ Chapter 32 Encroachments into the Public Corridors Adjacent to Elevator Hoistway Openings
Right-of-Way
3007.1
■ Chapter 33 Safeguards during Construction Extent of Fire Service Access Elevator Travel
3008.1.1
A
lthough building services such as electrical Required Number of Occupant Evacuation Elevators
systems (Chapter 27), mechanical systems 3109.2
(Chapter 28) and plumbing systems (Chap-
ter 29) are regulated primarily through separate and California Swimming Pool Safety Act
distinct codes, limited provisions are set forth in the 3310.1
California Building Code. Chapter 30 regulates eleva-
tors and similar conveying systems to a limited degree, Stairways in Buildings under Construction
as most requirements are found in American Society of 3314
Mechanical Engineers (ASME) standards. The special
construction provisions of Chapter 31 include those Fire Watch During Construction
types of elements or structures that are not conve-
niently addressed in other portions of the code. By
“special construction,” the code is referring to mem-
brane structures, pedestrian walkways, tunnels,
awnings, canopies, marquees, and similar building fea-
tures that are unregulated elsewhere. Chapter 32 gov-
erns the encroachment of structures into the public
297

100822524
298 PART 7 ■ Building Services, Special Devices and Special Conditions
CHANGE SUMMARY: Additional communication capabilities are now

Emergency Elevator required in accessible elevators to enhance the usability of the two-way
Communication communication system by individuals with varying degrees of hearing or
Systems speech impairments.
2019 CODE: 3001.2 Emergency elevator communication systems

for the deaf, hard of hearing and speech impaired. An emergency
two-way communication system shall be provided that:
1. Is a visual and text-based and a video-based 24/7 live interactive

system.
2. Is fully accessible by the deaf, hard of hearing and speech
impaired, and shall include voice-only options for hearing
individuals.
3. Has the ability to communicate with emergency personnel
utilizing existing video conferencing technology, chat/text
software or other approved technology.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: In multistory buildings, passenger elevators

are typically utilized as vertical accessible routes. As such, the elevators
and associated elevator landings must have accessible features. Appli-
cable to accessible elevators, the code requires an emergency two-way
communication system between the elevator car and a point outside the
hoistway. The system must fully comply with the provisions in ASME
A17.1/CSA B44, the Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators as pub-
lished by the American Society of Mechanical Engineers International.
Additional communication capabilities are now required to enhance
usability of the system by individuals with varying degrees of hearing or
speech impairments.
zoff/Shutterstock.com
Elevator control panel

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 3001.2 ■ Emergency Elevator Communication Systems 299
In order to provide totally accessible communication between indi-

viduals in elevators who are deaf, hard of hearing or speech impaired and
local governmental emergency services, additional communication fea-
tures must be provided within the elevator. Key features of the provisions
include:
1. The system is to be visual text-based as well as video-based and

provided with a live interactive system.
2. Full accessibility must be available to individuals who are deaf,
hard of hearing and speech impaired.
3. The two-way communication is to occur between the elevator cab
and the appropriate local emergency personnel.
It is expected that current technologies will be able to be readily

adapted to provide the level of accessibility set forth in the specific provi-
sions. The three conditions are intended to provide a high degree of flex-
ibility and options that will make compliance readily achievable.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: Where an elevator hoistway door opens into

Corridors Adjacent a fire-resistance-rated corridor, the door opening must be protected
to Elevator Hoistway in accordance with one of the three general methods established in
Openings Section 3006.3 which recognizes the use of elevator lobbies, additional
doors and pressurization of the hoistway.
2019 CODE: 3006.2.1 Rated corridors. Where corridors are required

to be fire-resistance rated in accordance with Section 1020.1, elevator
hoistway openings shall be protected in accordance with Section 3006.3.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Where a corridor is identified within a build-

ing, it may be necessary to introduce fire-resistance-rated construction
and protected openings in order to isolate the means of egress path as
defined by the corridor from surrounding spaces. Fire-resistance-rated
corridors are intended to provide a protected path of travel within the exit
access that will allow occupants to evacuate or relocate during a fire con-
dition that occurs in spaces adjacent to the corridor. Such a corridor must
also provide a significant degree of resistance to the movement of smoke
into the egress environment. Construction of a fire-resistance-rated cor-
ridor is provided through the use of fire partitions, as well as fire-protec-
tion-rated openings having smoke- and draft-control opening protection.
Where an elevator opens into such a corridor, it has been previously
questioned as to whether or not the hoistway opening requires the same
degree of smoke- and draft-control protection as other openings into the
fire-resistance-rated corridor. Although the elevator hoistway door can
typically achieve the required degree of opening fire protection, it cannot
comply with the air leakage limits mandated for a smoke- and draft-con-
trol assembly. Reference is often made to Section 701.2 which indicates
that fire assemblies that serve multiple purposes in a building must com-
ply with all of the requirements that are applicable for each of the indi-
vidual fire assemblies. Provisions specific to the condition of an elevator
hoistway door opening into a fire-resistance-rated corridor now indicate
that such an opening must be protected in accordance with one of the
methods established in Section 3006.3.
Hoistway opening protection can be achieved through compliance
with any one of three different approaches. One method is to provide an
enclosed elevator lobby at each floor to separate the elevator hoistway
shaft enclosure doors from the corridor, using fire partitions or smoke
Opening protection to be:

• Enclosed elevator lobby, or
• Additional door(s), or Elevator hoistway

opening protection
• Pressurization of hoistway
per Section 3006.3
Fire-resistance-rated corridor
Corridor opening at elevator hoistway

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 3006.2.1 ■ Corridors Adjacent to Elevator Hoistway 301
partitions for lobby construction as applicable. A second option is the

installation of an additional door at each elevator hoistway door opening
that complies with the smoke- and draft-control door assembly require-
ments of Section 716.2.2.1.1. In this case, the door assembly must be
tested in accordance with UL 1784 without an artificial bottom seal. The
third approach is to pressurize the elevator hoistway in accordance with
Section 909.21. Any of these options is considered a permissible approach
to address the separation required between a fire-resistance-rated corridor
and an elevator hoistway shaft enclosure.
The protection provided at the elevator hoistway doors restricts the
movement of smoke from the fire floor to other floors in the building by
way of the elevator shaft enclosure. Hoistway opening protection is
already required in some multistory buildings as set forth in Sec-
tion 3006.2. The new provisions expand the protection to additional
buildings, both sprinklered and nonsprinklered, as identified below:
• Sprinklered buildings that are not considered as high-rise buildings

where the corridor serves:
• Group R occupancies with an occupant load greater than 10
• Group H-1, H-2 and H-3 occupancies
• Group H-4 and H-5 occupancies with an occupant load greater
than 30
• Nonsprinklered buildings where the hoistway connects only three
stories and the corridor serves:
• Group A, B, E, F, M, S and U occupancies with an occupant load
greater than 30

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: Fire service access elevators, where required,

Extent of Fire now only need to provide access to those floor levels at and above the
Service Access lowest level of fire department access. In addition, elevators that only
Elevator Travel connect a parking garage to a building’s lobby need not serve as fire ser-
vice access elevators.
2019 CODE: 3007.1 General. Where required by Section 403.6.1,

every floor above and including the lowest level of fire department vehi-
cle access of the building shall be served by fire service access elevators
complying with Sections 3007.1 through 3007.9. Except as modified in
this section, fire service access elevators shall be installed in accordance
with this chapter and California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Division 1,
Chapter 4, Subchapter 6, Elevator Safety Orders.
Fire service
access elevator
Hot
gases
Lowest level
of fire department
vehicle access
Fire service elevator access

not required to this level
Fire service access elevator

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 3007.1 ■ Extent of Fire Service Access Elevator Travel 303
Exception: Elevators that only service an open or enclosed parking

garage and the lobby of the building shall not be required to serve as
fire service access elevators.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: To facilitate the rapid deployment of firefight-

ers, the CBC has mandated fire service access elevators in tall buildings
since the 2010 edition. In high-rise buildings with an occupied floor more
than 120 feet above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access, at
least two elevators complying with Section 3007 must be provided for use
by fire service personnel and other emergency responders. The scoping
limits of where such elevators are required has been modified to limit
their required access to only those floor levels at and above the lowest
level of fire department access. In addition, elevators that only connect a
parking garage to a building’s lobby need not serve as fire service access
elevators.
The original provisions addressing fire service access elevators
required access to all floor levels of the building, including any levels that
were situated below grade. Typically, access for the fire service in regu-
lated high-rise buildings is focused on travel to stories located very high
in the building. Fire departments will very seldom ever take an elevator
provided the stairways are manageable.
A second modification addresses the belief that fire service access
elevators are not necessary in parking garages. Applicable to both open
and enclosed parking garages, the new exception reflects the expectation
that firefighters will not choose to take an elevator past the fire floor, pre-
ferring instead to use the stairways.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: A reduction in the minimum number of elevators

Required Number that must be considered as occupant evacuation elevators now reflects
of Occupant a more reasonable performance-based approach while still retaining the
Evacuation Elevators capacity to evacuate a high-rise building more quickly than stairs alone.
2019 CODE: 3008.1 General. Where elevators are to be Elevators

used for occupant self-evacuation during fires, all passenger elevators for
general public use shall comply with Sections 3008.1 through 3008.10.
Where other elevators are used for occupant self-evacuation, those eleva-
tors shall comply with these sections.
3008.1.1 Number of occupant evacuation elevators. The number

of elevators available for occupant evacuation shall be determined based
on an egress analysis that addresses one of the following scenarios.
1.
Full-building evacuation where the analysis demonstrates that the
number of elevators provided for evacuation results in an evacua-
tion time less than 1 hour.
2.
Evacuation of the five consecutive floors with the highest cumula-
tive occupant load where the analysis demonstrates that the num-
ber of elevators provided for evacuation results in an evacuation
time less than 15 minutes.
Not less than one elevator in each bank shall be designated for occu-
pant evacuation. Not less than two shall be provided in each occupant
evacuation elevator lobby where more than one elevator opens into the
lobby. Signage shall be provided to denote which elevators are available
for occupant evacuation.
3008.8.1 Determination of standby power load. Standby power

loads shall be based upon the determination of the number of occupant
evacuation elevators in Section 3008.1.1.
Minimum required number of occupant evacuation

elevators to be based on egress analysis
Minimum of two
elevators designated
for occupant
evacuation for lobbies

serving more than
one elevator
Signage to identify
those elevators
available for occupant
evacuation
Occupant Evacuation Elevators
Occupant evacuation elevators

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 3008.1.1 ■ Required Number of Evacuation Elevators 305
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Provisions relating to elevators that are

intended to be used for occupant evacuation during emergency conditions
were part of a package of high-rise building regulations introduced in the
2010 CBC. Although not required by the code, such self-evacuation eleva-
tors are permitted to be installed in high-rise buildings where in compli-
ance with the requirements set forth in Section 3008. The use of occupant
elevators does, however, provide one significant alternative approach to
the design of the means of egress through their permissible substitution
for the additional interior exit stairway required by Section 403.5.2 in
buildings more than 420 feet in height. Previously, all passenger eleva-
tors intended for general public use were required to comply with the
occupant evacuation elevator requirements. A reduction in the minimum
number of elevators that must be considered as occupant evacuation ele-
vators now reflects a more reasonable performance-based approach while
still retaining the capacity to evacuate a high-rise building more quickly
than stairs alone.
Although the use of elevators for occupant evacuation in super high-
rise buildings is a viable and more efficient option than stairways, it can
require an excessive amount of standby power. Previously, where all pas-
senger elevators were required to be considered as occupant evacuation
elevators, the required two hours of standby power for every elevator
simultaneously often created a condition viewed as excessive, even more
so where the occupant loads are low.
Two options have now been established for the determination of the
minimum number of elevators required to meet the performance intent.
Scenario #1 focuses on the full evacuation of the building’s occupants
within a one-hour time period. This approach does not mandate full
building evacuation, but rather is to be considered as a benchmark for the
analysis. Scenario #2 is generally based on a more typical phased evacua-
tion process. The 15-minute limit criterion addresses the removal of occu-
pants from the area to which the fire department will respond. The use of
five consecutive floors in the analysis provides for a safety factor for the
minimum required number of occupant evacuation elevators.
Additional criteria mandate that at least one elevator in every elevator
bank be provided for occupant evacuation. Where multiple passenger ele-
vators open into a lobby, a minimum of two occupant evacuation eleva-
tors are required. These conditions ensure that as individuals reach an
elevator lobby location there will always be one or more elevators avail-
able to them for evacuation purposes. In order to better identify the spe-
cific elevators that are intended for evacuation activities, signage must be
provided indicating their availability.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: The California Building Standards Commission

California Swimming has transcribed this act into the CBC for ease of use.
Pool Safety Act
2019 CODE: CHAPTER 31 (Special Construction)
3109.2 California swimming pool safety act (statewide). The following

text in this section contains the statutory language in the Swimming Pool
Safety Act (HS Code, §§ 115920 – 115929.) that is required to be dupli-
cated and published in California Code of Regulations, Title 24. As such,
the section numbers reflect those within the Health and Safety Code.
115920. This act shall be known and may be cited as the Swimming
Pool Safety Act. (Added by Stats. 1996, Ch. 925, Sec. 3.5. Effective Janu-
ary 1, 1997.)
115921. As used in this article the following terms have the following
meanings:
(a) “Swimming pool” or “pool” means any structure intended for

swimming or recreational bathing that contains water over 18
inches deep. “Swimming pool” includes in-ground and above
ground structures and includes, but is not limited to, hot tubs,
spas, portable spas, and nonportable wading pools.
(b) “Public swimming pool” means a swimming pool operated for the
use of the general public with or without charge, or for the use of
the members and guests of a private club. Public swimming pool
does not include a swimming pool located on the grounds of a
private single-family home.
(c) “Enclosure” means a fence, wall, or other barrier that isolates a
swimming pool from access to the home.
(d) “Approved safety pool cover” means a manually or power-oper-
ated safety pool cover that meets all of the performance standards
of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), in
compliance with standard F1346-91.
(e) “Exit alarms” means devices that make audible, continuous alarm
sounds when any door or window, that permits access from the
residence to the pool area that is without any intervening enclo-
sure, is opened or is left ajar. Exit alarms may be battery operated
or may be connected to the electrical wiring of the building.
(f) “ANSI/APSP performance standard” means a standard that is
accredited by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
and published by the Association of Pool and Spa Professionals
(APSP).
(g) “Suction outlet” means a fitting or fixture typically located at the
bottom or on the sides of a swimming pool that conducts water to
a recirculating pump. (Amended by Stats. 2012, Ch. 679, Sec. 1.
(AB 2114) Effective January 1, 2013.)
[Amended by Stats. 2012, Ch. 679, Sec. 1. (AB 2114) Effective January 1,
2013.]

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 3109.2 ■ California Swimming Pool Safety Act 307
115922.
(a) Except as provided in Section 115925, when a building permit is

issued for the construction of a new swimming pool or spa or the
remodeling of an existing swimming pool or spa at a private sin-
gle-family home, the respective swimming pool or spa shall be
equipped with at least two of the following seven drowning pre-
vention safety features:
(1) An enclosure that meets the requirements of Section 115923
and isolates the swimming pool or spa from the private single-
family home.
(2) Removable mesh fencing that meets American Society for
Testing and Materials (ASTM) Specifications F2286 standards
in conjunction with a gate that is self-closing and self-latching
and can accommodate a key lockable device.
(3) An approved safety pool cover, as defined in subdivision (d) of
Section 115921.
(4) Exit alarms on the private single-family home’s doors that pro-
vide direct access to the swimming pool or spa. The exit alarm
may cause either an alarm noise or a verbal warning, such as
a repeating notification that “the door to the pool is open.”
(5) A self-closing, self-latching device with a release mechanism
placed no lower than 54 inches above the floor on the private
single-family home’s doors providing direct access to the
swimming pool or spa.
(6) An alarm that, when placed in a swimming pool or spa, will
sound upon detection of accidental or unauthorized entrance
into the water. The alarm shall meet and be independently
certified to the ASTM Standard F2208 “Standard Safety Spec-
ification for Residential Pool Alarms,” which includes surface
motion, pressure, sonar, laser, and infrared type alarms. A
swimming protection alarm feature designed for individual
use, including an alarm attached to a child that sounds when
the child exceeds a certain distance or becomes submerged in
water, is not a qualifying drowning prevention safety feature.
(7) Other means of protection, if the degree of protection afforded
is equal to or greater than that afforded by any of the features
set forth above and has been independently verified by an ap-
proved testing laboratory as meeting standards for those
features established by the ASTM or the American Society of
Mechanical Engineers (ASME). (b) Before the issuance of a fi-
nal approval for the completion of permitted construction or
remodeling work, the local building code official shall inspect
the drowning safety prevention features required by this sec-
tion and, if no violations are found, shall give final approval.
(Amended by Stats. 2017, Ch. 670, Sec. 4. (SB 442) Effective January 1,
2018.)
3109.2 continues

100822524
3109.2 continued 115923. An enclosure shall have all of the following characteristics:
(a) Any access gates through the enclosure open away from the
swimming pool, and are self-closing with a self-latching device
placed no lower than 60 inches above the ground.
(b) A minimum height of 60 inches.
(c) A maximum vertical clearance from the ground to the bottom of
the enclosure of two inches.
(d) Gaps or voids, if any, do not allow passage of a sphere equal to or
greater than four inches in diameter.
(e) An outside surface free of protrusions, cavities, or other physical
characteristics that would serve as handholds or footholds that
could enable a child below the age of five years to climb over.
(Added by Stats. 1996, Ch. 925, Sec. 3.5. Effective January 1, 1997.)
115924.
(a) Any person entering into an agreement to build a swimming pool

or spa, or to engage in permitted work on a pool or spa covered by
this article, shall give the consumer notice of the requirements of
this article.
(b) Pursuant to existing law, the Department of Health Services shall
have available on the department’s Web site, commencing Janu-
ary 1, 2007, approved pool safety information available for con-
sumers to download. Pool contractors are encouraged to share
this information with consumers regarding the potential dangers
a pool or spa poses to toddlers. Additionally, pool contractors
may provide the consumer with swimming pool safety materials
produced from organizations such as the United States Consumer
Product Safety Commission, Drowning Prevention Foundation,
California Coalition for Children’s Safety & Health, Safe Kids
Worldwide, Association of Pool and Spa Professionals, or the
American Academy of Pediatrics.
(Amended by Stats. 2006, Ch. 478, Sec. 3. Effective January 1, 2007.)
115925. The requirements of this article do not apply to any of the

following:
(a) Public swimming pools.
(b) Hot tubs or spas with locking safety covers that comply with the
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM F1346).
(c) An apartment complex, or any residential setting other than a
single-family home.
(Amended by Stats. 2017, Ch. 670, Sec. 5. (SB 442) Effective January 1,
2018.)

100822524
115926. This article does not apply to any facility regulated by the
State Department of Social Services even if the facility is also used as the
private residence of the operator. Pool safety in those facilities shall be
regulated pursuant to regulations adopted therefor by the State Depart-
ment of Social Services.
115927. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, this article shall

not be subject to further modification or interpretation by any regulatory
agency of the state, this authority being reserved exclusively to local juris-
dictions, as provided for in subdivision (e) of Section 115922 and subdivi-
sion (c) of Section 115924.
115928. Whenever a building permit is issued for the construction of a

new swimming pool or spa, the pool or spa shall meet all of the following
requirements:
(a) (1) The suction outlets of the pool or spa for which the permit is
issued shall be equipped to provide circulation throughout
the pool or spa as prescribed in paragraphs (2) and (3).
(2) The swimming pool or spa shall either have at least two circu-
lation suction outlets per pump that shall be hydraulically
balanced and symmetrically plumbed through one or more
“T” fittings, and that are separated by a distance of at least
three feet in any dimension between the suction outlets, or be
designed to use alternatives to suction outlets, including, but
not limited to, skimmers or perimeter overflow systems to con-
duct water to the recirculation pump.
(3) The circulation system shall have the capacity to provide a
complete turnover of pool water, as specified in Section 3124B
of Chapter 31B of the California Building Standards Code (Ti-
tle 24 of the California Code of Regulations).
(b) Suction outlets shall be covered with antientrapment grates, as
specified in the ANSI/APSP-16 performance standard or succes-
sor standard designated by the federal Consumer Product Safety
Commission, that cannot be removed except with the use of tools.
Slots or openings in the grates or similar protective devices shall
be of a shape, area, and arrangement that would prevent physical
entrapment and would not pose any suction hazard to bathers.
(c) Any backup safety system that an owner of a new swimming pool
or spa may choose to install in addition to the requirements set
forth in subdivisions (a) and (b) shall meet the standards as pub-
lished in the document, “Guidelines for Entrapment Hazards:
Making Pools and Spas Safer,” Publication Number 363, March
2005, United States Consumer Product Safety Commission.
(Amended by Stats. 2012, Ch. 679, Sec. 2. (AB 2114) Effective January 1,
2013.)
3109.2 continues

100822524
3109.2 continued 115928.5. Whenever a building permit is issued for the remodel or
modification of an existing swimming pool, toddler pool, or spa, the per-
mit shall require that the suction outlet or suction outlets of the existing
swimming pool, toddler pool, or spa be upgraded so as to be equipped
with antientrapment grates, as specified in the ANSI/APSP-16 perfor-
mance standard or a successor standard designated by the federal Con-
sumer Product Safety Commission.
(Amended by Stats. 2012, Ch. 679, Sec. 3. (AB 2114) Effective January 1,
2013.)
115929.
(a) The Legislature encourages a private entity, in consultation with

the Epidemiology and Prevention for Injury Control Branch of the
department, to produce an informative brochure or booklet, for
consumer use, explaining the child drowning hazards of, possible
safety measures for, and appropriate drowning hazard prevention
measures for, home swimming pools and spas, and to donate the
document to the department.
(b) The Legislature encourages the private entity to use existing docu-
ments from the United States Consumer Product Safety Commis-
sion on pool safety.
(c) If a private entity produces the document described in subdivi-
sions (a) and (b) and donates it to the department, the department
shall review and approve the brochure or booklet.
(d) Upon approval of the document by the department, the document
shall become the property of the state and a part of the public
domain. The department shall place the document on its Web site
in a format that is readily available for downloading and for pub-
lication. The department shall review the document in a timely
and prudent fashion and shall complete the review within 18
months of receipt of the document from a private entity.
(Added by Stats. 2003, Ch. 422, Sec. 3. Effective January 1, 2004.)

100822524
Notation:
Authority: Health and Safety Code Section 18942(b)
Reference(s): Health and Safety Code Section 115920 – 115929
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: This amendment is intended to adopt specific

parts of this chapter as part of the 2019 CBC. The law, before, required
that the California Building Standards Commission (BSC) reprint the
provisions of The Swimming Pool Safety Act, regarding safety features
and entrapment devices for privately owned swimming pools, into Part
2, Chapter 31. BSC intended to remove the current swimming pool safety
act requirements, enacted by recent legislation SB 442, and adopt the
new provisions started by SB 442 and updated by BSC through a Change
Without Regulatory Effect. This will set the Chapter 31 provisions as the
maximum safety standards required by law today. This change will also
be shown in an appendix chapter of the 2019 California Residential Code.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: At least one temporary or permanent stairway

Stairways in must now be provided in a building under construction once the building
Buildings under has reached a height of 40 feet as measured from the lowest level of fire
Construction department vehicle access.
2019 CODE: 3310.1 Stairways required. Where a building has

been constructed to a building height of 50 construction exceeds 40 feet
(15 240 mm) or four stories, or where an existing building exceeding
50 feet (15 240 mm) (12 192 mm) in building height is altered height
above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access, no fewer than
one a temporary lighted or permanent stairway shall be provided unless.
As construction progresses, such stairway shall be extended to within one
or more floor of the permanent stairways are erected as the highest point
of construction progresses having secured decking or flooring.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: During the construction of a building, there

are a variety of hazards, both known and unanticipated, that could affect
the safety of those individuals on the job site. The potential for a fire or
other emergency that would require immediate evacuation of the struc-
ture often exists due to the equipment, materials, and activities that are
present. Where the height of a building under construction results in
extended evacuation time for the individuals, it is critical that the vertical
travel be as efficient as possible. Therefore, the CBC has historically regu-
lated the means of egress in such buildings. Provisions have been revised
to now require that at least one stairway be provided where the building
has been constructed to a height of 40 feet.
During construction work, it has previously been required that at least
one temporary or permanent stairway be provided where the building
height reached a point 50 feet or four stories. The threshold at which the
stairway is required has been reduced to 40 feet above the lowest level
iStock.com/gaiamoments
Temporary stairway during construction

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 3310.1 ■ Stairways in Buildings under Construction 313
of fire department vehicle access to be consistent with the current

provisions addressing the installation of a standpipe. In addition, as con-
struction progresses the required extension of the stairway is now based
on the highest point of construction where there is secured flooring or
decking. This point of application is also consistent with current stand-
pipe provisions.

100822524
CHANGE SUMMARY: In order to protect adjacent properties from fire in

Fire Watch During a building of considerable height when under construction, new provisions
Construction have been established to give authority to the fire code official to require a
fire watch during those hours where no construction work is being done.
2019 CODE:
SECTION 3314
FIRE WATCH DURING CONSTRUCTION
3314.1 Fire watch during construction. Where required by the fire

code official, a fire watch shall be provided during nonworking hours
for construction that exceeds 40 feet in height above the lowest adjacent
grade.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: Some of the most hazardous conditions

related to buildings often are present during the construction process.
Recent fires that have occurred at construction sites during times of no
activity have demonstrated the need for early notification that can only
be provided by fire watch personnel. The lack of fire alarm and detection
devices during the construction process requires an alternative approach
to identifying and communicating the presence of a fire event. In order to
protect adjacent properties from fire in a building of considerable height
when under construction, new provisions have been established to give
authority to the fire code official to require a fire watch during those hours
where no construction work is being done.
Fires in sizable buildings under construction have the potential for
significant heat release due to the fire loading created by building compo-
nents and other materials used in the building’s construction. For this
iStock.com/JohnnyH5
Building under construction

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 3314 ■ Fire Watch During Construction 315
reason, when required by the fire code official, a fire watch is to be pro-
vided where the height of construction exceeds 40 feet above the lowest
adjacent grade. The 40-foot threshold is consistent with other fire and life
safety requirements for buildings under construction, such as the provi-
sions for standpipes and means of egress stairways.
It is expected that the new requirement will apply only to new con-
struction. It is not intended for the provisions to be applied to alterations
and other types of minor construction activity. Existing buildings would
be regulated by a comprehensive fire safety plan. Although the potential
for a sizable fire load requiring implementation of a fire watch program
would be more probable for a building of combustible construction, there
are no conditions based on the building’s construction type. All new
buildings, regardless of occupancy or type of construction, that exceed
the 40-foot threshold are subject to the fire watch requirement if man-
dated by the fire code official.
Although the primary benefit of identifying a fire early in its develop-
ment will typically be the protection of adjoining properties and neigh-
boring buildings, the reduction in property loss and protection of fire
personnel are also important aspects of a fire watch activity.

100822524

100822524
PART
8
Appendices
Appendices A through N
■ Appendix A through F
No changes G103.6
addressed Watercourse Alteration
■ Appendix G Flood-Resistant
Construction
■ Appendix H through N
No changes
addressed
A
s stated in Chapter 1 of the CBC, provisions
in the appendices do not apply unless spe-
cifically referenced in the adopting ordi-
nance. The appendices are developed in much the
same manner as the main body of the model code.
However, the appendix information is judged to be
outside the scope and purpose of the code at the
time of code publication. Many times an appendix
offers supplemental information, alternative meth-
ods, or recommended procedures. The information
may also be specialized and applicable or of interest
to only a limited number of jurisdictions. Although
an appendix may provide some guidelines or exam-
ples of recommended practices or assist in the deter-
mination of alternative materials or methods, it will
have no legal status and cannot be enforced until it
is specifically recognized in the adopting legislation.
Appendix chapters or portions of such chapters that
gain general acceptance over time can move into
the main body of the model code through the code-
development process. ■
317

100822524
318 PART 8 ■ Appendices
G103.6 CHANGE TYPE: Modification
CHANGE SUMMARY: Notification of a watercourse alteration should be

Watercourse given to all adjacent jurisdictions, not just those jurisdictions that will be
Alteration affected.
2019 CODE: G103.6 Watercourse alteration. Prior to issuing a

permit for any alteration or relocation of any watercourse, the building
official shall require the applicant to provide notification of the proposal
to the appropriate authorities of all affected adjacent government juris-
dictions, as well as appropriate state agencies. A copy of the notification
shall be maintained in the permit records and submitted to FEMA.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The National Flood Insurance Program

(NFIP) regulations specify that communities notify adjacent communities
when a proposal to alter or relocate a watercourse is received. When a
local jurisdiction uses CBC Appendix G, the current phrasing in Section
G103.6 requires judgment to determine whether an adjacent jurisdiction
is affected by a proposed watercourse alteration. Only with engineering
analysis it is feasible to determine whether adjacent communities are
affected.
Rather than require the analysis, the 2019 CBC provision is modified
to align with the NFIP regulations to require that all adjacent communi-
ties are notified. This allows each community to check on whether it is
likely to be affected by the change in the watercourse.

Flood control along a river Flood control in mountainous regions

100822524
PART
9
2019 California Existing
Building Code (CEBC)
Chapter 3 and Appendix A
■ Chapter 3 Provisions for All Compliance CEBC 303.1

Methods Live Loads
■ Appendix A Guidelines for the Seismic
Retrofit of Existing Buildings CEBC 303.3.2, CEBC APPENDIX A5
Earthquake Hazard Reduction in Existing
Concrete Buildings
A
pplicable to all existing buildings, the CEBC
is intended to provide flexibility to permit
the use of alternative approaches to achieve
compliance with minimum requirements to safeguard
the public health, safety and welfare. Both structural
and life safety changes are addressed. The CEBC cov-
ers existing buildings by creating three paths for com-
pliance. Chapter 3 gives an overview of the paths.
The compliance paths include prescriptive compli-
ance, classification of work and performance
compliance. ■
319

100822524
320 PART 9 ■ 2019 California Existing Building Code (CEBC)
CEBC 303.1 CHANGE TYPE: Modification
CHANGE SUMMARY: Requirements for live loads from Chapters 4 and

Live Loads 8 have been combined and placed in Chapter 3 as they apply for all com-
pliance methods.
2019 CODE:
SECTION 303
Structural Design Loads and Evaluation and Design Procedures
303.1 Live Loads Where an addition or alteration does not result in

increased design live load, existing gravity load-carrying structural ele-
ments shall be permitted to be evaluated and designed for live loads
approved prior to the addition or alteration. If the approved live load is
less than that required by Section 1607 of the California Building Code,
the area designated for the nonconforming live load shall be posted with
placards of approved design indicating the approved live load. Where the
addition or alteration results in increased design live load, the live load
required by Section 1607 of the California Building Code shall be used.
402.3.1 Design live load. Where the addition does not result in
approved prior to the addition. If the approved live load is less than
that required by Section 1607 of the California Building Code, the area
designed for the nonconforming live load shall be posted with placards
of approved design indicating the approved live load. Where the addition
does result in increased design live load, the live load required by Sec-
tion 1607 of the California Building Code shall be used.
403.3.1 Design live load. Where the alteration does not result in
approved prior to the alteration. If the approved live load is less than
that required by Section 1607 of the California Building Code, the area
designed for the nonconforming live load shall be posted with placards of
approved design indicating the approved live load. Where the alteration
does result in increased design live load, the live load required by Sec-
tion 1607 of the California Building Code shall be used.
807.3 Minimum design loads. The minimum design loads on exist-

ing elements of a structure that do not support additional loads as a result
of an alteration shall be the loads applicable at the time the building was
constructed.
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: The 2016 California Existing Building Code

(CEBC) maintained three separate provisions for minimum live loads
for additions and alterations using the prescriptive and work area meth-
ods. The provisions allowed live loads smaller than those stated in the
2016 CBC Table 1607 listing minimum live loads. The 2016 CEBC Sec-
tion 807.3 title also appeared to cover all load types but only addressed
live loads. Snow, wind and earthquake loads were all addressed more

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition CEBC 303.1 ■ Live Loads 321
specifically by other provisions, especially in the work area method to

which Section 807.3 applied.
These provisions are now combined and have been moved into the
2019 CEBC Chapter 3, which has become the location for provisions
which apply to all three compliance methods. Contradictory text found in
multiple sections and contradictory references to multiple sections have
been deleted.
The new provision replaces Sections 402.3.1 and 403.3.1. The concept
of “previously approved design live load” from Sections 402.3.1 and
403.3.1 is retained in Section 303.1. This ensures that a comparison is made
between the new intended live load and the original live load which may
be less than is required in the 2019 CBC Table 1607.1 live loads for new
buildings. Additionally, the placard requirement has been retained.
In making these changes, the methodology for use of the CEBC has
been revised. The work flow for structural design now includes the fol-
lowing steps:
1. Determine project type—alteration, addition, repair, change of

occupancy.
2. Go to a specific project type topic or pick your preferred
method—prescriptive, performance or work area.
3. If multiple building changes exist in one project (like an altera-
tion being done together with a repair), use the sections focused
on each change as appropriate for the project.
All design methods now use the same provisions for repairs, for reloca-
tions, and for accessibility independent of method or project type. For
additions, alterations and change of occupancy, a preferred compliance
method must be chosen.
iStock.com/wakila
Live loads

100822524
322 PART 9 ■ 2019 California Existing Building Code (CEBC)
CEBC CHANGE TYPE: Deletion
303.3.2, CHANGE SUMMARY: In order to clarify and simplify concrete evalu-

ation and retrofit, ASCE 41 continues to be directly referenced while
CEBC Appendix Chapter A5, Earthquake Hazard Reduction in Existing Con-

crete Buildings, is deleted from the 2019 CEBC.
Appendix A5 2019 CODE: 301.1.4.2 303.3.2 Compliance with reduced Interna-

tional Building Code-level seismic forces. Where seismic evaluation
Earthquake Hazard and design is permitted to meet use reduced seismic forces, the criteria
Reduction in used shall be in accordance with one of the following:
Existing Concrete
1. The California Building Code using 75 percent of the prescribed
Buildings forces. Values of R, Ω0 and Cd used for analysis shall be as speci-
fied in Section 301.1.4.1 303.3.1 of this code.
2. Structures or portions of structures that comply with the require-
ments of the applicable chapter in Appendix A as specified in
Items 2.1 through 2.5 2.4 and subject to the limitations of the
respective Appendix A chapters shall be deemed to comply with
this section.
2.1. The seismic evaluation and design of unreinforced masonry
bearing wall buildings in Risk Category I or II are permitted to
be based on the procedures specified in Appendix Chapter A1.
2.2. Seismic evaluation and design of the wall anchorage system in
reinforced concrete and reinforced masonry wall buildings
with flexible diaphragms in Risk Category I or II are permitted
to be based on the procedures specified in Chapter A2.
2.3. Seismic evaluation and design of cripple walls and sill plate
anchorage in residential buildings of light-frame wood con-
struction in Risk Category I or II are permitted to be based on
the procedures specified in Chapter A3.
2.4. Seismic evaluation and design of soft, weak, or open-front
wall conditions in multiple unit residential buildings of wood
construction in Risk Category I or II are permitted to be based
on the procedures specified in Chapter A4.
2.5. Seismic evaluation and design of concrete buildings assigned
to Risk Category I, II or III are permitted to be based on the
procedures specified in Chapter A5.
3. ASCE 41, using the performance objective in Table 302.1.4.2
303.3.2 for the applicable risk category.
APPENDIX A Guidelines for the Seismic Retrofit

of Existing Buildings
CHAPTER A5 —EARTHQUAKE HAZARD REDUCTION IN EXISTING

CONCRETE BUILDINGS
(Deleted in its entirety.)

100822524
Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition CEBC 303.3.2, CEBC Appendix A5 ■ Earthquake Hazard 323
CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: In the California Existing Building Code

(CEBC), there are multiple optional procedures to reduce seismic loads.
These options include Appendix A, Guidelines for the Seismic Retro-
fit of Existing Buildings. Within Appendix A of the 2016 CEBC are five
chapters:
• Chapter A1—Seismic Strengthening Provisions for Unreinforced

Masonry Bearing Wall Buildings
• Chapter A2—Earthquake Hazard Reduction in Existing Reinforced
Concrete and Reinforced Masonry Wall Buildings with Flexible
Diaphragms
• Chapter A3—Prescriptive Provisions for Seismic Strengthening
of Cripple Walls and Sill Plate Anchorage of Light, Wood-Frame
Residential Buildings
• Chapter A4—Earthquake Risk Reduction in Wood-Frame Residential
Buildings with Soft, Weak, or Open Front Walls
• Chapter A5—Earthquake Hazard Reduction in Existing Concrete
Buildings
Chapter A5 has been a useful, simplified procedure for concrete eval-

uation and retrofit. However, a reference to ASCE 41 already exists in Sec-
tion 301.1.4 of the CEBC. The 2016 CEBC Chapter A5 prescriptive
requirements plus a pointer to ASCE 41 created some confusion with con-
tradictory references within the Chapter.
With the update of ASCE 41, Seismic Evaluation and Retrofit of Exist-
ing Buildings, written to systematically determine when to reduce new
construction seismic loads for existing buildings, Chapter A5 has been
deleted from the 2019 CEBC. There continues to be a path to ASCE 41 in
Section 303.3.2 for concrete buildings with no contradictory provisions.
Courtesy ASCE
Seismic evaluation and retrofit standard

100822524

100822524
Index
A Building planning 11–82
Building Seismic Safety Council’s (BSSC) 237
AAMA. See American Architectural Manufacturers
Building-integrated photovoltaic roof panel 215
Association (AAMA)
Accessibility 195–200
Accessory storage spaces 27 C
Adhered masonry 205
Aerosol fire-extinguishing systems 138 Cantilevered steel storage racks 264
Agricultural greenhouses 32, 65 Carbon dioxide extinguishing systems 134
AISI S110 267 Carbon monoxide detectors 151
AISI S202 265 Children’s play structures 51
AISI S213 267 Cladding attachment over foam sheathing to wood
AISI S230 231 framing 293
AISI S240 265 Class I standpipe hose connections 142
AISI S400-15 267 Class III standpipes 139
AISI standards 231, 265 Classroom security function lockset 170
Allowable area factor 65 CLT. See Cross Laminated Timber (CLT)
American Architectural Manufacturers Association Column protection in light-frame construction 85
(AAMA) 221 Combustible projections 89, 129
American Wood Council (AWC) 271, 274, 286, 288 Commercial cooking systems 134
Anchored masonry 205 Communication equipment structures 31
ANSI/AISC 341-10 267 Concentrated business use areas 155
ANSI/ASSE Z359.1 179 Concentrated loads 86, 262
Architectural cast stone 205 Concrete and reinforced masonry walls, anchorage
ASME A17.1/CSA B44 298 322
ASTM D1970 209, 214, 216 Construction documents 95, 207, 218
ASTM D226 209, 215 Cooking appliances 44, 47, 137
ASTM D3161 208 Cooking hood 47, 136
ASTM D4869 210, 215 Cross laminated Timber (CLT) 114, 279
ASTM D6757 211, 215
ASTM F1667 271, 275, 277, 294 D
Attic sprinkler protection 132
Attics 102, 131 Dead-end smoke compartment 46
Automatic fire extinguishing systems 48, 134, 136 Deck live load 226
Automatic sprinkler systems 6, 17, 54, 61, 67, 72, Delayed egress locking systems 171
100, 121–127, 131, 144, 177, 192 Delayed-action closer 109
Automatic water mist systems 134 Delayed-action self-closing doors 109
AWC. See American Wood Council (AWC) Domestic cooking systems 136
AWC NDS. See National Design Specification for Double fire walls 96
Wood Construction (AWC NDS)
AWC WFCM 231
E
Earthquake hazard reduction 237, 322
B Earthquake loads 236, 320
Balconies and decks 129, 226 Egress through adjacent stories 160
BSCI. See Building Component Safety Information Egress travel 157, 160, 176, 181
(BSCI) Electrical systems 49
BSSC. See Building Seismic Safety Council’s (BSSC) Emergency elevator communication systems 298
Building Component Safety Information (BSCI) 249 Emergency escape and rescue openings 192
Building-integrated photovoltaic panels 215 Enclosed parking garages ventilation 43, 303
325

100822524
326 INDEX
Enclosure of atriums 38 Group R-4 25, 128, 146

Exit access doorway 157, 181, 189 Group R spaces 157
Exit discharge illumination 162 Group S-1 moderate-hazard occupancy 29
Exterior areas of assisted rescue, protection 167 Group S-2 low-hazard occupancy 29
Exterior bearing walls, openings in 289 Group S occupancy 27, 29, 31, 42, 72
Group U occupancies 31, 32, 42, 43, 65
Guard protection 179
F
Family/assisted-use toilet rooms 198
H
Fasteners 210, 215, 277
Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) Header and girder spans 285, 287
243, 318 Health care facilities code 49
Fire area concept 72 Heavy timber construction 89, 114, 129, 278
Fireblocks and draftstops 100, 102 Heavy timber exemption 114
Fire partitions 98, 102 High-rise buildings 34, 36, 69, 119, 150, 175, 187
Fire protection 83–152 Hoistway opening protection 300
Fire protection of structural roof members 77 Horizontal building separation allowance 75
Fire protection research foundation 137, 155 Hose stations 140
Fire pump and riser room size 121
Fire-resistance rating 36, 75, 79, 85, 89, 123, 167,
183, 209 I
Fire-resistance-rated corridor 100, 300 IBHS. See Insurance Institute for Business and Home
Fire-retardant treated wood 51, 81, 89, 129, 131, Safety (IBHS)
269, 277 ICC 500. See ICC/NSSA Standard for design/
Fire service access elevators 302 construction of storm shelters
Fire separation distance 79, 87, 92 ICC 500-compliant storm shelters 223
Fire sprinkler clearance 252 ICC 600 231
Fire walls 59, 75, 94, 96, 230 ICC-ES. See International Code Council Evaluation
Fire watch during construction 314 Service (ICC-ES)
Flame spread testing 115 ICC/NSSA Standard for design/construction of storm
Floor area allowances 155, 188 shelters 222, 224
FM Global 135 Incidental uses 27, 70, 73
Independent egress 46
Insurance Institute for Business and Home Safety
G
(IBHS) 214
Gas cabinets 53 Integrated fire protection system testing 119
Glass framing, deflection of 221 Interior wall and ceiling finish testing 111
Greenhouses 4, 15, 19, 32, 65 International Code Council Evaluation Service
Group A occupancies 122, 144 (ICC-ES) 138, 271
Group A-1 occupancy 122, 126 International Staple, Nail and Tool Association
Group A-2 occupancy 14, 122 (ISANTA) 271
Group A-3 occupancy 15, 123, 173 ISANTA. See International Staple, Nail and Tool
Group A-4 occupancy 67, 123 Association (ISANTA)
Group A-5 occupancy 34, 123
Group B occupancy 16, 65, 139, 169, 171, 174, 188
Group E occupancies 125, 151, 171 L
Group H high-hazard occupancy 29 Life safety code 186
Group H occupancies 34, 36, 53, 92, 301 Light-frame construction 85, 265
Group H-3 storage facility 30 Live load reduction 227
Group I-1 39, 136, 187, 188 Live loads 226, 227, 320
Group I-2 17, 34, 39, 44, 45, 69, 117, 136, 148, 165, Locking arrangements in educational occupancies
187 169
Group R-1 occupancies 7, 21, 147, 160 Lodging houses 21, 23
Group R-2 dormitory cooking facilities 47 Luminous egress path markings 187
Group R-3 21, 79

100822524
INDEX 327
M Nonseparated occupancies 69
Nonsprinklered buildings 92, 301
Masonry veneer systems
adhered masonry 205
anchored masonry 205 O
Mean recurrence intervals (MRI) 221, 224
Means of egress 153–193 Occupancy classification 13
Mechanically laminated decking 273 Occupancy-based code 14
Medical gas systems 53 Occupant evacuation elevators 304
Membrane penetrations of shaft enclosures 108 Occupant load 16, 23, 144, 155
Mercantile group M occupancy 19 Occupied roofs 13, 61
Metal roof shingles 208 One-hour exterior room 53
Metal-plate connected wood trusses 249 One-hour interior room 53
Mezzanine 63, 161 Open-air assembly seating 190
Mezzanine and equipment platform area limitations
63 P
Moderate-hazard occupancies 29, 37, 68, 140
Moderate-hazard storage 29 Party walls 94
Motor vehicle-related occupancies 40 Penetrations 108, 185
MRI. See Mean recurrence intervals (MRI) Permeable floors and roofs 283
Multiple garages 42 Plastic composites 89
Multiple occupancies 69, 71, 222 Plumbing/mechanical/electrical components 252
Podium/pedestal buildings 76, 132
Polypropylene siding 207
N Power-driven metal caps 210, 213
Nails and staples 271 Precast concrete diaphragms, seismic loads 260
National Bureau of Standards (NBS) 155 Precast prestressed piles 257
National Design Specification for Wood Construction Private garages 40, 42, 43
(AWC NDS) 271 Projections 87, 89
National Earthquake Hazard Reduction Program Provisions Update Committee (PUC) 237
(NEHRP) 237, 239 PUC. See Provisions Update Committee (PUC)
National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) 318
National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) R
107, 155
NBS. See National Bureau of Standards (NBS) Rack Manufacturers Institute (RMI) 264
NEHRP. See National Earthquake Hazard Reduction Rated corridors 300
Program (NEHRP) References 9
NFIP. See National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP) Refuge area 188
NFPA 101. See Life safety code Remote operation of locks 169
NFPA 12. See Carbon dioxide extinguishing systems Repair garage 6
NFPA 13, See Automatic sprinkler systems Residential Group R-3 occupancies 21
NFPA 13R 102, 131 Retaining walls 256
NFPA 14. See Standard for the installation of Ring shank nails 275
standpipe and hose systems RMI. See Rack Manufacturers Institute (RMI)
NFPA 16. See Foam-water sprinkler system/foam- Roof Sheathing Ring Shank (RSRS) 275
water spray systems Rooftop equipment, fall arrest 179
NFPA 17A. See Wet-chemical extinguishing systems
NFPA 2010. See Standard for fixed aerosol fire
S
extinguishing systems
NFPA 750. See Automatic water mist systems; Water Safety code for elevators and escalators 298
mist fire protection systems SDC C. See Seismic Design Category C (SDC C)
NFPA 96 134 Seismic Design Category C (SDC C) 252, 257, 260
NFPA 99 49 Seismic force-resisting systems 250
NIST. See National Institute of Standards and Seismic loads 256, 260, 323
Technology (NIST) Seismic maps 239

100822524
328 INDEX
Self-storage facilities 30 Truss restraint 249

Separated occupancies 71 Tsunami design geodatabase 245
Site grading 254 Tsunami design zone 245
Sleeping unit 7 Tsunami loads 245
Smoke barriers 46 Turnstiles 176
Smoke control system 38, 119 Type III and IV buildings 65, 77, 81, 131, 211, 215
Smoke-protected assembly seating 190 Type VB greenhouses 65
Sound transmission, engineering analysis of 203
Sprinklered building 44, 92, 132, 301
Stairway door locks 174 U
Stairway extensions 183 UL 1897. See Uplift tests for roof covering systems
Stairways in buildings, construction 312 UL 300 134
Standard for fixed aerosol fire extinguishing systems UL 858. See Standard for safety for household electric
138 ranges
Standard for safety for household electric ranges Underlayment 209
137 United States Geological Survey (USGS) 237–244
Standard for the installation of standpipe and hose Unreinforced Masonry Walls (URMs) 322
systems 143 Uplift tests for roof covering systems 217
Stationary battery systems 73 USGS. See United States Geological Survey (USGS)
Steel Joist Institute (SJI) standard 262
Storage Group S-1 occupancies 29
Storage rooms 27 V
Storm shelters 222, 224 Ventilation control/fire protection of commercial
Structural glass baluster panels 291 cooking operations 135
Structural loads 234 Ventilation 43, 91, 185, 283
Structural observations 247
Structural steel elements 250
Suites 7 W
Water mist fire protection systems 135
T Weather covering minimum thickness 205
Wind loads 219, 221, 224, 231
Three arm waist-high turnstiles 178 Wind speeds 224
Truss designer 249

100822524
Accelerate your Building, Plumbing and Energy

Products’ Speed to Market with ICC-ES!
Your One-Stop Testing, Listing and Product Evaluation Service
·· ICC-ES provides a one-stop shop for the
evaluation, listing and now testing of WE CERTIFY & TEST:
innovative building products through our ·· Air, Water & Vapor ·· Windows
newly formed cooperation with Innovation Barriers ·· Floor/Deck
Research Labs, a highly respected ISO 17025 ·· Cladding Systems
accredited testing lab with over 50 years of ·· Doors ·· Flooring Materials
experience. ·· Fasteners ·· Manufacturers
·· Roofing Materials Wood
·· ICC-ES Evaluation Reports are the most & Accessories ·· Plastic Lumber
widely accepted and trusted technical reports ·· Wall Coverings/ ·· Plumbing
for code compliance. When you specify Systems Products
products or materials with an ICC-ES report,
you avoid delays on projects and improve your
bottom line.
·· ICC-ES is a subsidiary of ICC, the publisher of

the codes used throughout the U.S. and many
global markets, so you can be confident in
their code expertise.
·· ICC-ES provides you with a free online

directory of code compliant products at:
www.icc-es.org/Evaluation_Reports and
CEU courses that help you design with
confidence.
Look for the ICC-ES Marks of Conformity
WWW.ICC-ES.ORG | 800-423-6587 X3877 A subsidiary of
Copyright © 2019 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by (), (-) Order Number #100822524 on Jan 21, 2020 06:23 PM (PST) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further
reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR
DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
18-15195_BofB_2018_Essentials_Series_Final.indd 3 7/27/2018 1:01:50 PM

100822524
People Helping People Build a Safer World

®
premiumACCESS makes your codes

mobile and saves you time
Improved features reduce research time and increase
options to better suit your needs
premiumACCESS ™ online subscriptions offer convenience, choice and

comprehensive digital options.
Enhanced features make it easier than ever to:
• Save time • Increase productivity • Collaborate with colleagues
premiumACCESS provides access to the complete code text in an easy-to-
navigate format and offers a variety of helpful functions to streamline everyday
code research.
Monthly
subscriptions
available
Read more about powerful features that work for you!
Start your FREE 14-day trial today at codes.iccsafe.org
Copyright © 2019 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by (), (-) Order Number #100822524 on Jan 21, 2020 06:23 PM (PST) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no
further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A
VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
18-16315_BofB_Ad_premACC_Color_Final.indd 1 10/29/2018 4:23:23 PM

100822524
People Helping People Build a Safer World

®
premiumACCESS places powerful

tools at your fingertips
Start your
FREE trial
1 Advanced Search crosses your entire 5 ookmark any section or subsection,

B
set of purchased products. define its classification, and assign a
label and color to the classification.
2 oncurrent user functionality lets
C
colleagues collaborate with shared 6 Highlight and Annotate options keep
access. you organized.
3 Internal linking navigates between 7 Display tags can be added and filtered.
purchased books in your library.
8 olor coding identifies changes since
C
4 Print controls create a PDF of any the previous edition of the I-Code or
section. State Code.
Monthly, 1-year and 3-year subscriptions now available for:

International Codes® | State Codes | Standards | Commentaries
Let codes.iccsafe.org start working for you today!

18-16315
Copyright © 2019 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by (), (-) Order Number #100822524 on Jan 21, 2020 06:23 PM (PST) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further reproduction, no
further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR DISTRIBUTION IS A
VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
18-16315_BofB_Ad_premACC_Color_Final.indd 2 10/29/2018 4:24:44 PM

100822524
ASSESSMENT
The ICC Assessment Center (formerly known as ICC Certification & Testing) provides nationally recognized
credentials that demonstrate a confirmed commitment to protect public health, safety, and welfare. Raise the
professionalism of your department and further your career by pursuing an ICC Certification.
ICC Certifications offer:

·· Nationwide recognition ·· Superior knowledge
·· Increased earning potential ·· Validation of your expertise
·· Career advancement ·· Personal and professional satisfaction
Exams are developed and maintained to the highest standards, which includes continuous peer review by
national committees of experienced, practicing professionals. ICC is continually evolving exam offerings,
testing options, and technology to ensure that all building and fire safety officials have access to the tools and
resources needed to advance in today’s fast-paced and rapidly-changing world.
Enhancing Exam Options

Effective July 2018, the Assessment Center enhanced and streamlined exam options and now offers only
computer based testing (CBT) at a test site and PRONTO. We no longer offer paper/pencil exams.
Proctored Remote Online Testing Option (PRONTO)

Taking your next ICC certification exam is more convenient, more
comfortable and more efficient than ever before with PRONTO.
PRONTO provides a convenient testing experience that is accessible

24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year. Required hardware/
software is minimal – you will need a webcam and microphone, as
well as a reasonably recent operating system.
Whether testing in your office or in the comfort of your home, your ICC exam will continue to maintain its
credibility while offering more convenience, allowing you to focus on achieving your professional goals.
The Assessment Center continues to add exams to the PRONTO exam catalog regularly.
18-15616
Checkout all the ICC Assessment Center has to offer at iccsafe.org/certification

Copyright © 2019 ICC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Accessed by (), (-) Order Number #100822524 on Jan 21, 2020 06:23 PM (PST) pursuant to License Agreement with ICC. No further
reproduction, no further reproductions by any third party, or distribution authorized. Single user only, copying and networking prohibited. ANY UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION OR
DISTRIBUTION IS A VIOLATION OF THE FEDERAL COPYRIGHT ACT AND THE LICENSE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES THEREUNDER.
18-15616_BofB_Ad_Assess_Center_Clr_Final.indd 1 7/27/2018 12:46:36 PM

2019 Significant Changes CA Building Code

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2019 Significant Changes CA Building Code

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2019 Significant Changes CA Building Code

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is the purpose of the document?

What is the purpose of the document?

What changes were made to the California Building Code in 2019?

What changes were made to the California Building Code in 2019?

100822524

SIGNIFICANT CHANGES TO THE

Sig Changes_2019_CBC-07_24_2019.indd 1 7/24/2019 1:23:51 PM

SIGNIFICANT CHANGES TO ISBN: 978-1-60983-885-0

Sig Changes_2019_CBC-07_24_2019.indd 2 7/24/2019 1:23:51 PM

Sig Changes_2019_CBC-07_24_2019.indd 3 7/24/2019 1:23:51 PM

■ 406.1 ■ 508.4.1, Table 508.4

Sig Changes_2019_CBC-07_24_2019.indd 4 7/24/2019 1:23:51 PM

Delayed-Action Self-Closing Doors 109 Fire Alarms in Group A Occupancies 144

Interior Finish Requirements Emergency Voice/Alarm Communication

■ 804.4.3 Group E Occupancies 151

■ 903.2.16 ■ 1006.3, 1006.3.1

■ 903.3.1.2.1 Buildings 164

■ 905.3.1 Locks on Stairway Doors 174

Sig Changes_2019_CBC-07_24_2019.indd 5 7/24/2019 1:23:51 PM

■ 1015.6, 1015.7 ■ 1507.1

Sig Changes_2019_CBC-07_24_2019.indd 6 7/24/2019 1:23:51 PM

■ Table 2304.10.1 California Swimming Pool Safety Act 306

Sig Changes_2019_CBC-07_24_2019.indd 7 7/24/2019 1:23:51 PM

Sig Changes_2019_CBC-07_24_2019.indd 8 7/24/2019 1:23:51 PM

Sig Changes_2019_CBC-07_24_2019.indd 9 7/24/2019 1:23:51 PM

Throughout the book, changes are accompanied by a photograph, an

About the International

Sig Changes_2019_CBC-07_24_2019.indd 10 7/24/2019 1:23:51 PM

About the California Building Code

About the Authors

Sig Changes_2019_CBC-07_24_2019.indd xi 7/31/2019 12:25:47 PM

Douglas W. Thornburg, AIA, CBO

Douglas W. Thornburg, AIA, CBO, is currently Vice President and Techni-

Sandra Hyde, P.E.

Sig Changes_2019_CBC-07_24_2019.indd 12 7/24/2019 1:23:51 PM

About the Contributors

Kevin H. Scott, President of KH Scott and Associates, LLC, has extensive

About the International Code

Governmental Affairs Office:

Sig Changes_2019_CBC-07_24_2019.indd 13 7/24/2019 1:23:51 PM

Sig Changes_2019_CBC-07_24_2019.indd 14 7/24/2019 1:23:51 PM

■ Chapter 1 Scope and Administration 1.2.2

Sig Changes_2019_CBC-07_24_2019.indd 1 7/24/2019 1:23:56 PM

1.2.2 CHANGE TYPE: Modification

CHANGE SUMMARY: Identifies that the California Building Standards

2019 CODE: 1.2.2 BSC-CG

1. Green buildings standards for nonresidential occupancies.

2. Graywater systems for nonresidential occupancies.

CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: This amendment is intended to identify the

Sig Changes_2019_CBC-07_24_2019.indd 2 7/24/2019 1:23:58 PM

CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: This amendment was intended to provide for

Sig Changes_2019_CBC-07_24_2019.indd 3 7/24/2019 1:24:01 PM

202 CHANGE TYPE: Addition

CHANGE SUMMARY: A definition of greenhouse has been added to the

2019 CODE: GREENHOUSE. A structure or thermally isolated area of

CHANGE SIGNIFICANCE: A greenhouse has historically been recognized

Sig Changes_2019_CBC-07_24_2019.indd 4 7/24/2019 1:24:05 PM

Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 202 ■ Definition of Greenhouse 5

The extent of the definition is limited to those structures designed

Sig Changes_2019_CBC-07_24_2019.indd 5 7/24/2019 1:24:05 PM

Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 202 ■ Definition of Greenhouse 5

Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 308.3 ■ Institutional Group I-2 17

Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 310.4 ■ Residential Group R-3 21

Significant Changes to the CBC 2019 Edition 310.5 ■ Residential Group R-4 25